Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

Facilitator Guide

Republic of Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development

2014

In partnership with the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) National Alliance of State & Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD)

Disclaimer

The curriculum for the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination was developed in 2012-13 by the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), for the Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development, Botswana with funding through the CDC cooperative agreement PS001617.

Acknowledgements

The Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination is supported by Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Cooperative Agreement PS001617. Its contents are solely the responsibility of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official views of the CDC.

NASTAD and SMDP thank members of the technical working group for providing the oversight and feedback needed to make this a publication representative of the District AIDS Coordinators (DACs). Thanks are also given to the Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development staff, the Ministry of Health staff, the National AIDS Coordinating Agency, and especially the DACs that contributed time, expertise and content for the publication.

Applied Leadership Development Program ii

Table of Contents

Disclaimer ...... ii Acknowledgements ...... ii Abbreviations ...... iv Overview ...... 1 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 1 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 3 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination – Training Sessions ...... 5 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 8 Session Content ...... 10 Welcome & Introductions ...... 10 Introduction to Public Health ...... 32 HIV in Botswana ...... 65 Implementing National Strategies and Policies ...... 97 Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources ...... 140 Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources ...... 173 Communicating Effectively ...... 230 Planning and Facilitating Effective Meetings ...... 279 Preparing for Implementation ...... 324 Building Teams and Managing Employees ...... 362 Managing Budgets ...... 415 Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: M&E, Data Sources and Characteristics ...... 471 Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation ...... 512 Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation ...... 555 Field Assignment Guidance ...... 588 Resources ...... 622 Agenda and Sign-in Sheet Templates ...... 623 Icebreaker and Energizer Suggestions ...... 626 Pre-, Post-, and Follow-up Training Assessments ...... 630

Applied Leadership Development Program iii

Abbreviations

APHPMT Applied Public Health Program Management Training ALDP Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ANC Antenatal Clinic BHRIMS Botswana HIV Reporting Information Management System CBO Community based organization DAC District AIDS Coordinator ADAC Assistant District AIDS Coordinator DMSAC District Multi-Sectoral AIDS Committee EBP Evidence Based Planning HOP Headquarters Operational Plan IP Implementing Partners MLG&RD Ministry of Local Government & Rural Development MoH Ministry of Health NASTAD National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors NSF National Strategic Framework SMDP Sustainable Management Development Program TAC Technical Advisory Committee ToR Terms of Reference TWG Technical Working Group PDP Personal Development Plan PMTCT Prevention of Mother to Child Transmission SOP Standard Operating Procedure NGO Non-governmental organization NACA National AIDS Coordination Agency NSF National Strategic Framework VMSAC Village Multi-Sectoral AIDS Committee

Applied Leadership Development Program iv

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer , case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 1

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 2

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet a. Initial assessment report and tools

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 3

b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 4

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation.

3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 5

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities. 6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and hours Facilitating Effective Facilitation session seeks to provide an Meetings overview of the DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 6

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level.

3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Interpretation session seeks to provide a Analysis and review of organizing and summarizing data; Interpretation preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 7

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 8

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Overview 9

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Welcome & Introductions

Expected Session Time: 1 hour

Module Content Overview ...... 11 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 11 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 13 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 15 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 18 Session Overview ...... 20 Description of Session ...... 20 Materials & Equipment ...... 20 Preparation ...... 20 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 20 Presenter’s Notes: Welcome and Introductions ...... 21

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 10

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 11

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 12

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 13

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 14

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & Introduction The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 15

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and Facilitating The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Effective Meetings session seeks to provide an overview of the DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 16

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: Program session seeks to provide an overview of Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 17

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 18

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 19

Session Overview

Description of the Session

Begin each week of the ALDP by welcoming participants, and allowing them to introduce themselves to each other. Also, provide a brief review of the agenda for your time together, document expectations for the sessions and answer any questions about the program. The welcome should include an introduction to the ALDP, including the rationale, key competencies and objectives.

This 1 hour session is designed to provide ALDP participants with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will: 1) provide an overview of the agenda and session topics; 2) introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP; and 3) allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3)

□ LCD projector □ Markers and pens

□ Facilitator guide □ Note papers

□ Power Point presentation uploaded to □ Tape or adhesive computer and working □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

□ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments

Preparation

□ Write Group Agreements on a flip chart (see page 30)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 20

Presenter’s Notes: Welcome and Introductions

Slide 1: Welcome and Introductions

Speaker Notes:  Begin with a quote from Nelson Mandela, “Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure”  Ask the participants to share what that quote means to them (share what it means to you) (wait for responses) If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course, They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed  Instruct everyone to write their names on name tents, complete pre-training assessment and sign-in  Give time for dignitaries to speak

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 21

Slide 2: ALDP Logistics

Speaker Notes:

 Go over the agenda for week two training start time (8:30am), break times (morning and afternoon, as needed) and finish time (4:30pm)  Lunch is provided at the training site  Dinner is on their own

Slide 3: Quick Review & Update

Speaker Notes:

During this session we will review content from other sessions, field assignments, and mentoring

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 22

Slide 4: Applied Public Health Program Management Training: Development Model

Speaker Notes:

 Inform the participants that the ALDP was developed based on the APHPMT model

 Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP) and MLG&RD

 APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries

 APHPMT is intended to provide applicable skills enhancement for public health personnel, utilizing the process outlined on the slide; assessment, design, development, delivery and evaluation

Additional Facilitator Guidance

 APHPMT utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties

 Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 23

Slide 5: DAC Comprehensive Public Health Management & Leadership Training

Speaker Notes:

 The MLG&RD made the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) its own and renamed it the Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination (ALDP)

 The training was designed using the APHPMT model, but specifically for DACs

Slide 6: DAC Comprehensive Public Health Management & Leadership Training

Speaker Notes:

 Applying the APHPMT model, the following describes the process for developing the ALDP specifically for DACs

 Why do they think MLG&RD decided to prioritize the DAC offices (wait for responses)

 Possible answers include:

o District AIDS Coordinators responsible for planning and coordination of non-clinical HIV activities at the district level

o Roles and responsibilities rapidly become more complex

o Better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic and response

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 24

Slide 7: Assessment: Methodology

Speaker Notes:

 This approach focuses on aligning expected skills and behaviors with the mission of the organization. So, let me tell you how we did this

 DACs completed self- assessments; indicating their comfort and capacity to perform the duties outlined in the job description

 DAC supervisors (DMs) and higher level management participated in structure conversations; providing information about the expected roles and responsibilities of the DAC offices

Slide 8: Assessment: Findings

Speaker Notes:  Overall findings from the assessment process: o DAC Offices are functional o Findings in the two assessments are consistent and complementary; DACs and supervisors are in agreement on job functions and expectations o Findings are consistent with MLG expectations o Significant DAC competency needs exist and merit intervention o No training systems are currently addressing these needs in a systematic way  The slide provides a list of the gaps that were identified  Ask the participants if they agree with these competency areas o Are there any competencies that might be missing?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 25

Slide 9: From Assessment to Development

Speaker Notes:  A Development Workshop was hosted in June 2012 to determine the structure for the ALDP. The following participated in the workshop: o MLG&RD, NACA o CDC o NASTAD  ALDP structure includes: o Comprehensive two week training-at the core of the curriculum and includes several modular continuing education topics, discussed later, that were identified as either a core competency in the role of DACs or a topic for additional capacity building o Orientation Package-(To be developed) the orientation package will provide basic information critical for DACs to understand in order to perform immediate and fundamental tasks of their new positions o Assessment-Formal survey distributed to all active DACs, and key informant interviews. The assessment captured the DACs perceptions understanding of their roles and responsibilities. The interviews provided additional information on the expectations for DACs. The result was the framework for the curriculum o Field Assignments-DACs participating in week 1 training are tasked to complete a field project that combines the knowledge and skills you learned during the classroom-based course and your understanding of the needs of your district. The field projects undertaken by trainees may vary significantly but must demonstrate understanding and use of information/skills covered during the APHPMT training modules. Field assignment reports and presentations are due at the start of the week 2 classroom course work o Mentorship- Mentors have a key role to play supporting participants to successfully develop their APHPMT competencies and successfully accomplish their Field Project and reports on time o Follow-up-monitoring and evaluation to identify outcomes and the application of materials covered during the training. Also, identifying additional training needs and opportunity for further capacity building and support o Refresher Training-Based on identified needs of trainers, past participants and new DACs, offer refresher training to supplement initial training.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 26

This could be done in person, one-on-one or as a group (nationally, regionally, and locally). It could also be online

Slide 10: ALDP: Pilot Process

Speaker Notes:

 The pilot was implemented between November 2012 and April 2013

Slide 11: Criteria for Success

Speaker Notes:

 Review content on the slide (components of ALDP)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 27

Slide 12: Technical Working Group

Speaker Notes:  The technical working group was convened to provide feedback and input on the content  They provided relevant materials  Approved all final products

Slide 13: Master Trainers

Speaker Notes:  The Master Trainers were identified by MLG&RD  Skilled trainers  Provided with facilitation and presentation capacity-building exercises

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 28

Slide 14: Evaluation Strategy

Speaker Notes:  Paper and electronic distribution  Lessons-learned: o Better response with paper distribution

Slide 15: Week 1 Sessions

Speaker Notes:

 The following sessions were piloted and determined to be the content, and best order for week 1 by the technical working group

 Ask participants to reflect upon their experience during week 1 o What have they used that they learned? o What were their highlights?

Slide 16: Week 2 Sessions

Speaker Notes:

 The following sessions were piloted and determined to be the content, and best order for week 2 by the technical working group

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 29

Slide 17: Preliminary Evaluation Feedback

Speaker Notes:  Evaluation from the pilot provided useful information to finalize the curriculum  Information obtained during each phase of evaluation has been used to update and modify the content  Review content on the slide

Slide 18: ALDP Participation: Expectations & Evaluations

Pre-Session Preparation:  Prepare a flip chart paper with the Group Agreements listed: o Respectful interactions o Full engagement o Step up/Step back o We are here to help each other o Be open to learn new things and be willing to share your knowledge o All comments are intended to move our knowledge and skills forward o Have FUN!

Speaker Notes:  Full participation includes: o Show up every day ready to be engaged and engage o Be on time o Listen to each other/respect opinions of others

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 30

o Actively share o Respect others as they actively share  Complete evaluations at the beginning and end of the training (give participants time to complete evaluation if they have not done so) o The intent is to collect not only process but outcome evaluation, and to the extent possible impact evaluation o We ask that you complete all the evaluations so that we can continue to use your input and feedback for the development and finalization of the curriculum  Review the Group Agreements listed on flip chart paper  Ask the participants to suggest other agreements, not listed on the flip chart (wait for responses)

Slide 19: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Welcome & Introductions 31

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Introduction to Public Health

Expected Session Time: 1.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 33 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 33 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 35 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 37 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 40 Session Overview ...... 42 Description of Session ...... 42 Materials & Equipment ...... 42 Preparation ...... 42 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 42 Presenter’s Notes: Introduction to Public Health ...... 43 Appendices ...... 59 Appendix A: Path to Public Health Activity Wall Labels ...... 60 Appendix B: 10 Essential Services Template ...... 64

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 32 Health

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 33 Health

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 34 Health

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 35 Health

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 36 Health

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 37 Health

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 38 Health

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 39 Health

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 40 Health

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 41 Health

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 1.5 hour session is designed to introduce participants to the field of public health. The session will: 1) identify the roles DACs play in public health; 2) discuss the difference between public health and medicine; 3) identify the determinants of health; and 4) identify the 10 essential services of public health.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3)

□ LCD projector □ Markers and pens

□ Facilitator guide □ Note papers

□ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working □ Participant handouts

□ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Sign-in sheet assessments □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Print and set up Path to Public Health Wall Labels (Appendix A)

□ Prepare flip chart with the 10 essential services (Appendix B)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 42 Health

Presenter’s Notes: Introduction to Public Health Welcome and In Slide 1: Introduction to Public Health Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed

Slide 2: Learning Objectives Speaker Notes:  Take a minute to look around the room at your colleagues  As you look around the room, it is important to keep in mind that you all come from varying educational and professional backgrounds and work settings  Based on this fact, this session is designed to introduce you to the field of public health by covering the: o Roles DACs play in public health o Difference between public health and medicine o Determinants of health o 10 essential services of public health.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 43 Health

Slide 3: Exercise: Path to Public Health

Pre-Session Preparation:  Label each corner of the room with one of the following: Public Health, Social Work, Education, Clinical, Statistical, and Science (Appendix A) Large Group Activity (20 minutes): Activity Instructions:  Inform the participants that you want them to stand in front of the sign that best aligns with their professional background  If your educational or professional background is not represented by one of the signs, please come and stand in the middle of the room  This group will be called “Other”  Ask the participants, what field do you represent? Allow the participants time to move to a sign  Once the participants are in front of a sign, ask them the following questions: By a show of hands, o How many of you believe you are public health professionals? (wait for responses) . If no one raises their hands, ask all the participants to raise their hands . Inform them that you asked them all to raise their hands because everyone in this room is a public health professional . There are many paths into the field of public health as represented in this room . Public Health is a field with a rich multidisciplinary workforce o Ask-How many of you knew you would end up working in public health? (wait for responses) . Formal public health education is not required to work in public health (one of few professions where this is true) . People with varied backgrounds have much to contribute o How many of you believe most people know what public health is and how it impacts their lives? . People typically don’t know what public health is and are only aware of it when an outbreak occurs

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 44 Health

Slide 4: DACs are Public Health Professionals

Speaker Notes:  Despite the fact that we all come from varying disciplines, we still are public health professionals  Health has many facets, with each one dependent on the other  As a result, public health is built upon expertise and skills from many areas, including biology, environmental and earth science, sociology, psychology, government, medicine, statistics, communication, and many others  This complexity makes it difficult for the public at large to understand exactly what public health is and what it does  The work you do as District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) is essential to the field of public health because you help to prevent HIV from occurring and spreading through: o Coordinating/Implementing district programs/activities o Informing policy makers of local issues and strategies o Linking the community to health services o Conducting research

Slide 5: What is Public Health Large Group Discussion:  Ask if someone asked you “what is public health,” how would you describe it? (wait for responses)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 45 Health

Slide 6: Definition of Public Health

Speaker Notes:  There are many definitions for public health; but in essence public health is the science and art of preventing disease, prolonging life and promoting health through the organized efforts and informed choices of: o Society, o Organizations (public and private), o Communities and individuals

Slide 7: Public Health versus Medicine

Speaker Notes:  The fields of public health and medicine overlap, as demonstrated on this slide  The two disciplines must work together to create a healthy community, which will lead to a healthier world  I am sure you all know this first hand because much of the work you do is not possible without the help of community partners, Ministry of Health, etc. Medicine:  Medicine focuses on the best outcome for the individual Public Health:  Public Health is population-based, while medicine is based on the health of the individual  Ideally, public health attempts to prevent the diseases that medicine treats.  However, public health cannot address every risk/problem

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 46 Health

 In order to be successful, public health must focus on areas considered most important and/or where resources might have maximum impact  Later in this training, you will learn some techniques for identifying and prioritizing problems and/or priorities

Slide 8: Determinants of Health Speaker Notes:  The health of an individual and/or a community is based on a combination of different factors

Slide 9: Basic Human Needs Speaker Notes:  Take a moment to think about the basic needs of humans  Ask-What are some of those needs? (wait for responses)  The basic requirements for survival are: o Air – poor quality can cause sickness or death, often in minutes o Water – poor quality or lack of water can cause sickness or death in days o Food –poor quality or lack of food can cause sickness or death in days or weeks o Shelter – must have, at least on a seasonal basis o Care and mutual support – especially around birthing and protecting the new generation

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 47 Health

 All these requirements continue to be essential for individual and group (population) survival and success

Slide 10: 4 Major Determinants of Health Speaker Notes:  In addition to the basic needs of humans, there are four major factors that determine human health  Genetics, behavioral, environmental, and access to health care services make up the four determinants of health  It is the interrelationships among these factors that determine individual and population health  Because of this, interventions that target multiple determinants of health are most likely to be effective  Sectors such as education, housing, transportation, agriculture, and environment can be important allies in improving population health  Botswana clearly understands the importance of allies and taking a collaborative approach to public health. This is demonstrated and described in detail in the National Strategic Framework for HIV & AIDS (NASF II) Biology and Genetics:  We all are made of genes, which are genetically transferred from parents to offspring  Some biological and genetic factors affect specific populations more than others  Sickle cell disease is a common example of a genetic determinant of health. Sickle cell is a condition that people inherit when both parents carry the gene for sickle cell  The gene is most common in people with ancestors from West African countries, Mediterranean countries, South or Central American countries, Caribbean islands, India, and Saudi Arabia Environment:  The environment consists of factors that are outside the human body  For example: o Life support – food, air, water, etc.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 48 Health

o Physical factors – climate, rain, etc. o Biological factors – toxins, biological waste, etc. o Psycho-social and economic – crowding, income level, location o Chemical factors – industrial wastes, agricultural wastes, air pollution, etc. Health Services:  Both access to health services and the quality of health services can impact health  Lack of access, or limited access, to health services greatly impacts an individual’s health status  For example, when individuals do not have health insurance, they are less likely to participate in preventive care and are more likely to delay medical treatment  Examples of barriers to accessing health services include: o Lack of availability o High cost o Lack of insurance coverage  These barriers to accessing health services lead to: o Unmet health needs o Delays in receiving appropriate care o Inability to get preventive services o Hospitalizations that could have been prevented Life Style (Behavior):  Individual behavior also plays a role in health outcomes  For example, if an individual is practicing safe sex (using condoms), his or her risk of contracting HIV is greatly reduced  Many public health and health care interventions focus on changing individual behaviors such as substance abuse, diet, risky sexual behavior, and physical activity. Positive changes in individual behavior can reduce the rates of chronic disease and HIV/AIDS rates in this country

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 49 Health

Slide 11: Practice of Public Health Speaker Notes:  Because public health is a multidisciplinary field, the public health system is quite complex  It is important to note that although governmental departments of health are at the core of public health, many community organizations contribute to public health too

Slide 12: Three Core Functions of Public Health Speaker Notes:  These three functions are the core functions, how public health serves… the practice of public health o Assessment – collection and analysis of health data o Policy Development – lead/participate in policy development o Assurance – ensure quality services

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 50 Health

Slide 13: 10 Essential Services of Public Health Speaker Notes:  Public health serves communities and individuals within them by providing an array of essential services  Many of these services are invisible to the public  Typically, the public only becomes aware of the need for public health services when a problem develops (e.g., an epidemic occurs)  The practice of public health becomes the list of "essential services"

Slide 14: Exercise: DAC Work and PH Services Pre-Session Preparation:  Prepare a flip chart paper with the 10 sessional services listed in a table format (see Appendix B) Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (10 minutes):  Allow participants to use a pen/marker or small post-it notes for this exercise  Post the pre-prepared flip chart paper on the wall  Ask participants to place a checkmark or post-it note under the 10 essential services that aligns with their work as DACs or is a part of their work  Give the participants 10 minutes to complete this exercise  Let’s explore these services together and see how they align with your work

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 51 Health

Slide 15: Assessment – Monitor Health Speaker Notes:  Monitor health status to identify and solve community health problems  This service includes: o Accurate diagnosis of the community’s health status; o Identification of threats to health and assessment of health service needs; o Timely collection, analysis, and publication of information on access, utilization, costs, and outcomes of personal health services; o Attention to the vital statistics and health status of specific-groups that are at higher risk than the total population; and o Collaboration to manage integrated information systems with private providers and health benefit plans  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might monitor health? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might monitor health

Slide 16: Assessment – Diagnose and Investigate Speaker Notes:  Diagnose and investigate health problems and health hazards in the community  This service includes: o Epidemiological investigations conducted for disease outbreaks, patterns of infectious and chronic diseases and injuries, environmental hazards, and other health threats; o Public health laboratory capability using modern technology to conduct rapid screening and high volume testing; o Active infectious disease epidemiology programs; and

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 52 Health

o Technical capacity for epidemiologic investigation of disease outbreaks and patterns of chronic disease and injury  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might diagnose and investigate? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might diagnose and investigate disease

Slide 17: Policy Development – Inform, Educate, and Empower Speaker Notes:  Inform, educate, and empower people about health issues  This service involves: o Social marketing and targeted media public communication to inform the public and/or other relevant stakeholders; o Providing accessible health information resources at community levels; o Active collaboration with personal health care providers to reinforce health promotion messages and programs; and o Joint health education programs with schools, churches, and worksites  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might inform, educate, and empower? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might inform, educate and empower

Slide 18: Policy Development – Mobilize Community Partnerships Speaker Notes:  Mobilize community partnerships and action to identify and solve health problems  This service involves: o Convening and facilitating community groups and associations, including those not typically considered to be

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 53 Health

health-related, in undertaking defined preventive, screening, rehabilitation, and support programs; and o Skilled coalition-building ability in order to draw upon the full range of potential human and material resources in the cause of community health  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might mobilize community partnerships? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might mobilize community partnerships

Slide 19: Policy Development – Develop Policies Speaker Notes:  Develop policies and plans that support individual and community health efforts  This service requires: o Leadership development at all levels of public health; o Systematic community- level and state-level planning for health improvement in all jurisdictions; development and tracking of measurable health objectives as a part of continuous quality improvement strategies; o Joint evaluation with the medical health care system to define consistent policy regarding prevention and treatment services; and o Development of codes, regulations and legislation to guide the practice of public health  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might develop policies? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might develop or influence health policies

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 54 Health

Slide 20: Assurance – Enforce Laws Speaker Notes:  Enforce laws and regulations that protect health and ensure safety  This service involves: o Full enforcement of sanitary codes, especially in the food industry; o Full protection of drinking water supplies; o Enforcement of clean air standards; o Timely follow-up of hazards, preventable injuries, and exposure-related diseases identified in occupational and community settings; o Monitoring quality of medical services (e.g. laboratory, nursing homes, and home health care); and o Timely review of new drug, biologic, and medical device applications  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might enforce laws? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might participate in the enforcement of laws

Slide 21: Assurance – Link to and Provide Care Speaker Notes:  Link people to needed personal health services and assure the provision of health care when otherwise unavailable  This service (often referred to as "outreach" or "enabling" services) includes: o Assuring effective entry for socially disadvantaged people into a coordinated system of clinical care; o Culturally and linguistically appropriate materials and staff to assure linkage to services for special population groups;

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 55 Health

o Ongoing "care management"; o Transportation services; o Targeted health information to high risk population groups; and o Technical assistance for effective worksite health promotion/disease prevention programs  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might link to and provide care? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might link to and provide care for individuals and communities in need

Slide 22: Assurance – Assurance a Competent Workforce Speaker Notes:  Assure a competent public and personal health care workforce  This service includes: o Education and training for personnel to meet the needs for public and personal health service; o Efficient processes for licensure of professionals and certification of facilities with regular verification and inspection follow-up; o Adoption of continuous quality improvement and life-long learning within all licensure and certification programs; o Active partnerships with professional training programs to assure community-relevant learning experiences for all students; and o Continuing education in management and leadership development programs for those charged with administrative/executive roles  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might ensure a competent public and personal health care workforce? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might help to ensure a competent public and personal health care workforce

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 56 Health

Slide 23: Assurance – Evaluate Speaker Notes:  Evaluate effectiveness, accessibility, and quality of personal and population- based health services  This service includes: o Ongoing evaluation of health programs based on analysis of health status and service utilization data, o Assess program effectiveness and o Provide information necessary for allocating resources and reshaping programs  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might evaluate? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might evaluate

Slide 24: Assurance – Research Speaker Notes:  Research for new insights and innovative solutions to health problems  This service includes: o Continuous linkage with appropriate institutions of higher learning and research and an internal capacity to mount timely epidemiologic and economic analyses and o Conduct needed health services research  Ask-Can you give me some examples of how a DAC might research? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal examples of how DACs might contribute to research

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 57 Health

Slide 25: Session Highlights Speaker Notes:  As we bring this session to a close, let’s do a quick recap of what we covered  We discussed how the fields of public and medicine overlap. However, public health focuses on the public, while medicine is driven by the care of the individual  We also talked about how health is determined by four areas: Genetics, Environment, Life Style (Behavior), and Health Care Services  I hope you walk away from this session knowing that the work you do as DACs is vital to the practice of public health  We spent some time identifying the 10 essential services of public health and how they align with your work

Slide 26: Questions and Comments Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 58 Health

Appendices

Appendix A: Path to Public Health Wall Labels

Appendix B: 10 Essential Services Template

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 59 Health

Appendix A: Path to Public Health Wall Labels

Public Health

Education

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 60 Health

Clinical

Social Work

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 61 Health

Statistical

Science

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 62 Health

Social Work

Other

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 63 Health

Appendix B: 10 Essential Services Template

Applied Leadership Development Program | Introduction to Public 64 Health

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

HIV in Botswana

Expected Session Time: 2.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 66 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 66 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 68 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 70 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 73 Session Overview ...... 75 Description of Session ...... 75 Materials & Equipment ...... 75 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 75 Presenter’s Notes: HIV in Botswana ...... 76

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 65

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 66

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 67

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 68

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 69

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 70

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 71

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 72

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 73

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 74

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 2.5 hour course is designed to provide participants with up-to-date information on HIV, specifically HIV in Botswana. The course will cover 1) the natural progression and life cycle of HIV; 2) Botswana’s epidemiological data and national strategies for combating HIV/AIDS; 3) factors contributing to the spread of HIV; and 4) concepts and components of an “AIDS Free Generation”.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3)

□ LCD projector □ Markers and pens

□ Facilitator guide □ Note papers

□ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working

□ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments

□ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 75

Presenter’s Notes: HIV in Botswana

Slide 1: HIV in Botswana

Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes: This session is designed to provide you with statistical data on the HIV epidemic in Botswana and introduce the components of an AIDS Free Generation  We will: o Review the natural progression and life cycle of HIV o Review Botswana’s epidemiological data and national strategies for combating HIV/AIDS o Identify factors contributing to the spread of HIV o Identify concepts and components of an “AIDS Free Generation”

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 76

Slide 3: HIV Review

Speaker Notes:  We are going to take some time to do a quick review of HIV  If you are a DAC who has substantial experience in your position, please bear with us during the next few slides as we may cover information you already know

Slide 4: Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What can you all tell me about HIV? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal answers  Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV): o A virus that causes AIDS o Invades the CD4 cells in the body (defense mechanism of a person) o Limits the body’s ability to fight infection o Predisposes an HIV-positive person to multiple opportunistic infections o Preventable, manageable but not curable

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 77

Slide 5: HIV Life Cycle

Speaker Notes:  As the DAC in your district, I am sure people are expecting you to know any and everything about HIV and how it affects the body  This slide provides a quick look at how HIV invades the body in order to replicate and multiple A. HIV (red) attaches to cell-surface receptors (the CD4 antigen and a specific chemokine receptor) B. The virus and cell membrane fuse, and the virion (virus particles) core enters the cell C. The viral RNA and core proteins are released from the virion (virus particles) core and are then actively transported to the nucleus D. The viral RNA genome is converted into double-stranded DNA through an enzyme unique to viruses, reverse transcriptase (red dot) E. The double-stranded viral DNA moves into the cell nucleus F. Using a unique viral enzyme called integrase, the viral DNA is integrated into the cellular DNA

Slide 6: HIV Life Cycle

Speaker Notes: A. Viral RNA is synthesized by the cellular enzyme RNA polymerase II using integrated viral DNA as a template. Two types of RNA transcripts shorter spliced RNA (H) and full-length genomic RNA (J) are produced B. Shorter spliced RNAs are transported to the cytoplasm and used for the production of several viral proteins that are then modified in the Golgi apparatus of the cell (I)

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 78

C. Full-length genomic RNAs are transported to the cytoplasm (K) D. New virion (virus particles) is assembled and then buds off E. Mature virus is released

Slide 7: Natural Progression of HIV in the Body

Speaker Notes:  Ask-Can someone tell me what this slide is telling you? (wait for responses)  In essence, this slide is showing: o HIV can be transmitted throughout the life of the disease o As the CD4+ cells weaken, the virus progresses overtime o Body is susceptible to opportunistic infections

Slide 8: Viral Load

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What is this graphic showing? (wait for responses)  This graphic shows how the body is unable to destroy the virus at the same rate it is replicating o More viruses replicated and fewer destroyed  The severity of the disease is determined by the amount of virus in the body (increasing viral load) and the degree of immune suppression (decreasing CD4+ counts)  A higher the viral load means the sooner immune suppression will occur

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 79

Slide 9: Global Snapshot of HIV/AIDS

Speaker Notes:  Let’s look at the global statistics on HIV and AIDS

Slide 10: 2011 Estimation: Adults and Children Living with HIV

Speaker Notes:  As of 2011, there are 33 million people (adults and children) living with HIV

Slide 11: Treatment Gap in Low/Middle Income Countries

Speaker Notes:  This chart shows the gap in 2011 between the number of people receiving antiretroviral therapy and the number of people eligible for treatment  People receiving HIV treatment (000 000) ∕

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 80

People eligible for HIV treatment (000 000)  For the first time (in 2011), majority (54%) of the people eligible for antiretroviral therapy in low- and middle-income countries received it  But as you can see, there is still much to do in ensuring people are receiving antiretroviral therapy Source: UNAIDS 2012 Global Report

Slide 12: Botswana HIV Epidemic

Speaker Notes:  Now let’s look at how HIV is affecting Botswana  Keep in mind, data is essential to the coordination of district response activities  We collect data to help us understand the epidemiology of a disease  Ask-What is epidemiology? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal the answer  Epidemiology is the study of causes, distribution and control of health and disease in a population  In essence, epidemiology looks at o WHAT the disease is (i.e., collecting information to describe the PROBLEM/disease), o WHO gets the disease (i.e., collecting information to describe the PERSON impacted), o WHERE is the disease is (i.e., collecting information related to the PLACE of the disease), o WHEN the disease is (i.e., is the data describing a trend over TIME, or an instance in time?)  As we go through the data, I want you to think about how this data can be used to coordinate district activities

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 81

Slide 13: Botswana 2011: Estimated HIV Prevalence

Speaker Notes:  Here is the prevalence rate for Botswana in 2011  Ask-Before we look at the numbers, can you tell me what prevalence means? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal answer  Prevalence is the number of cases (old and new) of a specific disease present in a given population at a certain time  The high prevalence of HIV/AIDS in Botswana threatens the many developmental gains we have achieved since our independence in 1966  Despite encouraging economic growth, political stability, a rise in life expectancy, the HIV prevalence rate among adults ages 15 to 49 is 23.4 percent - the second highest in the world

Slide 14: HIV Prevalence by Geographic Location

Speaker Notes:  Here is our prevalence data by geographic location  Ask-What is it telling you? (wait for responses)  As you can see, HIV prevalence varies by geographic locations (such as: districts and rural-urban areas)  Bobirwa and Selibe Phikwe recorded the highest HIV prevalence rates at 41.8% and 41.2%  The southeast recorded the lowest HIV prevalence rate at 15.8%  “The 2008 BAIS III results indicate geographic differentials by urban rural HIV prevalence where HIV prevalence was 17.9 % in urban areas compared to 17.1% in rural areas”  2011 surveillance data show a similar difference in HIV prevalence by district

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 82

 Ask-How can this data be helpful in coordinating response activities? (wait for responses) Source: Progress Report of the National Response to the 2011 Declaration of Commitments on HIV and AIDS 2012

Slide 15: HIV Prevalence by Marital Status

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What is this slide telling you about prevalence by marital status? (wait for responses)  Women who reported living with their partner had the highest HIV prevalence at 35.5%  The lowest prevalence was among married women at 26.2% and women reporting that they were single had an HIV prevalence of 30.1%  Ask-How can this data be helpful in coordinating response activities? (wait for responses) Source: Progress Report of the National Response to the 2011 Declaration of Commitments on HIV and AIDS 2012

Slide 16: HIV Prevalence among Pregnant Women

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What is this slide telling you about prevalence among pregnant women? (wait for responses)  This shows that over the years, HIV prevalence among pregnant women aged 15-49 years attending antenatal clinic has been declining.  It declined from 37.4% in 2003 to 30.4% in 2011.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 83

 Ask-How can this data be helpful in coordinating response activities? (wait for responses) Source: Progress Report of the National Response to the 2011 Declaration of Commitments on HIV and AIDS 2012

Slide 17: HIV Prevalence by Occupation

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What is this slide telling you about prevalence by occupation? (wait for responses)  This slide shows that laborers had the highest HIV prevalence at 43.9%.  While students showed the lowest prevalence at 12.7%.  Ask-How can this data be helpful in coordinating response activities? (wait for responses) Source: Progress Report of the National Response to the 2011 Declaration of Commitments on HIV and AIDS 2012

Slide 18: HIV Prevalence by Education

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What is this slide telling you about prevalence by education? (wait for responses)  According to the 2011 Sentinel Surveillance results, women with primary education have the highest HIV prevalence at 44.6%, while women with university education have the lowest prevalence estimated at 17%.  Ask-How can this data be helpful in coordinating response activities? (wait for responses) Source: Progress Report of the National Response to the 2011 Declaration of Commitments on HIV and AIDS 2012

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 84

Slide 19: Botswana Achievements

Speaker Notes:  Over the years, Botswana has progressed greatly in addressing HIV and AIDS.  Let’s take some time and look at some of those successes.

Slide 20: Sustained Progress

Speaker Notes:  The rate of new HIV infections has dropped by 71% among adults (15-49 years) between 2001 and 2011.  Click mouse once to reveal next statistics.  The number of people dying from AIDS-related causes was cut by 71% in between 2005 and 2011.

Slide 21: Sustained Progress, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Currently, Botswana is extremely successful in preventing mother to child transmission.  We use what is known as the Plan B approach and most recent figures on its success were released by

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 85

UNAIDS at the 2012 conference.  However, note that there is still room for improvement in the area of treatment while breast feeding.

Slide 22: HIV Incidence Estimates and Trends

Speaker Notes:  Here is the HIV incidence among pregnant women between 2007 and 2011.  Ask-What does the term incidence mean? (wait for responses)  Incidence refers to the number of new cases per population in a given time period.  Here it shows a declining trend in HIV incidence among pregnant women between 2007 and 2011.

Slide 23: Botswana: Factors Influencing the Spread of HIV

Speaker Notes:  In order to continue the success that we just covered, we have to identify the factors that contribute to the spread of HIV.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 86

Slide 24: Five Key Drivers of HIV

Speaker Notes:  There are five key factors contributing to the spread of HIV in Botswana.  Remember earlier, we spoke about how important data is to making decisions.  Data is the foundation for determining the causes of diseases and the best methods used to address them.  The National Strategic Framework (NSF) is a great resource because it is a compilation of information gathered from the districts about HIV and AIDS.  Specifically, the National Strategic Framework 2011-2016 (NSF II) identified five key drivers of the epidemic that still present major obstacles to preventing new HIV infections.  Ask-Can you name them? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse to reveal first answer.  Multiple and Concurrent Sexual Partnerships: o In the BAIS III, males (21%) reported having sex with more than one sexual partner (multiple partnerships) in the 12 months preceding the survey compared to females (2.3%). o Click the mouse to reveal next answer.  Adolescent and Intergeneration Sex: o A 2006 study revealed that about 55% of the total population was initiated to sexual intercourse by age 19 and around 8% have had sex by age 15. o Adolescent girls have been identified as more at risk of HIV infection than boys; due to early exposure to older men with longer sexual history. o This fact brings into play intergenerational sexual intercourse as a significant factor in hopes of monetary gain and the material support that they receive from their older sexual partners. o Click the mouse to reveal next answer.  Alcohol and High-Risk Sex: o The consumption of alcohol has been identified to be associated with several risks, including that of contracting HIV.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 87

o The misuse of alcohol and other recreational drugs have been consistently correlated with a number of social and health-related problems such as gender violence, risky sexual behaviors and non-adherence to treatment for AIDS and TB for both men and women. o Click the mouse to reveal next answer.  Stigma and Discrimination: o The fear of being identified as HIV-positive prevents people from learning their status, changing unsafe sexual behaviors, etc. o Stigma and discrimination severely restricts access to and utilization of relevant services and products, thereby increasing the risk and vulnerability to HIV infection. o Click the mouse to reveal next answer.  Gender Violence and Sexual Abuse: o The position of women in society, especially adolescent girls, is one of the drivers of the AIDS epidemic. o In some cases/places, women generally tend to possess little power over their own bodies. o They are put at risk of HIV infection by a combination of the social acceptance of male partners having more than one sexual relationship, inability to negotiate condom use and sexual exploitation, especially the younger girls. o Botswana provides alarming statistics on the prevalence of gender based violence (GBV). o Almost 70% of women interviewed had experienced GBV at least once in their lifetime.

Slide 25: Multiple and Concurrent Partnerships

Speaker Notes:  There are two parts to why MCP are a problem for HIV transmission:  Click the mouse once to reveal answer. o Dense Sexual Networks  Click the mouse once to reveal answer: Viremia

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 88

Slide 26: Sexual Networks

Speaker Notes:  Sexual networks are groups of persons who are connected to one another sexually.  The number of persons in a network, how central high- risk persons are within it, the percentage in monogamous relationships and the number of “links” each has to others all determine how quickly HIV/STDs can spread through a network.  In these figures, it is important to understand that the networks are pictured at one point in time.  These are ongoing partnerships that people have with more than one person. (i.e., they are concurrent partnerships).  In figure 2-1, we see a network in which about half the people have more than one sexual partner, however all but two of them are linked to each other (this is a dense sexual network).  In the second network each person has only one partner and so they are not linked to anybody but that partner.

Slide 27: What Contributes to Dense Networks?

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What contributes to dense sexual networks? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal answer. o Mobility and physical separation (village, cattle post, lands) o One night stands o Having “small houses” o Material gain, survival sex, sugar daddies o Stigma and taboo prevents open discussion with youth

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 89

Slide 28: Viremia – Presence of Virus in the Blood

Speaker Notes:  Now let’s talk about viremia.  Ask-does anyone know what viremia is? (wait for response)  Viremia means “the presence of virus in the bloodstream”.  The more HIV you have in your bloodstream the more likely it is that you can transmit it to someone else.  As you can see from this slide, the amount of the virus in the bloodstream changes over time.  It is most present in the first weeks after infection.  The time when someone is least likely to know that they have been infected, because standard HIV tests look for antibody to the virus (not the virus itself), and it takes time for antibodies to be produced by the body.  At the time that you are infected with the virus, the virus replicates very fast, so you have high levels of virus in your bloodstream (you are very viremic).  After a while your immune system kicks in and tries to fight off the virus, and the levels of virus decrease in your bloodstream.  Depending on how well you take care of yourself, this low viremic state can last for years.  However, your immune system cannot eliminate the virus, and, because HIV specifically attacks the immune system, eventually the immune system begins to fail, the level of the virus increases again, and you progress to AIDS.

Slide 29: Viremia + Sexual Networks

Speaker Notes:  So what happens when we combine dense sexual networks, with viremia?  The bright red squares show HIV positive viremic males (i.e., men who have recently been infected by HIV).

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 90

 The bright red circles show HIV positive viremic females.  The blue figures show HIV negative men and women.  The grey figures show HIV positive non-viremic people.  From the top left hand corner, there is only one recently infected HIV positive person.  As we continue from network to network, we see the number of HIV-positive people increase.  Ask-What would happen if these relationships were not concurrent, but instead were sequential? (wait for responses)

Slide 30: Viremia + Sexual Networks, cont.

Speaker Notes:  This is what happens in a de-linked network.  This de-linked network does not mean that people do not have more than one partner – but that the partners are spread out over time (serial monogamy, or non- concurrent partnerships).  Starting in the top left corner, again we have one recently infected HIV positive person.  In May two HIV infected people initiate new sexual relationship; but because they are no longer viremic, the likelihood of transmission is reduced (only one person is infected, and it takes several months for that person to become infected).  Compared to the previous slide, the number of HIV positive people remains low.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 91

Slide 31: Working Towards an AIDS Free Generation

Speaker Notes:  Collectively, countries across the world have taken a pledge to work towards an AIDS free generation.  You may be asking, what does that mean?

Slide 32: AIDS Free Generation

Speaker Notes:  An AIDS Free Generation looks like a world with dignity, free from stigma and discrimination, where leaders commit to and follow through on actions that result in the end of new HIV infections and a healthier global community.

Slide 33: Strategies for AIDS Free Generation

Speaker Notes:  Recent scientific advances have proven that using existing HIV prevention tools can dramatically drive down the rate of new infections and virtually eliminate them in babies and children.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 92

 Click the mouse once to reveal answer.  This “combination prevention” strategy consists of three key interventions: o Scaling up treatment of HIV-positive persons o Preventing mother-to-child transmission o Expanding voluntary medical male circumcision  When used in combination with each other, along with condoms and other prevention tools, these interventions put us on a plausible path for eliminating new infections among children.

Slide 34: Botswana: Strategies to Combat HIV/AIDS

Speaker Notes:  Again, this is where the NSF and other guiding documents can be helpful in knowing the country’s strategies for combating HIV/AIDS.

Slide 35: Scaling-Up Treatment

Speaker Notes:  Recent science has shown that when people are HIV positive, treatment with antiretroviral drugs helps prevent the transmission of the HIV virus to others.  Effective treatment of a person living with HIV reduces the risk of transmission to a partner by up to 96%, a success rate similar to that of a vaccine.  Currently Botswana has a very effective ART program, providing life-long treatment to every HIV positive person with a CD4 count of 350 or less.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 93

 But changes in guidelines require support for an additional 22,000 people per year.  This will require a Test and Treat approach (i.e., treating everyone as soon as they test positive for HIV, regardless of their CD4 count).  Total infections in Botswana are calculated at between 300,000 and 350,000.

Slide 36: Preventing Mother-to-Child Transmission

Speaker Notes:  An HIV-positive mother is at risk of transmitting the HIV virus to her child during pregnancy, labor, delivery, or breastfeeding.  Identifying and treating HIV-positive pregnant women with antiretroviral drugs is very effective in eliminating new pediatric infections.  This approach is also critical for saving the lives of mothers and preventing other children in the family from being orphaned.  Currently, Botswana is extremely successful in preventing mother to child transmission.  Botswana uses what is known as the Plan B approach and most recent figures on its success were released by UNAIDS at the 2012 conference  To improve our rates, a test and treat policy would need to include what is known as Plan B+ for pregnant women.  This means that all HIV positive pregnant women receive ART for life, continuing after their pregnancy, regardless of CD4 count.

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 94

Slide 37: Safe Male Circumcision

Speaker Notes:  Randomized controlled trials show that male circumcision reduces the risk of heterosexually acquired HIV by about 60%.  Since the male circumcision is only effective in reducing heterosexually transmitted HIV by 60%, a comprehensive prevention package must also be made available.  It is also important to note that circumcised men are still at risk for acquiring HIV during every sexual encounter.

Slide 38: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  As we bring this session to a close, let’s do a quick recap on what we covered.  We reviewed the natural progression and life cycle of HIV.  We talked a lot about the current state of HIV in Botswana.  All of the information provided in the NSF and other national documents are collected from the district and used to form strategies and communicate challenges.  The NSF also provided information on the five contributing factors to the spread of HIV in Botswana:  They are: o Multiple and Concurrent Sexual Partnerships o Adolescent and Intergeneration Sex o Alcohol and High-Risk Sex o Stigma and Discrimination

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 95

o Gender Violence and Sexual Abuse  Much of the concepts and components that lead to an AIDS Free Generation is being implemented in Botswana, including: o Scaling up treatment of HIV-positive persons o Preventing mother-to-child transmission o Expanding voluntary medical male circumcision

Slide 39: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | HIV in Botswana 96

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Implementing National Strategies and Policies

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 98 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 98 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 100 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 102 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 105 Session Overview ...... 107 Description of Session ...... 107 Materials & Equipment ...... 107 Preparation ...... 107 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 107 Presenter’s Notes: Implementing National Strategies and Policies ...... 108 Appendices ...... 127 Appendix C: Sample District Plan ...... 128 Appendix D: Fishbone Diagram ...... 138 Appendix E: ALDP Case Study and Instructions ...... 139

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 97 Strategies and Policies

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 98 Strategies and Policies

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 99 Strategies and Policies

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 100 Strategies and Policies

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 101 Strategies and Policies

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 102 Strategies and Policies

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 103 Strategies and Policies

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 104 Strategies and Policies

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 105 Strategies and Policies

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 106 Strategies and Policies

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3.5 hour course is designed to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to implement national strategies and policies. The course will require participants to: 1) translate national strategies and policies into district/sub-district response activities; 2) identify the roles of the DAC, DMSAC, CSOs and other district implementing partners/stakeholders in implementing national policies; and 3) identify factors that impact the implementation of national policies at the district level.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3)

□ LCD projector □ Markers and pens

□ Facilitator guide □ Note papers

□ Power Point presentation uploaded to □ Tape or adhesive computer and working

□ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments

□ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ On a flipchart, draw the head of a fish (Appendix D)

□ Have the district plan available (Appendix C)

□ Make copies of the ALDP Case Study and Instructions for each group (Appendix E)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 107 Strategies and Policies

Presenter’s Notes: Implementing National Strategies and Policies for HIV and AIDS

Slide 1: Implementing National Strategies & Policies for HIV & AIDS

Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed

Slide 2: Learning Objectives Speaker Notes:  When you think about the work that you do on a day- to-day basis, it is important for you to realize how much your work impacts the national strategies/policies, which in turn impacts the HIV and AIDS epidemic in Botswana  Based on the importance of your work and the results from the DACs needs assessment, the objectives for this course are to: o Translate national strategies and policies into district/sub-district response activities

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 108 Strategies and Policies

o Identify the roles of the DAC, DMSAC, CSOs and other district implementing partners/stakeholders in implementing national policies o Identify factors that impact the implementation of national policies at the district level

Slide 3: Botswana National Strategic Framework II for HIV and AIDS Speaker Notes:  In order to implement the national strategies and policies at a district level, we must first have a clear understanding of the National Strategic Framework

Slide 4: Botswana National Strategic Framework II for HIV and AIDS Speaker Notes:  It is amazing to think about how much things have changed in relation to HIV/AIDS. When it was first discovered, limited policies and strategies were in place to address the awareness, spread, treatment and prevention of the disease  However over time, great strides have been made to eliminate the incidence of HIV and reduce the impact of AIDS  Ask what current policy and/or strategy documents exist in Botswana that provide guidance and structure for the national and district response to HIV and AIDS (wait for a response)  Click to reveal table with policy and strategy documents  Specifically in Botswana, policies and/or strategies for addressing the HIV/AIDS epidemic are outlined in:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 109 Strategies and Policies

o National Strategic Framework (NSF) II o National Development Plan o HIV/AIDS Policies o Community Mobilization Strategy o DMSAC & VMSAC/WMSAC Terms of Reference o DMSAC Communication Strategy o CSO Capacity Building Strategy o Workplace & Wellness Strategy o Faith-Based Strategy o District Plans o Etc.  As you can see (point to the list of documents you just mentioned), much of the work we do in public health is guided by different policies and strategies

Slide 5: Botswana Strategic Framework II for HIV and AIDS Large Group Discussion:  Ask-Why is it important to have these policies and strategies (specifically the National Strategic Framework)? (wait for response)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 110 Strategies and Policies

Slide 6: Purpose of the NSF Speaker Notes:  The National Strategic Framework serves two purposes: 1. To articulate, disseminate, and educate the public on agreed national priorities and strategies 2. To provide clear guidance to Ministries, districts, NGOs, and the private sectors on working collaboratively toward achieving the intended goals  In essence, the National Strategic Framework is a road map for addressing HIV/AIDS

Slide 7: Translating National Strategies and Policies Speaker Notes:  As DACs, it is important that you translate the framework in a way that articulates the vision, goals and expected outcomes for the nation’s HIV/AIDS response activities

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 111 Strategies and Policies

Slide 8: Steps for Translating National Strategies into Action Speaker Notes:  You may be asking yourself, how do I go about translating the national strategies and polies into action?  As coordinators, you are part of a district team that is responsible for planning and implementing activities that will effectively address HIV/AIDS at the district/local level  It is essential that you know the process for translating strategies into successful results and communicating it to your implementing partners  Click to reveal the stepped process for translating strategies into results.  They are: o Articulate the goal o Apply the priorities o Clarify the roles and responsibilities o Know the strategies in order to align them to district activities o Link district response activities to national strategies

Slide 9: Articulating the Goal Speaker Notes:  The overall goal for Botswana’s national response to HIV and AIDS is the “Prevention of New HIV Infection by 2016”  Click to reveal the NSF goal.  Imagine if we did not have a goal for combating HIV and AIDS  Ask-Where would we be in reducing the rates of new infections or providing treatment and care for those living with AIDS? (wait for response)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 112 Strategies and Policies

 Ideally, it would be similar to us sailing a ship across the Atlantic Ocean without a map  Goals, like maps, help us get from one place to another (our destination) much faster and more efficiently. Without maps (or goals) we would be sailing aimlessly around the world hoping to reach our destination

Slide 10: Articulating the Goal, cont. Speaker Notes:  Knowing the goal outlined in the NSF, allows us to… o Give clarity on the end vision (what we ultimately want); o Provide focus on what we are trying to achieve; o Improve collaboration amongst ministries, districts and communities; and o Monitor and evaluate the impact of the work

Slide 11: Applying the Priorities Speaker Notes:  Prioritization is a method of ranking or putting things in order of importance  Please keep in mind that priorities will change based on the needs and/or strategic direction of the program/intervention  Ask-What are some ways you can stay abreast of changing mandates/guidelines/policies? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal possible answers: o Seek the information o Familiarize yourself with the changes o Learn the purpose behind the document and/or changes o Determine your role

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 113 Strategies and Policies

Slide 12: National Strategic Framework Priorities Speaker Notes:  For example, the NSF II has four priority areas (as shown on the screen)  These four priority areas can change or remain the same once the NSF III is released Large Group Activity: (5 minutes) Activity Instructions:  Inform the participants that you are going to read each priority area description aloud and you want them to tell you which priority area it describes  After the participants provide an answer for each description  Click to reveal the correct answer Answers:  Priority Area 1: Preventing New Infections o The focus of this priority area is to reduce the incidence of sexual transmission of HIV among females and males aged 10-49 years.  Priority Area 2: Systems Strengthening o The focus of this priority area is to strengthen health and community systems for improved provision of and access to HIV and AIDS services by building the capacity of institutions, structures, and creation of an enabling policy and legal environment  Priority Area 3: Strategic Information Management o The focus of this priority area is to strengthen the information management system of the national response to enhance information sharing and utilization for evidence based planning  Priority Area 4: Scaling Up Treatment, Care and Support o The focus of this priority area is to increase access to HIV/AIDS comprehensive quality treatment care and support services. These services include: integrated HIV/TB/SRH services, adolescent HIV and AIDS services, universal HAART, CHBC services and OVC programmes Speaker Notes:  These priorities are based on data that was accumulated locally  So much of the information you gather at the district level from stakeholders, implementing partners, and community members drives much of the focus for Botswana’s national response

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 114 Strategies and Policies

Slide 13: Clarifying the Roles and Responsibilities Speaker Notes:  Another important step in translating national strategies/polices is clarifying the roles, responsibilities, and authority of those involved  Knowing the roles and responsibilities that you and others play is essential to success  Click to reveal five key roles necessary for successful change  Click again to reveal the descriptions of the roles  They include the roles of: o Development Partners or Sponsors: . Direct authority over the individuals/organizations who will implement the action or change; and . Clear vision, identified goals and measurable outcomes for the change initiative; o Resource Providers: . Access to and/or control over the resources (money, time and people) needed to implement action or change o Implementers: . Authority to implement the change (and often are also expected to change something about the way they are doing their work); . Inform sponsors with information about issues that might block or impede success – thereby providing essential feedback; . Seek and requests necessary resources that leverage and reinforce success o Change Agents: . Work with both the sponsor and the implementers but does not take on their roles (e.g. functions as a Consultant or Coach); . Can be internal or external to the organizations; . Is focused on helping the sponsor and implementers stay aligned with each other may act in a number of roles - data gatherer, educator, advisor, facilitator or coach in order to aid sponsors and implementers in achieving success;

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 115 Strategies and Policies

. Has no direct-line of authority over the Implementers o Advocates: . Publicly support or recommend a specific cause and/or program

Slide 14: Exercise: Name that Partner Pre-session Preparation:  Write on separate sheets of flip chart paper the responsibilities of each of the following 7 partners; NAC, NACA, MLG&RD, DMSAC, MOH, private sector and civil society (descriptions for each included with instructions)  Post the flip chart papers around the room  Have post-in notes and markers available Speaker Notes:  At the national level, there are 19 different organizations, agencies, etc. outlined in the NSF that are involved in the fight against HIV and AIDS  Because there are so many entities involved, it is essential that everyone has a clear understanding of each other’s roles and responsibilities  Ask the participants to name the different national partners (wait for response)  For the purposes of this training, we will only focus on 7 of the 19 partners based on your direct involvement with them  Let’s take a moment to identify some of the key partners at the national level and the roles they play Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (15 minutes):  Inform the participants that you are going to break them up into pairs. Give each pair post-it notes and markers  Ask the groups to write the names of the coordinating partners on the post-in notes and post them on the flip chart with the corresponding description  Then ask the groups to identify partners by their role in the national response (i.e., supporter, implementer, resource provider, change agent, advocate). Put their responses on post-in notes and affix to the appropriate flip chart paper

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 116 Strategies and Policies

 Allow the participants 15 minutes to complete the exercise. Once time is up, ask each pair to explain their selection  Below is the answer key for this exercise Speaker Notes:  Each pair will be responsible for doing the following: o Naming the partner (i.e. NACA, DMSAC, etc.) on the flip chart o Clarifying their role (i.e. sponsor, implementer, etc.) using post-it notes o Explaining why the identified partners was given each role Answers:  National AIDS Council (NAC): o Highest coordinating body with overall authority in the National Response o Articulate the national priorities that are to be addressed o Assure accountability of stakeholders for performance and progress o Receive and appraise quarterly progress reports from the monitoring of the joint operational plan  National AIDS Coordinating Agency (NACA): o Serve as Secretariat to the National AIDS Council o Oversee the day-to-day management of the implementation of the NSFII o Oversee the development of the National Operational Plan o Oversee financial monitoring, mobilize alternative resources and make recommendations on appropriate allocations per priority o Manage the multi-sectoral Joint Planning and Review process  District Multi-Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs): o Coordinate all responses at the local level o Manage the planning and implementation of local initiatives and integrating vertical, sector-based plans into the national priorities o Manage local participation in a peer review mechanisms to assist with the development and review of the Joint National Operational Plan o Facilitate the mobilization of local level structures and groups across sectors for implementation of the national response o Monitor programme and policy implementation and financial utilization at the district level and ensure quality of data collection and processing at the local level  Ministry of Health (MOH):

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 117 Strategies and Policies

o Manage and implements many of the major clinical/biomedical programmes o Ensure the health sector is optimized so as to maximize the impact of the national response and other specific roles and responsibilities as outlined in the National Operational Plan o Develop and strengthen guidelines and protocols for service outreach and mobile services for key health sector activities o Strengthen monitoring, surveillance, clinical trials and health research activities o Strengthen the Ministry’s leadership role in the advocacy for and the development of HIV and AIDS related policy and legislation  Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health(MLG&RD): o Share responsibility with the MOH to link the central and local levels of the national response and manages the Orphan Care and the Community Home Based Care programmes o Identify and mobilize community structures in support of HIV and AIDS planning and programme implementation o Coordinate local level knowledge management and information dissemination o Strengthen the role of the DMSAC and the office of the DAC  Private Sector: o Responded to HIV and AIDS epidemic through implementation of the Minimum Implementation Package (MIP) o Undertake mainstreaming of HIV/AIDS into the internal and external domains of private sector enterprises and, through partnerships and experience sharing, in the public sector as well o Utilize private sector products, logistical networks, and advertising channels to support implementation of HIV and AIDS plans o Support the national monitoring and evaluation system by supplying private sector tools information and sharing best practices  Civil Society: o Play an increasingly important role in the expansion of programme through outreach and targeting marginalized populations o Identify and assist community organizations and structures to mobilize human, financial and material resources o Participate in local level peer review mechanisms to assist with the development and review of the Joint National Operational Plan o Improve coordination among Civil Society Organizations at all levels, and between Civil Society and other stakeholders in the national response

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 118 Strategies and Policies

Slide 15: Aligning District Activities to National Strategies Speaker Notes:  Aligning district activities to national strategies is essential for showing impact on a national level

Slide 16: Linking District Activities to National Strategies Speaker Notes:  For many, the thought of localizing national strategies into district response activities can seem like a difficult task.  This may sound challenging, but if we approach it using a simple formula we can break it down into more manageable pieces  A (national strategies) + B (district issues) = C (district activities that address national priorities).  Click to reveal the formula  When it comes to the national strategies, keep in mind that each strategy is linked to one of the four priority areas (Preventing New Infections, Systems Strengthening, Strategic Information Management, and Scaling up Treatment, Care and Support

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 119 Strategies and Policies

Slide 17: DMSAC Planning Committee Speaker Notes:  Annually, districts are responsible for developing an Evidence Based Plan that addresses the specific situation and needs of the people in their district. Much of this information can be found in a district profile  The process of identifying and analyzing local problems/issues begins with the DMSAC Planning Committee  Click to reveal the EBP process (step 3)  As part of the EBP process (Step 3), the DMSAC Planning Committee works to: o Identify the issues, o Pick the priorities, o Clarify the objectives, and o Plan activities

Slide 18: Analyzing District Issues Speaker Notes:  However, before this can take place, a few key questions should be asked: o What is the problem? o Who is impacted? o What is contributing to the problem?  Once you are able to answer these questions, you can start doing a cause and effect analysis

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 120 Strategies and Policies

Slide 19: Cause and Effect Analysis Speaker Notes:  Imagine you went to the doctor complaining about severe pain in your right leg and the doctor prescribes you painkillers as a solution to the problem  Ask-Would the painkillers solve your problem? (wait for response)  Of course it does not solve the problem. In fact, it might make the problem worse because the painkillers only addressed the symptoms and not the problem  Had the doctor asked a few questions like what happened and why did it happen; she would have discovered that you sprained your ankle, which is the root cause for your pain  A cause and effect analysis is a process used to identify, sort, and/or display (via a Fishbone Diagram) causes of a specific problem  Click the mouse once display the image

Slide 20: Cause and Effect Analysis, cont. Speaker Notes:  This diagram-based technique combines brainstorming with a method called mind mapping (a diagram to visually outline information) in order to: o F – Find the problem o I – Identify the contributing factors o S – Specify the TPN (Totally, Partially, or Not) o H – Highlight potential response activities

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 121 Strategies and Policies

Slide 21: Steps for Building a Fishbone Diagram Speaker Notes:  Find the Problem - What happened or what is the problem?  Inform participants that the answer to this question refers to the effect (the result of), which is head of the fish  This information can be gathered from your District Profile  Make sure the issue identified can be tied back to the national strategies  The problem statement describes the severity of the problem  Click to reveal second bullet  It answers the questions, what, who, where, when, and how much  Click to reveal third bullet Optional Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (30 minutes):  As a large group, complete a fishbone diagram  As a group, use the sample district profile to identify a problem  Write the problem statement in head of the fishbone diagram

Slide 22: Steps for Building a Fishbone Diagram Speaker Notes:  Step 2 is to identify the Contributing Factors/Challenges - Why it happened?  Inform participants that this question allows you to determine what contributed to the problem, which represents the bones of the fish  Start by brainstorming a list of possible contributing

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 122 Strategies and Policies

factors or challenges  Click to reveal second bullet  Write each contributing factor/challenge on a posit-it note; this will allow you to move and put them into similar groups more easily  Click to reveal third bullet  After brainstorming, group the similar contributing factors on the bones of the fishbone diagram  Finally, give each of the bones a name to represent the major cause category Large Group Activity cont. Activity Instructions:  As a large group, complete a fishbone diagram  Use the sample district profile and/or district knowledge to identify the contributing factors  Write the contributing factors on post-it notes  Arrange them on the bone of the fish by similar groups  After they have been grouped, label the bone category

Slide 23: Steps for Building a Fishbone Diagram Speaker Notes:  Specify the TPN - What type of control do I have to address the issue?  Click to reveal TPN definitions  Inform participants that this question allows them to determine the level of control you have in addressing each contributing factor/challenge, which is represented on the fish bone with a T, P, or N  Keep in mind; it is better to focus on contributing factors/challenges which you have total (T) or partial control (P) over  The factors you do not (N) have control over can be assigned to other teams or individuals Large Group Activity cont. Activity Instructions:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 123 Strategies and Policies

 As a large group, complete a fishbone diagram  Use the sample district profile and/or district knowledge to determine the TPN  Write the T, P or N on the post-it note of each contributing factor

Slide 24: Steps for Building a Fishbone Diagram Speaker Notes:  Highlight the possible district response activities – How do I prevent it from occurring?  Inform participants that this question allows you to start brainstorming potential response activities for addressing the problem

Large Group Activity cont. Activity Instructions:  As a large group, complete a fishbone diagram  Use the sample district profile and your district knowledge to identify potential response activities

Slide 25: Exercise: Time to FISH Speaker Notes:  Now that we have done the cause and effect process together, it is time for you all to follow the same steps in addressing a different problem in smaller groups  You have 30 minutes to complete this exercise  Once time is up, I will ask each group to report back. Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (30 minutes):

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 124 Strategies and Policies

 Divide the participants into small groups of 3 to 6 people (ideally, 3 groups of 3-4 people for a total of 10 participants)  Make sure each group has some flipchart paper, markers and post-it notes  Give each group a copy of the instructions/case study  The instructions will ask the participants to localize the national strategy based on the information provided in the case study Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (20 minutes):  Ask each group to report back on their progress  Discuss any concerns or questions  Ask the participants how they felt about the steps introduced in this session  It is important for people to gain a sense of control, especially if they usually feel powerless

Slide 26: Session Highlights Speaker Notes:  As we bring this session to a close, let’s do a quick recap of what we covered  Click to reveal summary bullets  In our role, it is important that we are able to translate the national strategies for planning purposes and to communicate expectations to our partners  Then we must be able to align our district response activities to those national strategies  This is done by conducting a cause and effect analysis… FISH  You may be asking yourself, how do I use what I learned in my district? o Consider introducing your staff to the steps of linking district response activities to national strategies o Build a fishbone diagram with your DMSAC Planning Committee or DAC office staff using the worksheet in your handouts o Use the District Response Activity Diagram as a brainstorming tool to identify potential response activities for your district o Learn more about your national strategies by reviewing the NSF II and other guidance documents

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 125 Strategies and Policies

Slide 27: Questions or Comments Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 126 Strategies and Policies

AppendixAppendices C

Appendix C: Sample District Plan

Appendix D: Fishbone Diagram

Appendix E: ALDP Case Study and Instructions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 127 Strategies and Policies

Appendix C: Sample District Plan

Kgalagadi South

DMSAC Plan

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 128 Strategies and Policies

DMSAC Evidence-based Planning Process Financial Year 2010-2011

Submitted on behalf of the DMSAC by the District AIDS Coordinator’s Office:  DAC  ASS. DAC  M&E Officer  PCV

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The DMSAC elected the TAC Committee to carry out the evidence based planning process for fiscal year 2010-2011. The TAC Committee included representatives from Minister’s Fraternal, Counseling Center, Motheo Support Group, Tebelopele, DHT and central government departments. Our district was assisted by Ms. Gawa from NASTAD and Mrs. Mahatelo from the Ministry of Local Government, Department of Primary Health Care Services.

The TAC identified the following prioritized list of issues:  High incidence rate  High rate of teenage pregnancy  High number of women with STI’s  Low HIV testing uptake  Men defaulting on ARV

Please find attached the objectives and activities laid out to address the above issues. Also included are the activities to address the NSF Goal 3: Strengthening Management, Capacity Building as well as National Commemorations. The total budget requested is: P 1,051,032.50.

SECTIONS

Section 1: District Profile District Overview page 3 Relevant Assessments page 3 Summary of Community Services pages 3 - 4 HIV/AIDS Data Summary Worksheet pages 5 - 6 Section 2: Community Service Inventory pages 7 - 10 Section 3: Summary of Priorities page 11 Section 4: Summary of Proposed Activities 2010 – 2011 pages 12 - 28 Attachment A: DMSAC Annual Plan Budget page 29 Attachment B: Detailed Activity Proposals page 30 - 42

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 129 Strategies and Policies

SECTION 1: DMSAC DISTRICT PROFILE

District Overview Location: In the North South corner of Botswana, the District covers an area of approximately 110,110 square kilometers. Geographic Features: The district is comprised of rural farm areas and small communities of 1,000 people or less. West of downtown, the district administrative village, there is little or no communication network, poor road conditions and scarce access to amenities (water and food). However, ongoing road construction and telecommunication services are scheduled for completion by the beginning of 2010. Villages often exhaust their water supply and can go without water for periods of three weeks. They then are solely dependent upon support from Council. Such remote villages continue to experience shortages of resources such as water.

Major Villages Populations: (2001 Census) : 7,228 : 657 Werda: 2,237 : 575 Population Characteristics: The 2009 projected population is 27,199, based upon the 2001 census survey and annual growth rate (Central Statistics Office). There are a total of 22 villages and six major villages. The district is a diverse district with numerous tribes. Primary Ethnic groups: Batswana, Baherero, Coloreds, Bakgothu, Barolong, Basarwa, Bangologa, Afrikaners, Batlhaping, Bahurutshi, Batlhware, Bakgalagadi and others. Primary languages are Setswana, Afrikaans and Sekgalagadi; west of Middlepits Afrikaans is the majority and preferred language. Predominant Occupations: The Government of Botswana employs a number of individuals in the administration of the district and health fields. Farming and hunting continue to provide subsistence however most populations depend on government aided schemes due to the vast remote areas of desert land and lack of diverse employment opportunities.1 “Unemployment rates are high particularly among youth.”2

Relevant Assessments The recent results from the BAIS III 2008 revealed an increase in District HIV Prevalence from 11.8% to 19.1%.

Summary of Community Resources DAC OFFICE – District Administration DAC ADAC M&E Officer Peace Corps Volunteer Driver

1 District Demographic Profile 2 District Development Plan 7 Draft One

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 130 Strategies and Policies

Active VMSAC Villages: VMSAC’s were established in 2004 but were never fully functioning.

Health Care Facilities  1 Primary Hospital (ARV)  5 Clinics  State Prison Clinic  13 Health posts

NGO’s: Counseling Center – a BOCAIP centre, is a NGO within North South. District facilitates support groups, workshops, OVC outreach & other activities. The center is a member of both TAC and DMSAC.

Voluntary Counseling & Testing Centre (VCTC)– provides VCTC, attends many activities in the district and involved in both the DMSAC and TAC committee.

FBO’s: The Minister’s Fraternal works in partnership with the Counseling Center and facilitates Minister’s Fraternal DMSAC activities such as Candlelight and Month of Prayer.

MenSector: The MenSector core members are active. The MenSector hold many activities throughout the year that are mostly targeting men with the aim to involve them in HIV/AIDS related issues.

Support Groups: Community Based Organization - Support Group [Revived] Motheo Support Group - Primary Hospital [Active] PMTCT Support Group - [Not Active] Support Group - [Active] Support Group - Peer Mother [Active] Support Group – Werda [Not Active]

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 131 Strategies and Policies

Source: Preliminary BAIS III, 2008 Adapted From Table 7 Estimated HIV Prevalence Rate by Gender Male Female Total 17.0% 20.7% 19.1%

Source: Preliminary BAIS III, 2008 Adapted From Table 9 Estimated HIV Prevalence Rate by District, Youth Age-group & Gender Age 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-35 Male - 4.6% 19.1% 15.1% Female - 22.1% 23.5% 48.6% Total - 15.6% 21.3% 32.7%

HIV INCIDENCE

Source: Preliminary BAIS III, 2008 Adapted From Table 15 Estimated Incidence Rate by Gender Male Female Total 3.75% 2.81% 3.2%

HIV Testing Source: (Combined statistics for Tebelopele & DHT ) RHT Males % of males Females % of females Total % of all for JAN - SEPT 2009 & VCT for JAN - JUN 2009 Persons tested for HIV 1,760 2,555 4,315 Persons found to be HIV positive 133 8% 220 9% 453 10%

ARV Therapy (Source: KS District cumulative figures, Aug 2009) Males % of eligible Females % of eligible Total % of all males females eligible persons Persons eligible for ARV 771 1,221 1,992 Persons who started on ARV 746 97% 1,200 98% 1,946 98% Persons currently taking ARV 637 83% 1,096 90% 1,733 87% Persons lost to follow-up 19 2% 17 1% 36 2%

Perinatal Transmission (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept 2009) Females % New ANC clients 659 ANC clients tested for HIV 540 99.2 Testing rate ANC clients found to be HIV+ 38 7% ANC prevalence rate Infants of HIV+ mother tested 142 Infants found to be HIV+ 0 0% MTCT rate

Teenage Pregnancies (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept 2009) Females ANC clients under age 20 96 New ANC clients 659 Percent of ANC clients <20 15%

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 132 Strategies and Policies

Perinatal Transmission (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept Females % 2009) New ANC clients 659 ANC clients tested for HIV 540 99.2 Testing rate ANC clients found to be HIV+ 38 7% ANC prevalence rate Infants of HIV+ mother tested 142 Infants found to be HIV+ 0 0% MTCT rate

Teenage Pregnancies (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept Females 2009) ANC clients under age 20 96 New ANC clients 659 Percent of ANC clients <20 15%

Sexually Transmitted Infections Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept Males % of males Females % of Total % of all 2009 contracting females contracting sti contract sti sti New STI cases 611 4% 999 7% 1,610 6%

Tuberculosis Source: District Health Team figures for 2007 Males % of Females % of Total % total total New TB cases #DIV/0! #DIV/0! - #DIV/0!

Isoniazid Preventative Therapy Source: District Health Team figures for 2007 Males % of Females % of Total % total total Persons currently taking IPT #DIV/0! - #DIV/0! - 100%

Home Based Care Source: District Health Team cumulative figures, Sept Males % of Females % of Total 2009 males femalesl Persons currently registered for HBC 46 33% 93 67% 139 HBC clients receiving psycosocial support 46 33% 93 67% 139

Orphans Source: KS Social & Community Development Males % of males Females % of Total % cumulative figures, Aug 2009 females Number of registered orphans 499 52% 459 48% 958 Number of orphans receiving psycosocial support 499 52% 459 48% 958

Known Ways to Avoid HIV Infection Source: Botswana AIDS Impact Survey 2004 Technical % identifying the method Report, page 152 to avoid HIV Abstain from sex 43%

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 133 Strategies and Policies

SECTION 2: COMMUNITY SERVICES INVENTORY page 1 of 4 Type Key Target Group

Postal school yth Other Organization Contact Person(s) Address/Location Activities/Services - (who?)

Government Health Sector NGO/CBO/FBO OVCs In Out school yth Men Women Gen. Community PLWHA District Health Gov/Hlth Mma Diseko - Matron Private Bag 005, PMTCT, CHBC, VCT, Pregnant Team Sct Mma Pone - Ast. Tsabong ARV, IPT & mothers Ph: 6540061 Matron Mma Martin - Awareness x x x CHBC Fx: 6540259 OVC Mma patients

ARV Clinics Gov/Hlth Tsabong - Dr. Wamba Box 5 Tsabong ARV Distribution, Sct Middlepits - Dr. health services x x Mutamba -

S&CD Gov/Hlth Mma V. Toto OVC, CHBC CHBC x Ph:6540061 Sct O.Matlhare patients Primary Gov/Hlth Dr. Murindoko P.O. Box 5, All HIV/AIDS Hospital Sct Tsabong programmes, support x x x x Ph: 6540235/241 group, ARV Therapy Fax: 6540242 Resource Gov/Hlth Calvin Matsapa - Asst. P.O. Box 5, Psychosocial support, Center TPH Sct Social Worker Tsabong Resource Center X x Ph: 6540235/241 Fx: 6540242 DAC Office Gov Mma Tuelo Chibana- P.O. Box 1, DMSAC Secretariat, AIDS service Ph: 6540247 DAC S.Gaseleme Tsabong coordination, providers Fx: 6540452 - Ast. DAC monitoring & X Kenosi Sethaile - M&E evaluating district Neo Casey Moreau-PC HIV/AIDS response District Gov J. Kgomoetsile District P.O. Box 1, Chairman to DMSAC Administration Officer Tsabong X Ph: 6540292 Fx: 6540215

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National Strategies and Policies 134

SECTION 2: COMMUNITY SERVICES INVENTORY FOR KGALAGADI SOUTH continued page 2 of 4 Type Key Target Group

h Sector

Postal school yth Other Organization Contact Person(s) Address/Location Activities/Services - (who?)

Government Healt NGO/CBO/FBO OVCs In Out school yth Men Women Gen. Community PLWHA Council Gov M. Council Private Bag 1, Chairman to DMSAC Ph: 6540061 Secretary Tsabong x Fx: 6540215 BNYC Parastatal L. Gaarekwe P.O. Box 95, Counseling, Youth 12-29 Ph: 6540805/815 71611449 Tsabong Distribution of IEC X X materials, MYAA Women's Affairs Gov Ms. Motshubi Private Bag 25, Gender Advocacy, 16 Department Tsabong days Activism against x x Ph: 6540671 Violence on Women Peace Corps CBO Tumelo Paul S&CD at Clinic Volunteer x x x Ph: 72945522 Fx: 6543019 Peace Corps CBO Peo Mary Middlepits Clinic Clinic Volunteer x x

Phone: 72346628 Peace Corps CBO Tebogo Derek P.O. Box 57, S&CD Volunteer Werthmann Middlepits Ph:+2779807504 X x x 7 Vcom 75014190 Orange Counseling NGO Lebakeng Private Bag 003, Counseling, CHBC Center Tsabong Awareness, Care & patients X x x x x Ph: 6540305 Support, Peer Mother, Male Project

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National Strategies and Policies 135

SECTION 2: COMMUNITY SERVICES INVENTORY FOR KGALAGADI SOUTH continued page 3 of 4 Type Key Target Group

Postal

Address/Locatio school yth Other Organization Contact Person(s) n Activities/Services - (who?)

Government Health Sector NGO/CBO/FBO OVCs In Out school yth Men Women Gen. Community PLWHA VCTC NGO Ms. Tsholo Private Bag 11, Voluntary Counseling Couples Ph: 6540759 Gaotswake 71407084 Tsabong and Testing, Training x x x Families Fx: 6540760 Ministers' FBO Nelson Motsewapuo c/o DMSAC Month of Prayer, Fraternal Candlelight x Phone: 72986355 DistrictMaleAction CBO G. Mosweu Kokotsa Health Male Involvement Group (DMAG) Post X Ph: 6545502 Motheo Support CBO Mpho Matswiri - P.O. Box 5, Support for PLWHA & Group Chairperson Tsabong affected x x Ph. 6540235 71280430 CBO CBO x x Support Group CBO Draihoek x x Support Group CBO x x Support Group CBO Werda x x Condom CBO VACANT Distribution ------Officer VMSAC CBO Rachel Magalie x 0782404999 Conven VMSAC CBO Fredrick Titus 08277 Convenor – DAC Planning, x implementation, VMSAC CBO Hilda Kamboer coordination, monitoring 0726781732 of HIV/AIDS related x Convenor – DAC activities at village level

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National Strategies and Policies 136

VMSAC CBO Fredrick Matthys 0027798136033 x Convenor – DAC VMSAC CBO Teko Chimbombi 72713721 Convenor x S&CD VMSAC CBO C.K. Kaekwe - x Convenor S&CD VMSAC CBO Convenor – DOCET x

VMSAC CBO Convenor – DOCET x VMSAC CBO Neo Kgaodi Convenor - Economic Planning x

VMSAC CBO Convenor -Culture and x Youth Planning, VMSAC CBO Convenor -Culture and implementation, x Youth coordination, monitoring VMSAC CBO Convenor -Culture and of HIV/AIDS related x Youth activities at village level VMSAC CBO Rea Motsewapuo Convenor - Economic x Planning VMSAC CBO Itumelo Lentshikang Convenor - Economic x Planning

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National Strategies and Policies 137

Appendix D: Fishbone Diagram

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 138 Strategies & Policies

Appendix E: ALDP Case Study and Instructions

You have been the DAC for the Mango District for three months. Before becoming a DAC, you had a long career as a teacher in a high school in Moshupa. You helped manage anti-AIDS clubs there, and worked closely with the DAC and DMSAC in that district when the school was involved in World AIDS Day and other community activities. When you were hired, you went through DAC orientation and training delivered by MLG with the help of NASTAD Botswana. Since you started your work, you have met with the District Commissioner once, attended one District Health Team meeting, and met with the DMSAC Planning Committee once or twice to begin preparing for the DMSAC planning retreat which will happen in the next quarter. National Strategies Module

You have received feedback from MLG DPHCS on the quality of the evidence-based plan that was submitted by your predecessor last year. One strong criticism is that the strategies that were identified in the plan to address priority issues did not reflect national priorities closely enough, and that it did not appear that the activity plans included stakeholders or that they had a good sense of how they could best contribute to implementing those strategies.

Fortunately, you and some of your Planning Committee members have received training in the FISHbone process to help you identify which strategies and activities it makes most sense for district partners to implement to contribute to national goals.

As a group you decide that you would like to train the rest of the DMSAC on the use of this tool, and you decide that together you will practice the process together, to make notes for yourselves on what you might change or highlight in the exercise before preparing a presentation for the entire DMSAC.

Modify the existing small group exercise to - 1. Provide a specific national priority for the team to work on

- 2. Have the group provide a report back on what worked and did not work in the exercise, and what they would emphasize if they were to use this with a full DAC (this way, we get feedback on our training, and they get to think about not just DOING, but also TRAINING someone else)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Implementing National 139 Strategies and Policies

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 141 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 141 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 143 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 145 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 148 Session Overview ...... 150 Description of Session ...... 150 Materials & Equipment ...... 150 Preparation ...... 150 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 150 Presenter’s Notes: Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources .....151 Appendices ...... 170 Appendix F: Stakeholder Profile Summary ...... 171 Appendix G: District Response Inventory Form ...... 172

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 140 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 141 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 142 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 143 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 144 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 145 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 146 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report.

3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 147 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 148 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 149 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3.5 hour course is designed to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively collaborate and engage district partners to mobilize resources. The course will require participants to: 1) identify key stakeholders (internal and external) in addressing HIV/AIDS response activities and implementing national and local strategies/policies; 2) create a stakeholder profile; and 3) use a district- specific tool to identify resources, resource providers, and mechanisms for mobilizing resources.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3)

□ LCD projector □ Markers and pens

□ Facilitator guide □ Note papers

□ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working

□ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments

□ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix (Appendix F) and District Response Inventory Form (Appendix G)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 150 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Presenter’s Notes: Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize District Resources

Slide 1: Collaborating and Engaging District Partners to Mobilize Resources Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  During this session, we will: o Identify key stakeholders (internal and external) in addressing HIV/AIDS response activities and implementing national and local strategies/policies o Create a stakeholder profile o Use a district-specific tool to identify resources, resource providers, and mechanisms for mobilizing resources

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 151 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 3: Stakeholder Importance

Speaker Notes:  Our success in implementing national strategies through district response activities is dependent upon the committed participation of stakeholders

Slide 4: What is a Stakeholder?

Speaker Notes:  Ask-By a show of hands, how many of you have experienced stakeholders promising to support your efforts within your district, but nothing happens or overtime they slowly start to become less involved? (wait for a response)  As you all know, getting and keeping stakeholders involved in your activities/efforts can be a difficult task, especially with competing interest, causes and limited local resources  That is why careful and thorough planning is essential in identifying the right stakeholders. However, we must first have a clear definition of what a stakeholder is  Ask-What is a stakeholder? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal answer  Basically, a stakeholder is a person, group or organization with an interest or concern in a specific issue or subject matter area, either because: o They are going to be or is affected by; o They have influence, which refers to their power; and

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 152 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

o They have knowledge and experience  Stakeholders can greatly influence the intended outcome and success of a public health intervention or in your case, a district response activity  Their involvement can take place during any stage of the project. However, performing a stakeholder analysis during the planning stage can greatly influence the development of an effective strategy  This course will help you identify key stakeholders and explore ways they can participate successfully

Slide 5: Why is it Important to Involved Stakeholders?

Large Group Discussion:  Ask-Why should you involve stakeholders in your work? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal possible answers: o Stakeholders can provide money, technical assistance, volunteer time, goods/products, sponsorship, assets, marketing, equipment, facility space, transportation, etc.

Slide 6: Why Involve Stakeholders?

Speaker Notes:  Stakeholders can: o Provide valuable information regarding needs, resources, realistic objectives, and practical considerations for a project; o Recognize hidden items that might not be obvious in the planning stage;

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 153 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

o Identify points of opposition and prevent problems during implementation; o Encourage a sense of ownership in the project and involvement during the implementation stage; and o Ensure the focus of a project remains on the people it is meant to support/serve

Slide 7: Conducting a Stakeholder Analysis

Speaker Notes:  All stakeholders carry a certain degree of power, whether it is: o Formal – associated with a position of power or o Informal/Social – ability to persuade others to support or oppose an issue

Slide 8: Steps of a Stakeholder Analysis

Speaker Notes:  Conducting a stakeholder analysis is an important process for understanding a stakeholder’s attributes and influence (power), interest and knowledge related to the issue and their inter- relationship with other stakeholders,  There are four major steps in a Stakeholder Analysis: 1. Identify the stakeholders; 2. Profile the stakeholders; 3. Create a relationship model; and 4. Establish participation categories and methods

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 154 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

 During this session, we will talk about each one of these steps and practice them together. However, much of step 4 is discussed during the Communication session

Slide 9: Step 1: Identify the Stakeholder

Speaker Notes:  When conducting a stakeholder analysis, one of the main objectives is to identify key stakeholders  The good news is that we already have a broad list of pre-identified stakeholders to consider. This list of pre- identified stakeholders can be found in numerous documents, such as: the NSF, district profile, DMSAC Comprehensive HIV/AIDS Plan, etc.  Using the information provided, we can start narrowing down the list to identify specific stakeholders that will be instrumental in implementing district activities  In other words, we want to identify issue or project-specific stakeholders  As you start to think about stakeholders, you should also consider the different types of stakeholders you need  Click to reveal types of stakeholders  The types of stakeholders are: o Beneficiaries; o Supporters; o Opponents; o Resource Providers; and o Vulnerable Groups Additional Facilitator Guidance: Example: Imagine a new strategic document was just released emphasizing the need for coordination, harmonization and alignment of stakeholder support around gender violence and sexual abuse. As the DAC, you are responsible for leading this effort. Your first thought is to sit down and develop a list of stakeholders. However, you remember that the more involved stakeholders are in the project, the more likely the project will succeed. Rather than sitting at your desk alone, you call a meeting

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 155 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

with local staff to brainstorm and develop a list of stakeholders for the project. During the meeting a Community Worker notes that some community men believe that having sex with a virgin girl will cure them of HIV. Based on what she has heard in the community, she believes this is a direct link to the high numbers of rape amongst young girls in the district. You quickly realize that without the involvement of this important stakeholder, the project could have failed. As we move into our next exercise, remember this example and try to think about identifying key and specific stakeholders that will bring district/community knowledge, experience, and resources to the table.

Slide 10: Step 2: Profile the Stakeholder

Speaker Notes:  Step 2 in the stakeholder analysis process is to create a profile for each identified stakeholder; typically, in the form matrix with stakeholder information  Ask-what type of information is needed about a stakeholder in order to involve them in the planning and implementation of a project? (wait for responses) o Role in the organization o Perceived goals and expectations for the project o Level of influence on project and decisions o Expected level of participation and any potential negative impact on the project

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 156 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 11: Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix Speaker Notes:  In a Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix, each stakeholder is prioritized using a simple scale of 1-10 to rank their importance to the project’s success.  Click to reveal priority level  This information will also help you later in determining what level of participation each stakeholder should play, which is Step 4, highlighted in blue

Slide 12: Exercise: Profile Stakeholder

Speaker Notes:  It is time for you all to profile your stakeholders using the Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix (Appendix F)  The purpose for the matrix is to document their key stakeholders’ perceived goals and expectations for the project, their level of importance to the success of the project and their level of influence over decisions Small Group Activity (15 minutes):  Break the participants up into small groups; ideally the same groups they have been working in  Inform participants that you want each group to complete a Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix  Inform them to prioritize the stakeholders in order of influence by: o Assigning level 1 to the highest stakeholder of influence o Assigning level 10 to the lowest stakeholder of influence  Continue until all stakeholders are ranked accordingly

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 157 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

 Give them 15 minutes to complete this exercise  Walk around the room to answer any questions

Slide 13: Steps 3: Creating a Relationship Model

Speaker Notes:  Creating a relationship model is step 3 of the stakeholder analysis process  This step provides a visual picture (Venn Diagram) of what the project will look like in terms of stakeholders and their influence  The relationship model addresses the following questions: o What is the relationship among stakeholders? o Who influences whom? o Who has control over whom?

Slide 14: Venn Diagram

Speaker Notes:  Here is an example of a Venn Diagram  Creating a Venn Diagram is pretty simple o The Project is drawn as the big circle o The smaller circles inside and along the big circle are the stakeholders o The location and size of each stakeholder circle represents their level of influence on the project o If the circles are drawn interlocking, it shows the stakeholders have interactions and relationships with one another

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 158 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 15: Exercise: Stakeholder Relationship Model

Pre-session Preparation:  Flipchart paper  Markers Speaker Notes:  It is time for each group to develop their own district stakeholder relationship model (Venn Diagram)  Based on the information in your District Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix, draw a relationship model for your project  You have 15 minutes to complete this exercise Small Group Activity: (15 minutes)  Give each small group a sheet of flipchart paper and 2-3 markers  Give the participants 15 minutes to complete the exercise

Slide 16: Step 4: Ladder of Participation

Speaker Notes:  Looking at your group’s Venn Diagram, ask do you think all stakeholders have the same level of involvement in a project? (wait for responses)  We can all see that each stakeholder has a different level of influence on the success of a project, which in turns affects their level of participation  A stakeholder’s level of participation can be determined by a process called Ladder of Participation  Ladder of Participation allows you to determine what type of participation is appropriate for each stakeholder

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 159 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

 The ladder contains six levels starting with the lowest level of participation – Information Sharing and climbs to the highest level of participation – Self- Actualization/Empowerment  Click the mouse once to display content  Information Sharing: o Stakeholders are provided information about a project but do not have the opportunity to influence the project because the information is shared with them after the decisions have been made

Slide 17: Ladder of Participation

Speaker Notes:  Click the mouse once to display content  Stakeholders are consulted for their views, which are then incorporated into the project at the discretion of the project planner (or DACs)  The project planner defines both the problems and solutions, and may modify them after considering the stakeholders’ views  However, the project planner is under no obligation to agree with or incorporate the stakeholders’ thoughts

Slide 18: Ladder of Participation Speaker Notes:  Click the mouse once to display content  Stakeholders participate by conducting an activity or providing labor in return for food, cash, or other material incentives

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 160 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 19: Ladder of Participation Speaker Notes:  Click the mouse once to display content  Stakeholders participate by forming groups to meet predetermined objectives related to a project  Their involvement usually occurs after major decisions have been made  These groups tend to be dependent on external factors (e.g., donor funding), but may become independent

Slide 20: Ladder of Participation Speaker Notes:  Click the mouse once to display content  Stakeholders participate in joint analysis with the project planner  Typically, this leads to joint goal and objective setting, action planning, and the formation and strengthening of groups  This level involves multiple perspectives between all members of the group and the planner  Groups can take control over project planning decisions, thus allowing stakeholders to influence the implementation and structure of a project; which is similar to the roles of the DMSAC members

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 161 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 21: Ladder of Participation Speaker Notes:  Click the mouse once to display content  Stakeholders have control over decisions and resources and participate in lead roles for the project  Stakeholders are the original designers of the project ideas and may take control at a given point in the project  Now that we have gone through all levels of participation, let’s look at a completed Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix to see what it tells us  Remember the Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix is a great tool to use for determining how to best communicate with each stakeholder

Large Group Activity (15 minutes): If time permits, complete the last column of the Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix as a large group  Ask one group to volunteer their Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix  For each stakeholder identified, determine their level of participation and how you might communicate with each stakeholder. Possible communication methods: o Workshops o Questionnaires o Interviews o Dramas, role plays o Brainstorming discussions o Open-ended discussions o Round robin discussions (i.e., everyone in the group shares one or more ideas) o Small group discussions o Surveys

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 162 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 22: Resource Mobilization Speaker Notes:  Now that you have identified different ways to engage your stakeholder, let’s look at how we can start to mobilize our resources

Slide 23: What is Resource Mobilization? Speaker Notes:  Ask what is resource mobilization? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal answer  Resource mobilization can be described to as a process of identifying resources needed to achieve the organization/project’s mission through the utilization of knowledge, skills, equipment, services, etc.

Slide 24: Importance of Resource Mobilization Speaker Notes:  We must understand the importance of mobilizing resources  Ask why do you think it is important to mobilize resources? (wait for responses)  The importance of resource mobilization is to:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 163 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

o Carry out the organization/project’s ongoing work; o Achieve the organization/project’s mission and goals; o Undertake new work and initiatives; o Maintain and increase linkages with the community, individuals, government agencies, private organizations, and funding organizations; o Maximum use of local resources and skills; and o Influence and take control over the HIV/AIDS epidemic

Slide 25: Strategies for Resource Mobilization Speaker Notes:  Now let’s talk about strategies

Slide 26: 4 Q’s to Resource Mobilization Speaker Notes:  You may be asking yourself, how do I go about mobilizing the resources in my district to achieve the national strategies outlined in the NSF?  In order to answer this question, you must first think about the 4 Q’s to mobilizing resources: (Click mouse once to reveal each answer) o What resources are available? o What resources are not available, but needed? o Who are the resource providers/holders? o What are the various mechanisms for resource mobilization?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 164 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 27: Resources, Providers, and Mechanisms Speaker Notes:  Based on these questions, resource mobilization can be broken down into three categories called RPM: (Click mouse to reveal answer) o Resources – What are the needed resources? o Resource Providers – Who have the resources? o Mechanisms – What are the mechanisms for resource mobilization?

Slide 28: R = Resources Speaker Notes:  Thus far, we have only talked about one type of resource, human  Ask can you name the other types of resources? (wait for response)  Resources are the materials, things, and services (financial and non- financial) that help to fulfill an organization’s/project’s needs

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 165 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 29: Types of Resources Speaker Notes:  Basically, resources can be classified as the following: o Money; o Human (their skills, time, contributions and services); and o Equipment and materials  Ask what are some examples of money? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal answer  Ask what are some examples of human? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal answer  Ask what are some examples of equipment and materials? (wait for responses)  Click the mouse once to reveal answer

Slide 30: P = Providers Speaker Notes:  Earlier today we spent some time talking about stakeholders. Many of the stakeholders identified could also be considered resource providers  Resource Providers are individuals and/or organizations that provide materials, goods, and/or services… resources needed to help accomplish an organization/project’s mission

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 166 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 31: M = Mechanisms Speaker Notes:  As DACs, you have to decide where and how (mechanisms) to mobilize resources  Each resource requires a certain level of time and energy  Typically the type of mechanism used for mobilization is dependent on the capacity of the organization and/or district and the nature of the required resources  You may discover that some resources do not fit within an allotted time period, causing it to be less desirable  For example: A DAC just received news that his/her funding was cut by 15%. He/she has to decide whether it is worthwhile to write and submit a grant proposal based on the limited time to implement district response activities and the limited man power available to write the proposal  Here is a list of mechanisms for resource mobilization: o Grant proposals (comprehensive) o Special events o Donations o In-kind services o Personal meetings o Membership campaign o Raising fees o Self-contribution o Advocacy o Formal tea party o Case Study and Success stories o Media o Advisors and Ambassadors  Ask are there any additional mechanisms that are not listed? (wait for responses)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 167 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Slide 32: Tool: District Response Inventory Form Pre-session Preparation:  Make copies of the District Response Inventory Form (Appendix G) Speaker Notes:  One organizational tool that can be used for mobilizing resources is an inventory form  This inventory form allows you to develop a more detailed list of the: o Needed resources; o Resource providers; and o Various ways of receiving or mobilizing resources

Slide 33: Session Highlights Speaker Notes:  As we bring this session to a close, let’s do a quick recap of what we covered  We discussed that stakeholders play a vital role in the success or non- success of a project  In order to collaborate and engage stakeholders in district response activities, we must have a clear understand of the stakeholder  This can be done by conducting a stakeholder analysis: o Identify the key/project specific stakeholders o Profile the stakeholders using a Summary Matrix o Create a Relationship Model using a Venn Diagram o Determine their level of participation  We also discussed using the District Response Inventory Form to identify: o Resources,

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 168 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

o Resource providers, and o Mechanisms for mobilizing resources

Slide 34: Questions or Comments Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 169 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Appendices

Appendix F: Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix

Appendix G: District Response Inventory Form

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 170 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Appendix F: Stakeholder Profile Summary Matrix

Stakeholder Type of Motivation Perceived Influence Potential Levels of Stakeholder Expectations on Challenges Participation and Goals project (Level of 1-10)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 171 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Appendix G: District Response Inventory Form

Resources Resource Providers Mechanisms

Needed Available Name Address Type of Resource (Place √) Mechanism

Applied Leadership Development Program | Collaborating and 172 Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources

Expected Session Time: 3 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 174 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 174 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 176 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 178 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 181 Session Overview ...... 183 Description of Session ...... 183 Materials & Equipment ...... 183 Preparation ...... 183 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 183 Presenter’s Notes: Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources ...... 184 Appendices ...... 199 Appendix H: Kgalagadi South DMSAC Plan ...... 200 Appendix I: Budget Modification Guideline Template...... 227

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 173 Reallocating Resources

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 174 Reallocating Resources

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 175 Reallocating Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 176 Reallocating Resources

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 177 Reallocating Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 178 Reallocating Resources

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 179 Reallocating Resources

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 180 Reallocating Resources

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 181 Reallocating Resources

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 182 Reallocating Resources

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3 hour course is designed to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively prioritize activities and allocate resources as they develop and modify their budgets. The course will require participants to: 1) articulate their evidence- based planning processes, and the methods they use to identify and prioritize issues and develop implementation strategies 2) articulate their budget development and modification strategies, 3) practice using a tool for modifying a budget, and 4) develop a communication strategy and talking points for stakeholders on the issue of budget modification

Plan to budget 1.5 hour to review the material with the participants, and 1.5 hours to review and complete the exercise

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the District Plan (Appendix H)

□ Make copies of the Budget Modification Guideline Template (Appendix I)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 183 Reallocating Resources

Presenter’s Notes: Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources

Slide 1: Reprioritization and Reallocation

Speaker Notes:  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers.)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed  Ask-can anyone describe the budget process: o How are budgets developed? o What are the key considerations? o When and why are budgets revised? o Is there a process for re-prioritizing and reallocating funds once funds are received? Describe  This session will provide some suggestions and tools that you may use to manage the budget modification process. However, we recognize that there is no one way to go about budget modification, and we hope that you will share your own experiences, suggestions and tools with one other Additional Facilitator Guidance:  We will be talking about budget revision and the re-prioritization and reallocation of resources  DACs and ADACs have developed annual comprehensive HIV plans for the district for many years, using the Evidence Based Planning Toolkit  It is understood that the plans that are submitted to NACA for funding include budgets that reflect district “need” rather than budgets that reflect available funding

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 184 Reallocating Resources

 When NACA funding levels are shared with DACs, they are usually significantly less than requested, requiring budget modifications. However, DACs lack guidelines as to how to manage the budget modification process

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Answer any questions that may arise

Slide 3: Review of Evidence Based Planning

Speaker Notes: Proceed to next slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 185 Reallocating Resources

Slide 4: EBP Review – Issues Identification

Speaker Notes:  We will begin this session by reviewing the Evidence Based Planning (EBP) process and existing EBP tools  We will look in particular at the EBP steps that take place at the Planning Subcommittee retreat, after the district profile has been developed and any needs assessment conducted  Following review of the needs assessment, the Planning Subcommittee considers Issue Identification  Review slide and explanation of Issue Identification, and ask the participants: o How is Issue Identification conducted by your DMSAC? o Are DMSAC members encouraged to justify the issues they select based on the district profile? o When such issues are listed, are these justifications attached? These justifications can often help with the prioritization/re-prioritization process

Slide 5: EBP Review - Priority Setting

Speaker Notes:  Once the DMSASC has identified issues, the next step is to set priorities.  Ask the participants: o How does the DMSAC conduct priority setting? . The EBP Toolkit suggests ranking issues, or voting on issues as a prioritization method . Do these methods work well? If not, why not?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 186 Reallocating Resources

o Do DMSACs use any other methods for prioritization? How well do these work? o Do you use any agreed upon criteria to justify your prioritization? o How does prioritization relate to the district profile?

Slide 6: EBP Review – Defining Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Once the DMSAC has set priorities, the next step is to develop objectives by which these issues can be addressed  In the toolkit, the process of setting objectives is described as “taking the priority issues and turning them into action statements that will describe a solution  We would like to quickly review what we mean by SMART objectives.  Ask the participants: o “What are SMART objectives”? o Answer: SMART is a mnemonic for S=Specific; M=Measurable, A=Achievable, R= Relevant T=Timebound o For example, if a high priority issue is “too many young people do not consistently use condoms”, then a SMART objective could be stated as “By October 31, 2013, the proportion of young people using condoms consistently and correctly in the district will increase from 65 to 75% Large Group Activity (10 minutes):  Write the following issues on a flipchart, and in the large group ask participants to produce one or two SMART objectives with which to address the identified issues: o “Not all women identified as HIV positive in the ANC clinic are being referred to PMTCT services” o “DMSAC members are not submitting accurate and complete monitoring reports to the DMSAC on a timely basis” Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Review the objectives with the group and modify as needed to ensure that they are truly SMART. Following this review of SMART objectives, ask the participants:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 187 Reallocating Resources

o How does the DMSAC conduct this step of the planning process? o Does the DMSAC produce SMART objectives? Does this work well? If not, why not?

Slide 7: EBP Review – Strategy Development

Speaker Notes:  After the DMSAC has developed objectives, the next step is to develop strategies by which those objectives can be met.  Ask the participants: o How does the DMSAC work together to identify strategies? o To what extent are these based on the promising prevention practices document, and monitoring and evaluation of existing strategies (in other words, based on data?) o Are DMSACs able to document the justifications they use to select strategies? o To what extent are strategies selected based on who is at the table? o Do strategies get selected that might be implemented by people not at the table? o Are agencies identified in the DMSAC process to conduct these strategies?

Slide 8: EBP Review – Gather and Summarize Activity Proposals

Speaker Notes:  Finally, agencies are asked to develop one or more detailed activity proposals that will ensure that the identified strategies are actually implemented.  Ask the participants: o How does your DMSAC work to gather Activity Proposals?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 188 Reallocating Resources

o Are agencies other than those identified by the DMSAC in the prioritization retreat approached to submit an activity proposal? o Are agencies given guidance by the DMSAC on the budget levels they should include in their activity proposals? If so, how does the DMSAC set these budget levels?  Thank you for providing your experience and insights on the Evidence Based Planning Process  We will now spend some time talking about Budget Development

Slide 9: Budget Development

Speaker Notes:  Proceed to next slide

Slide 10: Budget Development

Speaker Notes:  Ask the participants: o How is the budget determined for the plan that is submitted? o If an amount is pre- determined, is that amount communicated to the sectors when they develop their project proposals?  There are two approaches to developing a budget – a “conservative” approach, and an “optimistic” approach

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 189 Reallocating Resources

 Both have advantages and disadvantages. We will begin by discussing the conservative approach  Ask the participants if they have a preferred approach to budget development, and why(wait for responses)  Review the slide, and discuss all points regarding conservative budgeting

Slide 11: Conservative Budgeting

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide. Explain that the advantages and disadvantages of the conservative approach as listed on the slide. Ask the participants: o Ask-Can you think of any other pros and/or cons that are not listed on the slide? (List any additional pros and cons on the flipchart)

Slide 12: Budget Development – Optimistic

Speaker Notes:  The second budget development approach is an optimistic approach  Review the slides. Read through the points as outlined on the slide  Ask the participants: o Is the optimistic budget development approach used by DMSACs for budget development? Does the DMSAC approach differ in any way? If so, how?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 190 Reallocating Resources

Slide 13: Optimistic Budgeting

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Explain that the advantages and disadvantages of the optimistic approach as listed on the slide  Ask the participants: o Can you think of any other pros and/or cons that are not listed on the slide? (List any additional pros and cons on the flipchart)

Slide 14: Budget Modification

Speaker Notes:  Because budget modifications are usually needed regardless of the budget development process you choose to use, we will now review and discuss methods for budget modification

Slide 15: Budget Modification

Speaker Notes:  Proceed to next slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 191 Reallocating Resources

Slide 16: Budget Modification

Speaker Notes:  There is no one perfect method for modifying budgets. However, we can identify two issues we think you should consider when discussing budget modification: o How are you going to engage and work with stakeholders to ensure that the process is transparent and to avoid conflict? o What criteria are you going to use to cut your budget that will be evidence based and consistent with the plan?

Slide 17: Communicating to Stakeholders

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Ask the participants these questions, and post their answers on the flipchart

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 192 Reallocating Resources

Slide 18: Communicating to Stakeholders

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Review all of the recommendations on the slide, noting when points have already been made by participants, and highlighting those not mentioned

Slide 19: What should you communicate?

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Review all of the recommendations on the slide, noting when points have already been made by participants, and highlighting those not mentioned

Slide 20: When should you communicate?

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Ask the questions as outlined on the slide  Point out that there is no correct answer to these question  Ask the participants: o Who is it that would decide when to communicate this information to stakeholders?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 193 Reallocating Resources

Slide 21: Budget Modification Process

Speaker Notes:  As was discussed, the second issue to take into consideration during budget modification is the process that will be used  Facilitate a discussion using the talking points outlined on the slide and note comments on the flipchart

Slide 22: Issues for Consideration

Speaker Notes:  Remember that there truly is no one right way to cut a budget  It is often helpful to have some objective criteria and processes laid out for the budget cutting process  In addition, as you cut a budget, it may be helpful to keep a few key issues in mind: o The size of the budget cut: A large cut might require cutting entire issues, or entire activities, while a smaller cut might be absorbed by reducing activity budgets o Fixed Costs: There may be fixed costs in a budget that cannot be changed (e.g. rent, or salary) o Ask the participants: . Can you think of fixed costs that are usually included in district plan budgets that cannot be changed? o Political or Strategic Considerations: An example might be continuing to fund an activity that is a critical component of another donor or partner effort (i.e., defunding of one activity may result in withdrawal of much more extensive support)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 194 Reallocating Resources

o Ask participants: . Do you have any additional examples?

Slide 23: Issues for Consideration, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Additional considerations include: o Objective Criteria: It is best to try to use objective criteria related to the scope and seriousness of the epidemic to make budget cuts. These criteria can be communicated to stakeholders, and help those impacted by the cut to accept the difficult decision. The list on the slide just gives some examples. Ask the participants: . Are there any additional criteria participants would like to add? (List these on the flipchart)

Slide 24: Exercise: Budget Modification

Pre-session Preparation:  Make copies of the District Plan (Appendix H)  Make copies of the Budget Modification Guideline Template (Appendix I) Speaker Notes:  We will now do a budget modification exercise  The exercise is 1.5 hours  We will begin the exercise as a large group, and then the large group will be divided into 3 small groups  The exercise will end with each small group reporting back to the large group  Review the objectives of the exercise as outlined on the slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 195 Reallocating Resources

Slide 25: Exercise Part 1: Large Group Activity

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Read the scenario on the slide  Ask the group to individually review the plan and budget and think about how they might go about making the 20% cut Large Group Discussion (30 minutes):  Facilitate a conversation with the large group, soliciting input from individuals as to how they would cut the budget  Ask individuals to justify their recommendations  Probe to see if individuals would take into consideration fixed costs, make cross-the-board cuts or selected cuts, and what kinds of criteria they might use if they did so Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Distribute copies of the budget modification guideline template and give the participants a few minutes to review it  Explain that the budget modification guideline template provides a way to document your thought process as you make budget changes. The order of the questions helps you to narrow down your options, and the requirement to justify each step in writing prepares you to develop talking points for when you communicate with your stakeholders

Slide 26: Exercise Part 2: Small Group Activity

Small Group Discussion (30 minutes):  Divide the large group into three small groups  Review the slide  Read the instructions on the slide, and leave the slide up while the groups do the exercise

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 196 Reallocating Resources

Slide 27: Exercise Part 3: Report Back

Large Group Activity – Report Back (30 minutes):  Ask one group to present their budget modifications to the large group  Ask the remaining participants to interact during the presentation as if they were real stakeholders, asking questions and raising concerns as might occur during a real stakeholder meeting  At the end of the presentation, ask the presenting group if there was anything they would change about their process or their talking points  Ask the “stakeholder group” to share constructive criticism of the process with the presenting group, noting where they thought the process could have been improved, or where the communications could have been improved  Ask all participants if they found the guideline template helpful, and if any modifications should be made

Slide 28: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review the summary of what the participants: o We discussed the development and modification of a budget that takes into consideration . Key considerations of the size of the cut, fixed costs, political considerations and district priorities . Stakeholder response and impact o We discussed reallocating funds based on the actual funds made available versus the requested amount

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 197 Reallocating Resources

Slide 29: Summary

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 198 Reallocating Resources

Appendices

Appendix H: Kgalagadi South DMSAC Plan Appendix I: Budget Modification Guideline Template

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 199 Reallocating Resources

Appendix H: Kgalagadi South DMSAC Plan

Kgalagadi South DMSAC Plan

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 200 Reallocating Resources

DMSAC Evidence-based Planning Process Financial Year 2010-2011

Submitted on behalf of the DMSAC by the District AIDS Coordinator’s Office:  DAC  ASS. DAC  M&E Officer  PCV

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The DMSAC elected the TAC Committee to carry out the evidence based planning process for fiscal year 2010-2011. The TAC Committee included representatives from Minister’s Fraternal, Counseling Center, Motheo Support Group, Tebelopele, DHT and central government departments. Our district was assisted by Ms. Gawa from NASTAD and Mrs. Mahatelo from the Ministry of Local Government, Department of Primary Health Care Services.

The TAC identified the following prioritized list of issues:  High incidence rate  High rate of teenage pregnancy  High number of women with STI’s  Low HIV testing uptake  Men defaulting on ARV

Please find attached the objectives and activities laid out to address the above issues. Also included are the activities to address the NSF Goal 3: Strengthening Management, Capacity Building as well as National Commemorations. The total budget requested is: P 1,051,032.50.

SECTIONS

Section 1: District Profile District Overview page 3 Relevant Assessments page 3 Summary of Community Services pages 3 - 4 HIV/AIDS Data Summary Worksheet pages 5 - 6 Section 2: Community Service Inventory pages 7 - 10 Section 3: Summary of Priorities page 11 Section 4: Summary of Proposed Activities 2010 – 2011 pages 12 - 28 Attachment A: DMSAC Annual Plan Budget page 29 Attachment B: Detailed Activity Proposals page 30 - 42

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 201 Reallocating Resources

SECTION 1: DMSAC DISTRICT PROFILE

District Overview Location: In the North South corner of Botswana, the District covers an area of approximately 110,110 square kilometers. Geographic Features: The district is comprised of rural farm areas and small communities of 1,000 people or less. West of downtown, the district administrative village, there is little or no communication network, poor road conditions and scarce access to amenities (water and food). However, ongoing road construction and telecommunication services are scheduled for completion by the beginning of 2010. Villages often exhaust their water supply and can go without water for periods of three weeks. They then are solely dependent upon support from Council. Such remote villages continue to experience shortages of resources such as water.

Major Villages Populations: (2001 Census) Tsabong: 7,228 Middlepits: 657 Werda: 2,237 Bokspits: 575 Population Characteristics: The 2009 projected population is 27,199, based upon the 2001 census survey and annual growth rate (Central Statistics Office). There are a total of 22 villages and six major villages. The district is a diverse district with numerous tribes. Primary Ethnic groups: Batswana, Baherero, Coloreds, Bakgothu, Barolong, Basarwa, Bangologa, Afrikaners, Batlhaping, Bahurutshi, Batlhware, Bakgalagadi and others. Primary languages are Setswana, Afrikaans and Sekgalagadi; west of Middlepits Afrikaans is the majority and preferred language. Predominant Occupations: The Government of Botswana employs a number of individuals in the administration of the district and health fields. Farming and hunting continue to provide subsistence however most populations depend on government aided schemes due to the vast remote areas of desert land and lack of diverse employment opportunities.2 “Unemployment rates are high particularly among youth.”2

Relevant Assessments The recent results from the BAIS III 2008 revealed an increase in District HIV Prevalence from 11.8% to 19.1%.

Summary of Community Resources DAC OFFICE – District Administration DAC ADAC M&E Officer Peace Corps Volunteer Driver

2 District Demographic Profile 2 District Development Plan 7 Draft One

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 202 Reallocating Resources

Active VMSAC Villages: VMSAC’s were established in 2004 but were never fully functioning.

Health Care Facilities  1 Primary Hospital (ARV)  5 Clinics  State Prison Clinic  13 Health posts

NGO’s: Counseling Center – a BOCAIP centre, is a NGO within North South. District facilitates support groups, workshops, OVC outreach & other activities. The center is a member of both TAC and DMSAC.

Voluntary Counseling & Testing Centre (VCTC)– provides VCTC, attends many activities in the district and involved in both the DMSAC and TAC committee.

FBO’s: The Minister’s Fraternal works in partnership with the Counseling Center and facilitates Minister’s Fraternal DMSAC activities such as Candlelight and Month of Prayer.

MenSector: The MenSector core members are active. The MenSector hold many activities throughout the year that are mostly targeting men with the aim to involve them in HIV/AIDS related issues.

Support Groups: Community Based Organization - Support Group [Revived] Motheo Support Group - Primary Hospital [Active] PMTCT Support Group - [Not Active] Support Group - [Active] Support Group - Peer Mother [Active] Support Group – Werda [Not Active]

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 203 Reallocating Resources

Source: Preliminary BAIS III, 2008 Adapted From Table 7 Estimated HIV Prevalence Rate by Gender Male Female Total 17.0% 20.7% 19.1%

Source: Preliminary BAIS III, 2008 Adapted From Table 9 Estimated HIV Prevalence Rate by District, Youth Age-group & Gender Age 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-35 Male - 4.6% 19.1% 15.1% Female - 22.1% 23.5% 48.6% Total - 15.6% 21.3% 32.7%

HIV INCIDENCE

Source: Preliminary BAIS III, 2008 Adapted From Table 15 Estimated Incidence Rate by Gender Male Female Total 3.75% 2.81% 3.2%

HIV Testing Source: (Combined statistics for Tebelopele & DHT ) RHT Males % of males Females % of females Total % of all for JAN - SEPT 2009 & VCT for JAN - JUN 2009 Persons tested for HIV 1,760 2,555 4,315 Persons found to be HIV positive 133 8% 220 9% 453 10%

ARV Therapy (Source: KS District cumulative figures, Aug 2009) Males % of eligible Females % of eligible Total % of all males females eligible persons Persons eligible for ARV 771 1,221 1,992 Persons who started on ARV 746 97% 1,200 98% 1,946 98% Persons currently taking ARV 637 83% 1,096 90% 1,733 87% Persons lost to follow-up 19 2% 17 1% 36 2%

Perinatal Transmission (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept 2009) Females % New ANC clients 659 ANC clients tested for HIV 540 99.2 Testing rate ANC clients found to be HIV+ 38 7% ANC prevalence rate Infants of HIV+ mother tested 142 Infants found to be HIV+ 0 0% MTCT rate

Teenage Pregnancies (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept 2009) Females ANC clients under age 20 96 New ANC clients 659 Percent of ANC clients <20 15%

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 204 Reallocating Resources

Perinatal Transmission (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept Females % 2009) New ANC clients 659 ANC clients tested for HIV 540 99.2 Testing rate ANC clients found to be HIV+ 38 7% ANC prevalence rate Infants of HIV+ mother tested 142 Infants found to be HIV+ 0 0% MTCT rate

Teenage Pregnancies (Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept Females 2009) ANC clients under age 20 96 New ANC clients 659 Percent of ANC clients <20 15%

Sexually Transmitted Infections Source: District Health Team figures for Jan - Sept Males % of males Females % of Total % of all 2009 contracting females contracting sti contract sti sti New STI cases 611 4% 999 7% 1,610 6%

Tuberculosis Source: District Health Team figures for 2007 Males % of Females % of Total % total total New TB cases #DIV/0! #DIV/0! - #DIV/0!

Isoniazid Preventative Therapy Source: District Health Team figures for 2007 Males % of Females % of Total % total total Persons currently taking IPT #DIV/0! - #DIV/0! - 100%

Home Based Care Source: District Health Team cumulative figures, Sept Males % of Females % of Total 2009 males femalesl Persons currently registered for HBC 46 33% 93 67% 139 HBC clients receiving psycosocial support 46 33% 93 67% 139

Orphans Source: KS Social & Community Development Males % of males Females % of Total % cumulative figures, Aug 2009 females Number of registered orphans 499 52% 459 48% 958 Number of orphans receiving psycosocial support 499 52% 459 48% 958

Known Ways to Avoid HIV Infection Source: Botswana AIDS Impact Survey 2004 Technical % identifying the method Report, page 152 to avoid HIV Abstain from sex 43%

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 205 Reallocating Resources

SECTION 2: COMMUNITY SERVICES INVENTORY page 1 of 4 Type Key Target Group

Postal school yth Other Organization Contact Person(s) Address/Location Activities/Services - (who?)

Government Health Sector NGO/CBO/FBO OVCs In Out school yth Men Women Gen. Community PLWHA District Health Gov/Hlth Mma Diseko - Matron Private Bag 005, PMTCT, CHBC, VCT, Pregnant Team Sct Mma Pone - Ast. Tsabong ARV, IPT & mothers Ph: 6540061 Matron Mma Martin - Awareness x x x CHBC Fx: 6540259 OVC Mma patients

ARV Clinics Gov/Hlth Tsabong - Dr. Wamba Box 5 Tsabong ARV Distribution, Sct Middlepits - Dr. health services x x Mutamba Makopong -

S&CD Gov/Hlth Mma V. Toto OVC, CHBC CHBC x Ph:6540061 Sct O.Matlhare patients Primary Gov/Hlth Dr. Murindoko P.O. Box 5, All HIV/AIDS Hospital Sct Tsabong programmes, support x x x x Ph: 6540235/241 group, ARV Therapy Fax: 6540242 Resource Gov/Hlth Calvin Matsapa - Asst. P.O. Box 5, Psychosocial support, Center TPH Sct Social Worker Tsabong Resource Center X x Ph: 6540235/241 Fx: 6540242 DAC Office Gov Mma Tuelo Chibana- P.O. Box 1, DMSAC Secretariat, AIDS service Ph: 6540247 DAC S.Gaseleme Tsabong coordination, providers Fx: 6540452 - Ast. DAC monitoring & X Kenosi Sethaile - M&E evaluating district Neo Casey Moreau-PC HIV/AIDS response District Gov J. Kgomoetsile District P.O. Box 1, Chairman to DMSAC Administration Officer Tsabong X Ph: 6540292 Fx: 6540215

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 206

SECTION 2: COMMUNITY SERVICES INVENTORY FOR KGALAGADI SOUTH continued page 2 of 4 Type Key Target Group

Postal school yth Other Organization Contact Person(s) Address/Location Activities/Services - (who?)

Government Health Sector NGO/CBO/FBO OVCs In Out school yth Men Women Gen. Community PLWHA Council Gov M. Council Private Bag 1, Chairman to DMSAC Ph: 6540061 Secretary Tsabong x Fx: 6540215 BNYC Parastatal L. Gaarekwe P.O. Box 95, Counseling, Youth 12-29 Ph: 6540805/815 71611449 Tsabong Distribution of IEC X X materials, MYAA Women's Affairs Gov Ms. Motshubi Private Bag 25, Gender Advocacy, 16 Department Tsabong days Activism against x x Ph: 6540671 Violence on Women Peace Corps CBO Tumelo Paul S&CD at Clinic Volunteer x x x Ph: 72945522 Fx: 6543019 Peace Corps CBO Peo Mary Middlepits Clinic Clinic Volunteer x x

Phone: 72346628 Peace Corps CBO Tebogo Derek P.O. Box 57, S&CD Volunteer Werthmann Middlepits Ph:+2779807504 X x x 7 Vcom 75014190 Orange Counseling NGO Lebakeng Private Bag 003, Counseling, CHBC Center Tsabong Awareness, Care & patients X x x x x Ph: 6540305 Support, Peer Mother, Male Project

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 207

SECTION 2: COMMUNITY SERVICES INVENTORY FOR KGALAGADI SOUTH continued page 3 of 4 Type Key Target Group

Postal

Address/Locatio school yth Other

- Organization Contact Person(s) n Activities/Services ut school yth (who?)

Government Health Sector NGO/CBO/FBO OVCs In O Men Women Gen. Community PLWHA VCTC NGO Ms. Tsholo Private Bag 11, Voluntary Counseling Couples Ph: 6540759 Gaotswake 71407084 Tsabong and Testing, Training x x x Families Fx: 6540760 Ministers' FBO Nelson Motsewapuo c/o DMSAC Month of Prayer, Fraternal Candlelight x Phone: 72986355 DistrictMaleAction CBO G. Mosweu Kokotsa Health Male Involvement Group (DMAG) Post X Ph: 6545502 Motheo Support CBO Mpho Matswiri - P.O. Box 5, Support for PLWHA & Group Chairperson Tsabong affected x x Ph. 6540235 71280430 CBO CBO x x Support Group CBO Draihoek x x Support Group CBO Omaweneno x x Support Group CBO Werda x x Condom CBO VACANT Distribution ------Officer VMSAC CBO Rachel Magalie x 0782404999 Conven VMSAC CBO Fredrick Titus 08277 Convenor – DAC Planning, x implementation, VMSAC CBO Hilda Kamboer coordination, monitoring 0726781732 of HIV/AIDS related x Convenor – DAC activities at village level

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 208

VMSAC CBO Fredrick Matthys 0027798136033 x Convenor – DAC VMSAC CBO Teko Chimbombi 72713721 Convenor x S&CD VMSAC CBO C.K. Kaekwe - x Convenor S&CD VMSAC CBO Convenor – DOCET x

VMSAC CBO Convenor – DOCET x VMSAC CBO Neo Kgaodi Convenor - Economic Planning x

VMSAC CBO Convenor -Culture and x Youth Planning, VMSAC CBO Convenor -Culture and implementation, x Youth coordination, monitoring VMSAC CBO Convenor -Culture and of HIV/AIDS related x Youth activities at village level VMSAC CBO Rea Motsewapuo Convenor - Economic x Planning VMSAC CBO Itumelo Lentshikang Convenor - Economic x Planning

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 209

SECTION 3: PRIORTIY ISSUES

Priority Issue 1: High HIV incidence rate Objective: To reduce incidence rate in the District from 3.2% to 3% by March 2011

Priority Issue 2: High rate of teenage pregnancy Objective: To reduce teenage pregnancy in the District from 15% to 10% by March 2011

Priority Issue 3: High number of women with STIs Objective: To reduce percentage of STI cases amongst women in the District from 7% to 5% by March 2011

Priority Issue 4: Low HIV testing uptake Objective: To increase the number of people tested for HIV from 4,315 to 6,473 by March 2011

Priority Issue 5: Men defaulting on ARV treatment Objective: To reduce the percentage of men defaulting on ARV in the District from 2% to 1% by March 2011

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 210 Reallocating Resources

Priority Issue 1: HIGH HIV INCIDENCE RATE Objective: To reduce incidence rate in the District from 3.2% to 3% by March 2011 Activity & Target Group Organization Impleme Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds nting Qtr Outputs

ACTIVITY # Other

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD /NACA ACHAP BOTUSA (who?) 1 Talk shows on ways to BNYC / Youth & X X X To have reached 1,500 Conference hall P42,000.00 X avoid HIV infection Culture / youth (500 each P500.00 MenSector / DAC quarter) and given the Office information materials Promotional Materials on HIV infection. One P500.00 session per qtr Flip Chart P150.00 x2 = P300.00 Markers P100.00 x 2 packs =P200.00 Snacks P25.00 x 500 people =P12,500.00

Activity total P14,000.00 x 3 qtr

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 211

Priority Issue 1: HIGH HIV INCIDENCE RATE Objective: To reduce incidence rate in the District from 3.2% to 3% by March 2011 Activity & Target Group Organization Impleme Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds nting Qtr Outputs

ACTIVITY # Other

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD /NACA ACHAP BOTUSA (who?) 2 a Female and male Prisons X 130 Inmates and 40 Tea for officers and P1,300.00 X condom education and officers educated on facilitators 40 people demonstration campaign proper use of condom. @P15.00 each = P600.00 Snack 130 Inmates P700.00

Activity total

P1,300.00 2 b Female and male DHT Health X 300 people per village Subsistence P129.50 x 4 P37,590.00 X condom education and Education Div. educated on proper use people x 5 days = demonstration campaign of condom. P2,590.00

Promotional materials P30,000.00

DJ with PA system P1,00.00 x 5 days = P5,000.00

Activity total

P37,590.00 3 Health talks during MenSector / X 150 Men attend Kgotla Kgomo/Meat = P4,000.00 X National men’s chilling sessions Tebelopele / DAC and fireside chat on P4000.00 MenSec Office HIV/AIDS related Food = P2,000.00 tor issues. P2,000. Activity total 00

P6,000.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 212

Priority Issue 1: HIGH HIV INCIDENCE RATE Objective: To reduce incidence rate in the District from 3.2% to 3% by March 2011 Activity & Target Group Organization Impleme Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds nting Qtr Outputs

ACTIVITY # Other

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD /NACA ACHAP BOTUSA (who?) 4 Health talks during Women’s Affairs, X 80 people reached and Tea P15.00 x 20 people P5,200.00 X women’s chilling Tebelopele participate in health x 4 sessions = sessions talks on HIV/AIDS P1,200.00 related issues. Lunch P50.00 x 20 people x 4 sessions = P4,000.00

Activity total

P5,200.00 5 Life skills training and Kgomotso, CJSS X X X Reach 14 abstinence Meeting Snacks P20,085.00 X motivational meeting for clubs and 3 CJSS 30 members x 6clubs x PACT and abstinence PACT clubs (30 P30.00 per person = club members members per club) P5,400.00 Subsistence 6 clubs per quarter, 5 2 people x P129.50 x 5 clubs last quarter. 5 villages = P1,295.00 villages targeted per quarter Activity total Conduct one day P6,695.00 x 3 qtr workshop on life skill

training.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 213

Priority Issue 1: HIGH HIV INCIDENCE RATE Objective: To reduce incidence rate in the District from 3.2% to 3% by March 2011 Activity & Target Group Organization Impleme Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds nting Qtr Outputs

ACTIVITY # Other

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD /NACA ACHAP BOTUSA (who?) 6 Road shows in two MenSector, DHT. X X 300 people per Artist/Entertainer P 14,800.00 X National catchment areas to BNYC, Tebelopele catchment area per P5,000.00 MenSec address MCP quarter reached with Accommodation for artist tor MCP message & driver P4,000. 2rooms @ P400.00 x 2 00 nights = P1,600.00 Food for artist & driver P200.00 per/person x 2 people x 2days = P800.00 Promotional Burners & posters P2,000.00 (National MenSector)

Activity total P9,400.00 x

2 Qtrs 7 Purchase laptop, Tsabong Primary X X X Resource Center Laptop = P7,000.00 P 38,000.00 X projector, video and Hospital Equipped Projector = P5,000.00 photo camera and books Digital Camera = for Resource Center P3,000.00 Video Camera = P3,000.00 Resource Books, VHS, DVDs = P20,000.00

Activity Total

P38,000.00 PRIORITY ISSUE 1: HIGH HIV INCIDENCE RATE TOTAL P 162,975.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 214

Priority Issue 2 :HIGH RATE OF TEENAGE PREGNANCY Objective: To reduce teenage pregnancy in the District from 15% to 10% by March 2011 Activity and Target Organization & Impleme Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds

Group Contact Person nting Outputs Quarters

&

/N

ACTIVITY#

Other

1 2 3 4 MLG RD ACHA ACA P BOTU SA (who?) 1 Monthly supportive DHT, Kgomotso X X X 14 abstinence clubs Subsistence Allowance P5,827.50 X meetings with & Tebelopele supported 15 days x P129.50 x 3 abstinence clubs Visit 5 schools/clubs people =P5,827.50 for five days

Activity total P1,942.50 x 3 qtr

2 Implement Youth Matron DHT X X 2 porta camps P70,000.00 x 2 P140,000.00 X Friendly Services purchased for the implementation of youth friendly services

for specific locations 3 Distribution of Tebelopele / X X X X Intensify condom Stipend P300.00 per P75,600.00 X condoms DHT/DAC Office distribution in the month x 21 villages x 3 district both male and months = P18,900.00 female condoms at public areas, bars Activity total P18,900.00 x 4 qtr

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 215

4 Supportive meetings BNYC, Culture X X Provide support to 3 Conference hall P7,400.00 X for out of school youth and Youth youth groups with P500.00 x 3 = groups follow up in the 4th P1,500.00 quarter. Flipchart P150.00 x 2 = P300.00 Markers 1 packets= P100.00 Snack 20 people x 3 groups x P30.00 = P1,800.00 Activity total

P3,700.00 x 2 qtr 5 Boys and girls street BNYC, CJSS X X To reach 1,000 youth Promotional materials P41,000.00 X bash in the district through P500.00 the street bash Music System P6,000.00 Snacks P25 x 500 people = P12,500.00 Burners P3,000.00 (one qtr only)

Activity total

P22,000.00 x 2 qtr

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 216

6 Youth camp BNYC, X To reach at least 100 School hall P47,100.00 X Kgomotso, CJSS youth P250.00 x 3= P750.00 Class accommodation P100.00 x 3 nights = P300.00 Food Breakfast & tea P50.00 x 100 youth x 3 days = P15,000.00 Lunch P50.00 x 100 x 3 days = P15,000.00 Super P50.00 x 100 x 3 days = P15,000.00 Flip Chart P150.00 x 3 = P450.00 Marker P100.00 Promotional Material P500.00 for copies

Activity Total

P47,100.00

PRIORTIY ISSUE 2 HIGH RATE OF TEENAGE PREGNANCY TOTAL P316,927.50

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 217

Priority Issue 3:HIGH NUMBER OF WOMEN WITH STIs Objective: To reduce percentage of STI cases amongst women in the District from 7% to 5% by March 2011 Activity and Target Organization Implementin Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds Group and Contact g Quarters Outputs

Person

/NAC

1 2 3 4 MLG&R D ACHAP A BOTUS OtherA (who?) 1 Condom campaigns Tebelopele x x X 50 VMSAC 10 Male Condom models P79,500.00 X on both female and participants in 10 Female condom models male condom half day (NACA) workshop Entertainment P500.00 followed by Food 200 people x P100.00 condom = P20,000.00 education & ½ day Workshop for demonstration VMSAC with 50 participants with 200 x P120.00 = P6,000.00 attending. Conduct in one Activity Total catchment per P26,500.00 X 3 Qtrs

qtr. 2 House to house DHT X X X To reach out and 1 Day Workshop P10,800.00 X visits on SRH and empower 105 40 people (35 VMSAC issues of gender BONEPWA VMSAC members + 5 facilitators) x through support members to visit P90.00 = P3,600.00 group. women and sensitize them Activity total on reproductive P3,600.00 x 3 quarters

health .

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 218

3 Health talks on DHT, TPH, X X Conducting No budget P00.00 X Safe Male MenSector Health talks Circumcision during kgotla meetings and focus group

discussions 4 Train health TPH /DHT X 40 health 40 Health workers x P97 P4,180.00 X workers on workers trained meals = P3,880.00 syndromic on syndromic Venue conference rooms = management of management of P300.00 STIs STIs Activity total

P4,180.00

PRIORITY ISSUE 3 HIGH NUMBER OF WOMEN WITH STIs TOTAL P 94,480.00

Priority Issue 4: LOW HIV TESTING UPTAKE Objective: To increase the number of people tested for HIV from 4,315 to 6,473 by March 2011 Activity and Organization Implementing Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds Target Group and Contact Quarters Outputs Person

/

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD NACA ACHAP BOTUSA Other (who?)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 219

Priority Issue 4: LOW HIV TESTING UPTAKE Objective: To increase the number of people tested for HIV from 4,315 to 6,473 by March 2011 1 Football for life, MenSector, X X 100 people tested Football kits, medals, balls, P59,600.00 X National test for life Tebelopele, and counseled for referee kit, printing of kit, MenSector DAC Office HIV present for guest speaker 60,000.00 P30,000.00 (Nat. MenSector) 60 people attend workshop on HIV ½ day Workshops 60 people x & other health P60.00 x 3 days =P10,800.00 related topics Pageant prizes P2,000.00 One catchment Meat per quarter P10,000.00 Food 20 facilitators x P50.00 x 7 days = P7,000.00

Activity total NACA P29,800.00 x 2 qtr

Nat.MenSector P30,000.00 x 2 2 Run for life, test BNYC, DHT, X 70 people tested Food P16,000.00 P22,000.00 for life DCY, and counseled for Prizes for participants Tebelopele HIV P6,000.00

Create Activity total awareness about P22,000.00

healthy lifestyles.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 220

Priority Issue 4: LOW HIV TESTING UPTAKE Objective: To increase the number of people tested for HIV from 4,315 to 6,473 by March 2011 3 Red Rose Tebelopele X X Increase the Food P29,600.00 X Couple testing number of P120.00 x 100 people (50 dinner couples who test couples) P12,000.00 together 100 Red roses P500.00 couples = 200 Cups P1,400.00 people (50 Dinner candles (4 x 10 tables) couples per P400.00 quarter) Music DJ P500.00

Activity Total

P14,800.00 x 2 qtr 4 Village couple Tebelopele X X Reach 3000 Promotional materials P53,000.00 X counseling and individuals P5,000.00 testing Food 200 people x P100.00 competition Reach 20 couples per person = P20,000.00 in each village – Trophy for winning village total 100couples P3,000 (one qtr only)

Activity Total

P28,000.00 x 2 qtr

PRIORITY ISSUE 4: LOW HIV TESTING UPTAKE TOTALS P164,200.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 221

Priority Issue 5: MEN DEFAULTING ON ARV Objective: To reduce the percentage of men defaulting on ARV in the District from 2% to 1% by March 2011 Activity and Organization and Implementin Expected Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds Target Group Contact Person g Quarters Annual Outputs

/

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD NACA ACHAP BOTUSA Other (who?) 1 Training TPH/DHT/ DAC X X X 70 VMSAC 1 Day Workshop P18,900.00 X workshops for Office members per 70 participants x P90.00 = VMSACs on quarter total P6,300.00 ARV adherence 210 for the year to be Activity total trained on P6,300.00 x 3 qtrs adherence

counseling 2 Bi-annual ARV ARV Sites X X Each site to No funds requested P 00.00 group Managers hold 2 group adherence Support Groups adherence counseling counseling meetings per year with patients on HAART and

caregiver for 3 “Bua Mompati” ARV Site X X Support for 25 Tea and lunch P10,500.00 debriefing Managers Adherence 25 people x P70.00 = meeting for partners with P1,750.00 x 3 ARV sites = adherence debriefing P5,250.00 meeting 3 sites per Activity total

quarter P5,250.00 x 2 qtr

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 222

Priority Issue 5: MEN DEFAULTING ON ARV Objective: To reduce the percentage of men defaulting on ARV in the District from 2% to 1% by March 2011 Activity and Organization and Implementin Expected Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds Target Group Contact Person g Quarters Annual Outputs

/

1 2 3 4 MLG&RD NACA ACHAP BOTUSA Other (who?) 4 ARV adherence DHT/TPH/DAC X X Adherence No funds requested P 00.00 week within the week District conducted in 6 ARV sites

PRIORTIY ISSUE 5: MEN DEFAULTING ON ARV TOTAL P 29,400.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 223

NSF Goal 3: Strengthening Management, Capacity Building Objective: DAC Office Coordinating District Response Activity and Organization and Implementin Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds Target Group Contact Person g Quarters Outputs

/

Other

1 2 3 4 MLG &RD ACHA NACA P BOTU SA (who?) 1 District DAC Office X X X X Furnish office Materials & Supplies P50,000.00 X HIV/AIDS (DAC, ADAC, with supplies P5,000.00 x 4 qtr = Management M&E Officer, and materials. P20,000.00 PCV) Provide tea & Subsistence (Workshop sandwiches for traveling & imprest) meetings P30,000.00

2 District DMSAC X X X District 5 page newsletter P20,000.00 X Newsletter Newsletter

3 VMSAC DAC Office X X X Implementation 21 villages x P2,500.00 each P52,500.00 Activities of VMSAC evidence based Activity Total

plans P52,500.00 4 District Annual DAC Office X District Plan Accommodation P46,350.00 X Plan (Evidence 20 people x P500.00 per Based Planning room x 3days Session) P 30,000.00 Food 20 people x P250 per day x 3 days P 15,000.00 Conference room P450 x 3 days P1,350.00

Activity Total

P46,350.00 NSF GOAL 3: STRENTHENING MANAGEMENT, CAPACITY BUILDING TOTALS P168,850.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 224

National Commemorations Objective: Activity and Organization and Implementin Expected Annual Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds Target Group Contact Person g Quarters Outputs

/

Other

1 2 3 4 MLG &RD ACHA NACA P BOTU SA (who?) 1 Minister’s Ministers X Officiate 40 people x P120 x 2 days P19,200.00 X Fraternal Fraternal candlelight and 2 P 9,600 x 2 Villages Candlelight day workshop Memorial for 40 people in

two villages 2 Month Of Ministers X Officiate Month 2 villages P30,000.00 X Prayer Fraternal of Prayer in two -Launch villages

-Close 3 District World VMSAC X Commemorate Food, pageant prizes P25,000.00 X AIDS Day WAD

4 Month of Youth BNYC, DCY X Musician P7,000.00 P40,000.00 X Against AIDS Promotional Materials P8,000.00 Burners P3,000.00 Lunch P55.00 x 400 people = P22,000.00

Activity Total

P40,000.00 NATIONAL COMMEMORATIONS TOTAL P114,200.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources 225

SUMMARY

Totals Priority Issue 1 162,975.00 Priority Issue 2 316,927.50 Priority Issue 3 94,480.00 Priority Issue 4 164,200.00 Priority Issue 5 29,400.00 NSF GOAL 3 168,850.00 National Commemorations 114,200.00

GRAND TOTAL 1,051,032.50

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 226 Reallocating Resources

Appendix I: Budget Modification Guideline Template

District ______

Planning Year ______

1. Who will you involve in your budget modification process? List the individuals, their positions, and 1-2 sentences explaining why you will include them.

Individual Position Why will you include them?

2. When and where will you meet with these individuals?

3. Are there any fixed costs that cannot be changed? Yes ___ No ____

4. If there are fixed costs, list them below. For each fixed cost, provide an explanation for your stakeholders as to why they cannot be changed.

Fixed Cost Why can it not be changed

5. Will you conduct across-the-board cuts, or selective cuts? Explain why.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 227 Reallocating Resources

6. If you choose selective cuts, what was your process? Circle (A), (B), (C), and or (D), and provide an explanation for how you made your cuts.

A) Did you cut out an entire priority area?  Which priority area did you cut out?

 What was your justification for cutting this area?

B) Did you cut out duplicative activities?  List the activities you cut:

 Which activities did they duplicate?

 Why did you cut this activity rather than the one it duplicated?

C) Did you cut weak or unevaluated activities?  List activities you cut:

 What data did you use to determine these activities were weak?

D) Did you combine or link activities?

 Which activities did you combine?

 Why do you think these activities could be combined?

E) Scored and rank all activities according to objective criteria? For example:

Criteria Score (5 = highest, 1= lowest) The problem that this activity addresses is ranked as a high priority in the plan The activity is likely to be effective as it is Promising Prevention Practices The activity is likely to be effective because monitoring and evaluation data show success (numbers reached, changes in KAB) Continuation of this activity is critical for the success of other related

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 228 Reallocating Resources

activities (e.g., provides referral services ) This activity fills a gap in the district response that no other activity addresses. This activity is not being funded by any other source This activity responds to NSF and National Priorities Others

7. Sharing information with stakeholders.

 Will stakeholders/IPs have the opportunity to provide input or will your decisions be final? Why?

 Which stakeholders need to be informed of your decisions?

 Who will inform them?

 When will you inform them?

 List your talking points below.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Reprioritizing and 229 Reallocating Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Communicating Effectively

Expected Session Time: 6.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 231 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 231 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 233 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 235 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 238 Session Overview ...... 240 Description of Session ...... 240 Materials & Equipment ...... 240 Preparation ...... 240 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 240 Presenter’s Notes: Communicating Effectively ...... 241 Appendices ...... 269 Appendix J: Exercise: Communication Style Inventory ...... 270 Appendix K: Sample Email ...... 274 Appendix L: Principles of Effective Writing ...... 275 Appendix M: Communication Strategy ...... 277

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 230

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 231

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 232

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 233

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 234

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 235

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 236

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level.

3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 237

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 238

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 239

Session Overview Description of the Session

This 6.5 hour session is designed to provide an overview of basic communication styles and methodologies. The session will 1) provide the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information; 2) provide education on how to make oral presentations; 3) discuss how to effectively deal with disruptive meeting behaviors; and 4) provide basic guiding principles for effective writing.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Communication Style Inventory (Appendix J)

□ Make copies of the Sample Email (Appendix K)

□ Make copies of the Principles of Effective Writing handout (Appendix L)

□ Make copies of the Communication Strategy handout (Appendix M)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 240

Presenter’s Notes: Communicating Effectively

Slide 1: Communicating Effectively

Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Read the slide  In your work on a daily basis, you need to communicate with others. It is important to communicate effectively if you want to be successful in implementing programs and making an impact. This session will help increase your communication skills  There are also times in your jobs when you need to prepare written communications. This session will also help increase your ability to prepare various business documents

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 241

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  There are specific objectives that you will achieve by the end of the course  You will understand: o Communication Styles and have the opportunity to look at your own style o Tailoring messages for specific audiences to better meet their needs o Using tools to strategically plan communication with stakeholders/partners o How to prepare and deliver an effective presentation o How to prepare written business communication

Slide 3: Participant Introductions

Speaker Notes:  Ask each participant to answer the questions on the slide Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Follow up questions could include: o Why do you think you communicate well with that person? o Why do you think you can improve communication with that person?

Slide 4: Communication Styles

Speaker Notes:  Explain that the first portion of this session will deal with the different communication styles that people exhibit

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 242

Slide 5: Quote from Lao Tzu

Large Group Discussion:  Ask for a volunteer to read the quote on the slide  Ask the two to three people from the group to share their interpretation of the quote

Slide 6: Definition of Communication

Speaker Notes:  This slide contains progressions  Do not click until the large group discussion is completed  At the conclusion of the discussion affirm the wealth of knowledge in the room  Click to reveal definition of communication; read the definition for communication  Click to reveal the types of communication and explain that we will discuss each of these types of communication with particular attention to verbal and non-verbal communication Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Ask the participants to define communication and kinds of communication  Brainstorm a list of ineffective communication strategies and effective strategies

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 243

Slide 7: Communication Styles

Speaker Notes:  People have different communication styles that affect how they relate to others  These styles determine how we use information and view things  Styles have been grouped into major types. There are different models for studying communication styles, but there are general similarities among the models  Today we will look at one model and determine our own styles  No one style is good in all circumstances, so one style is right or wrong  We can have the same commitment and goals as another person, but still see things differently  Knowing our own styles helps us understand our own behavior better, as well as that of others. It can help us see when miscommunication is occurring  Keep in mind that each individual is unique and communication style can only tell us so much

Slide 8: Exercise: Communication Style Inventory

Pre-Session Preparation:  Print enough copies of the Communication Style Inventory (Appendix J) for each participant  Write the name of each style on a sheet of flip chart paper and hang in each of the four corners of the room Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (20 minutes):  Hand out the Communication Styles Inventory to participants  Read through the instructions on how to complete the inventory  Tell participants that each style will be reviewed in detail after they have finished

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 244

Slide 9: Exercise: Communication Styles, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Make sure that all participants were able to complete the inventory without problems and have determined their own style Small Group Activity:  Ask the participants to go to the corner that matched which style they were on the inventory  Identify the four major styles, and ask the participants to share whether they were surprised at their results or whether they confirmed what they already thought  Tell the participants that each communication style has positive and negative aspects  Brainstorm in your group about the pros and cons of your style

Slide 10: Communication Styles, cont. – Supporter/Relater

Speaker Notes:  While participants are still in the corners of the room corresponding to their communication style, review the characteristics on the slide  In addition to what participants may have also shared, the following characteristics may be true as well: o Strength: makes others feel valued, supports team work, helps individuals work through differences o Weakness: may have opinions that are not expresses, may stay with something that isn’t working well rather than risk change

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 245

Slide 11: Communication Styles, cont. – Analyzer/Thinker

Speaker Notes:  While participants are still in the corners of the room corresponding to their communication style, review the characteristics on the slide  In addition to what participants may have also shared, the following characteristics may be true as well: o Strengths: considers the facts when making decisions, doesn’t rush in without enough information, thinks things through from start to finish o Weakness: may hesitate to speak up with ideas in a group setting, may not listen to the ideas of others, may delay taking action

Slide 12: Communication Styles, cont. – Promoter/Socializer

Speaker Notes:  While participants are still in the corners of the room corresponding to their communication style, review the characteristics on the slide  In addition to what participants may have also shared, the following characteristics may be true as well: o Strengths: Maintains a positive attitude when others are discouraged, supports a hopeful outlook on solving problems, contributes ideas o Weaknesses: May not be able to concentrate on getting a difficult task accomplished, may not be seen as serious enough for the situation, may not be realistic about how negative a situation may be

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 246

Slide 13: Communication Styles, cont. – Controller/Director

Speaker Notes:  While participants are still in the corners of the room corresponding to their communication style, review the characteristics on the slide  In addition to what participants may have also shared, the following characteristics may be true as well: o Strengths: Makes decisions, can provide specific direction to others, keeps focused on the end product o Weaknesses: May take over without authority, may give others assignments and not do work himself/herself, may be focused on personal gain Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Additional follow-up questions, once all the pros and cons of each style has been discussed: o Have you seen any of these styles in the people you work with? o Given your own style, how has it been to work with people of other styles? o Do you work better with one style over another? Why?

Slide 14: Non-Verbal Communication

Pre-Session Preparation:

 Print out the “Nonverbal Communication” handout Speaker Notes:  It is important to understand your own non- verbal communications and the intended or unintended impressions that you are making  It is equally important to

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 247

understand how others are communicating non-verbally: o Are they frustrated o Nervous o Not interested Large Group Activity (5 minutes):  Using the Nonverbal Communication handout as your guide, pick two to three examples from the sheet and act them out (i.e., stand with fists clenched, arms crossed and wide stance (aggressive) or tap feet and continually look at your watch (bored)  Ask the participants what your body and face are conveying (wait for responses)

Slide 15: Communication: Verbal and Non-Verbal

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make sure that the “Not So Effective Communication” video is saved to the laptop that is being used for this presentation Speaker Notes:  Click on the box to start the short video  Once the video is complete discuss the video and ask: o What non-verbal communication is observed (speaker and audience)? o Was the speaker effective in conveying his message? Why or why not? . Jargon . Acronyms . Not observing audience response o How could the speaker been more effective?  It is important to observe both the verbal and non-verbal communications

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 248

Slide 16: Communication Skills

Speaker Notes:  Communicating well helps build trust and respect, foster learning, and help accomplish tasks  Oral, written, and non- verbal (body language) are all important, but often the non-verbal communication is the most important in communicating how we feel to others  The section will include specific detail and examples of effective verbal and non-verbal communication skills

Slide 17: Why is Communication Important?

Speaker Notes:  Ask for answers to the question “Why is communication Important?” o Get two to three answers  Click to reveal the answers to the question Additional Facilitator Guidance:  We are communicating constantly  Communication is inevitable and vital to our survival  How we get our needs met and get information

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 249

Slide 18: Communication Skills (non-verbal)

Speaker Notes:  This slide lists a number of communication skills that are non-verbal. Non-verbal communication is how people act and appear rather than the word they use  Demonstrate for participants how non-verbal communication can change a verbal statement. “This is just wonderful” can be said in an excited, supportive way or in an angry manner (as thought the person is not really happy)  Review examples on non-verbal communication

Slide 19: Communication Skills (verbal)

Speaker Notes:  The items on this slide are examples of verbal communication skills  Review examples of communication techniques  Simplify thoughts before you start: o Important to know the points you want to get across. Too wordy or detailed, you can lose the audience  Be aware of tone: o If your voice sounds nervous, irritated, or sad, that is what will come through clearly to your audience  Ask questions: o It is important to hear from the other person or persons. You get the best information when you don’t just ask “yes or no” questions, but ones that are open-ended  Use active listening:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 250

o Really listening can be your most important skill. If you pay attention to what the other person is saying (as well as demonstrating non-verbally) you can get the information you need and assess a situation accurately. Takes practice to really hear others. Try not to spend the time that someone is speaking thinking about your next statement. Avoid interrupting the speaker  Paraphrase what has been said: o This is an active listening skill. You can say back to the person what you hear him or her saying, so that the person knows you are listening. Paraphrasing is not the same as interpreting what has been said, but rather saying it back in slightly different words  Provide an example: o “So let me clarify – your position is…?”  Use “I” statements: o Instead of saying “you are wrong,” say “I see it differently than you do”

Slide 20: Exercise: Communication Skills (cont.)

Pre-Session Preparation:  Have flip chart paper and markers available Speaker Notes:  The goal of this exercise is to help participants understand that there are a few common difficulties and that they can have some strategies to address them  Acknowledge that conflict, especially in a meeting setting, is very anxiety provoking for most people and it is one of the biggest challenges during a meeting/interaction Small Group Activity (15 minutes):  Break the participants into groups of 5 to 7 people  Ask them to brainstorm a list of difficult situations  As a small group, work together to rank the top 5 most common difficult situations during a meeting  Report back to the larger group what they found  Document the similarities across the groups on flip chart paper

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 251

 With the shared list of top 5 most common difficult situations, ask the small groups to brainstorm the most effective ways to resolve them

Slide 21: Dealing with Conflict

Speaker Notes:  Review the list with participants  Acknowledge where they came up with similar solutions in their small groups  Discuss any other solutions that were suggested

Slide 22: Effective Presentations

Speaker Notes:  During this session we will discuss methods, strategies and best-practice for planning and delivering effective presentations  While there are many things that can make presentations more effective, keep in mind that your own style will also help determine what works best for you  This material is presented from the standpoint of the leader of a group, but you will see that some points apply to participants as well

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 252

Slide 23: Effective Presentations

Speaker Notes:  Before you Click to reveal the general presentation guidance/suggestions, ask the participants: o How they know a presentation was effective (i.e., audience asked engaging questions, nods of approval, etc.) o What are some of their insights about the keys of effective presenting  Click to review suggestions for an effective presentation  Review slide content Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Create a checklist with the participants for preparing for a presentation (TOR as a guide)  Record participant responses on flip chart  Some possible points include: o Meeting with the meeting conveners beforehand and asking about . The objectives of the meeting . Who is the audience? . The political climate about the topic . How much time? . AV needs and room set-up

Slide 24: Presentation Skills

Speaker Notes:  Let the participants know that we are going to focus on four key elements in presenting

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 253

Slide 25: Presentation Skills, cont. – Audience

Speaker Notes:  Review items to consider about the audience  Provide an agenda or outline  Gives audience an idea of what to expect  Know who they are (age, gender, experience) o The more you know about your audience, the more you can tailor your presentation to their needs  Know their expectations o You can start by asking them what they expect to get out of the presentation or training o Can send out something ahead for input  Use examples they understand o Try to relate your examples to something they might have experienced either professionally or personally  Be appropriate in what you say; don’t offend o Humor is often helpful in getting an audience comfortable, but be careful that it is appropriate o If you have any doubt about something, don’t say it  Keep the stress down o Try to involve participants, but don’t make them so uncomfortable they get stressed o Don’t focus too much attention on any one person o Don’t let one person try to speak for the whole group. Each person needs to speak as an individual o Audiences retain more if they aren’t stressed  Deal directly with anger o Don’t let angry statements go unaddressed o Respond without getting angry yourself

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 254

Slide 26: Presentation Skills, cont. – Content

Speaker Notes:  Review the items to consider about content  Prepare, prepare, prepare o The more comfortable you are with the material, the better you will present. o The more you have thought about the flow, possible responses, questions, and similar items, the better prepared you will be  Select key points o Know the main points you want to convey and make sure you get these across  Be clear o You may be so familiar with what you are saying that you assume everyone else understands. Think about what might be confusing and how you can be clear in conveying the message  Be concise o If you say too much, the audience will forget the key messages  Use examples o Examples help with understanding

Slide 27: Presentation Skills, cont. – Process/Delivery

Speaker Notes:  Review the items to remember about process/delivery  Practice, practice, practice o The more you review what you are going to say and do, the smoother your presentation will be

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 255

 Follow a natural sequence o Think about how your thoughts connect o The more you jump around with your presentation, the more confused the audience is likely to be  Think through possible questions o You may be able to have answers ready o If you get a question you can’t answer, it is okay to say you will check into it  Anticipate problems o The more you anticipate, the more prepared you can be when something does happen o Think about alternatives if things go wrong  Manage the silence o Don’t panic if things get quiet o Wait a little while, ask a question if it fits, then move on  Effectively use visuals o People are used to seeing something while they listen  Make it helpful to the presentation

Slide 28: Presentation Skills, cont. – Environment

Speaker Notes:  Review the list of items to remember about the environment  Check out space in advance o Make sure it is the right size o Make sure it can handle your electronic equipment  Arrive early o Don’t start out by feeling pressured from rushing o Make sure things are set up as they need to be  Ensure equipment is working o Test it out ahead of time

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 256

 Dress appropriately o Know what is considered acceptable business dress for the audience and the event

Slide 29: PowerPoint

Speaker Notes:  Ask for a show of hands by the participants if they have experience preparing a PowerPoint presentation. Let them know that the pointers for PowerPoint can also be applied to handouts  Ask the participants what they like and don’t like about seeing PowerPoint presentations  Review the main points listed on the slides: o Gives the basic information . It helps a presentation by giving it structure . Does not duplicate the presentation material, but supports the material o Makes a visual connection . People often follow a presentation better if they can see and hear o Guides the presenter . Helps the presenter stay focused on the material to be covered

Slide 30: PowerPoint, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review the list of basics of PowerPoint:  Less is more o Too much material will be difficult to follow  Use contrasting colors o Don’t let your text fade into the background

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 257

 Use phrases, not complete sentences o Remember that the PowerPoint just highlights key points o You don’t want the audience spending a lot of time reading the slides

Slide 31: PowerPoint, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review the suggestions for PowerPoint presentations:  Distracting animation  While the slides should be interesting, animation can take away from the points you are trying to make. o Sound effects  Too much text o It should not be a struggle for the audience to read the slides o If the audience is concentrating on reading, they may not be listening.  Too many photos o Photos should be used strategically to make a point o Too many photos and they can become the most important part of the presentation, not the information  Too many slides o Be aware of the length of the presentation in relation to the number of slides. o A short presentation does not need a lot of slides  ALL CAPITAL LETTERS o Words should be capitalized when necessary for a point. All capitals can be distracting

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 258

Slide 32: Example Slide

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the participants to identify what is good or bad about this slide.  Possible responses o This is not a good example of a PowerPoint o The font is in a difficult to read color o There are typos o The bullets are in long, complete sentences o There is too much text on the page

Slide 33: Example Slide, cont.

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the participants to identify what is good or bad about this slide  Possible responses: o Easy to read o Short list of bullets o Guides the presentation, but doesn’t take long to read o Visual added o No typos

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 259

Slide 34: Written Communication

Speaker Notes:  This session will focus on developing various types of written materials

Slide 35: Methods for Written Communication

Speaker Notes:  The several types of written materials you might need to prepare include: o Email o Program Reports o Proposals o Meeting Minutes o Success Stories o Data Reports  Ask if there are other types of written reports that they prepare?  Due to time restrictions this session will focus primarily on emails and progress reports  Meeting minutes will be discussed in the next session

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 260

Slide 36: Methods for Written Communication: Email

Speaker Notes:  Ask participants what they like about emails and what they do not like about emails (wait for responses)  Review the list of email “dos”  Make sure it is the best method o The reader cannot tell tone from an email, so it may not be best if in- person or telephone communication might be clearer o If something is very detailed, it might be hard to explain in an email o People who use email a lot may rely on it too much  Get to the point o People don’t always read an entire email, so your main messages need to be near the beginning so they aren’t overlooked  Think about who should be copied o Don’t just automatically copy people o Copy those who need to know or who you need to keep informed  Be clear about what you need o The reader should not have to guess o If you need a response, be very specific about what you need them to answer  Use good grammar o Even though an email is not as formal as some other communications, it should still be written in a professional manner  Be aware of the tone that come across in the email o Use polite expressions like thank you and please  Think before forwarding  People who send you emails often don’t expect them to go to others. There may be something there that you don’t remember and that should not be forwarded

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 261

Slide 37: Email, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review the list of email “don’ts”  Send an email when emotionally charged o Emails should be professional, and you are likely to say something you will regret later  Use “reply all” unless necessary o Keep in mind the earlier advice to only send emails to those who need to know o Most people do not want to take the time to read unnecessary emails  Include confidential information o Emails are not a secure method of communication  Include too many different topics o The reader is likely to miss important messages if too many things are in the email  Forward other messages without a summary o People often forward a string of emails and the important information is in the earliest one or two messages. People often don’t read all the way back to the beginning. If you have to forward the string, summarize what you are sending

Slide 38: Principles of Effective Writing

Pre-Session Preparation:  Copies of Principles of Effective Writing handout for participants (Appendix L)  Copies of Example Emails for participant activity (Appendix K)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 262

Speaker Notes:  Let participants know that effective writing takes planning, practice and time  Click to reveal the five C’s of effective writing  These principles are very basic but can serve as a good foundation for writing effectively. Review each point: o Clear-is your message easily understood by the target audience? Use standard and familiar language o Concise-Keep it short and to the point. People are busy o Complete-are you giving the reader the information they need o Correct-is the information factual and grammatically correct? o Courteous-writing should contain the same level of respect that you would communicate in person

Small Group Activity (15 minutes):  Hand out copies of a poorly written email to the participants. Give them a few minutes to read over the email and then ask them to identify the weaknesses. Note the responses on a flipchart  Break the participants into small groups of about three to four per group and ask each group to rewrite the email to improve it. Give each group 10 minutes to do so. They should be told that it is okay to include other facts they want to include as needed to make the email clear  Each group should report on how they improved the email

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Examples that may be cited include: o Highlighting the significant facts o Avoiding jargon or acronyms that might not be understood o Using concise, complete sentences o Only including the necessary information o Providing just the amount of background information necessary to make the document clear o Providing a logical sequence to the information o Proof-reading for typos and correct grammar

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 263

Slide 39: Documenting Progress

Speaker Notes:  These reports should be familiar to everyone  Beyond the quantitative data collected, what information is shared for each of these reports?  How can the effective writing skills be applied?  The BHRIMS forms serve as progress reports o They can and should be used to communicate with management success, challenges and suggestions  We are going to look at some actual BHRIMS reports and talk about the use of effective writing skills

Slide 40: BHRIMS Form 003B

Speaker Notes:  This form provides the information requested Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  What does this section of the BHRIMS form tell us? o No Home Based Care was reported for the 4th quarter  It is “concise”. Is it too concise?  Is there any other information that would be helpful here? o Why are is there no report for the 4th quarter? o Was there an issue with the report? o Do you have suggestions for how you can get better reporting for the home based care program?  Using the effective writing principles how could this BHRIMS form response be improved?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 264

Slide 41: BHRIMS Form 003B, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Let’s look at one more example from the BHRIMS Form 003B Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Looking at the information in bold print—it is obvious that the information is important  Is there additional information that could be included that would be helpful to management and the national HIV response? o What are the potential reasons that mothers are missing appointments? Do you have any suggestions on how to reach those mothers? o Is there any additional information that could be provided regarding the 11 exposed babies that died? Was prenatal care accessed early enough? Did the mother’s refuse services? Could more intensive outreach have helped?

Slide 42: Preparing a Proposal

Speaker Notes:  As was discussed during the “Mobilizing Resources” session, proposal writing is an important part of the DACs job, and a particular skill-set that only gets better with practice  Ask the participants for a show of hands for how many have written and submitted a formal proposal for funding (wait for responses)  Ask the participants what they found to be the most challenging part of writing a proposal (wait for responses)  Review the following tips for proposal writing:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 265

o If you have specific instructions for preparing the proposal, it is very important to read each word carefully and follow the instructions exactly as given. o Reviewers of proposals will specifically look for the items requested in the order specified. Even if the information is there, if it isn’t easy to find and follow, the proposal will not be as effective o If there is a page limit, stick to it o Preparing a proposal usually takes longer that you think it will, so build in some extra time to handle any unexpected delays o Making it longer in length does not necessarily make a proposal better. Any material that is not needed or does not help support your request should not be included o If you don’t have a piece of information that the guidance requests, it is better to state how you will approach getting it than try to include something else that really doesn’t address the question. The reviewer will realize what you have done o As you plan how to approach your proposal writing, keep the reader in mind. Develop your ideas with an awareness of what the reader needs to see. Make the finished product attractive, with a logical flow

Slide 43: Writing a Proposal

Speaker Notes:  Make sure you clearly identify the purpose for your proposal up front  Background information is necessary for the reader to understand your proposal. However, no more background should be included than is necessary to provide the facts or foundation for your program  Make sure what is written is clear to the reader. If the reader has to spend time trying to figure out what you mean, it will detract from the effectiveness of your proposal  Don’t include anything that doesn’t directly relate to your proposal or support it  Do include any necessary information that will help you make your case. Don’t be so brief that the reader might not understand

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 266

Slide 44: Exercise: Case Study Writing Assignment

Pre-Session Preparation:  Print copies of the Communication Strategies handout (Appendix M) Speaker Notes:  Now we are going to do a short exercise to practice the effective communication and writing skills we have discussed during this session Small Group Activity (30 minutes)  Refer to the case scenario and assign a person in each group a role  Each group should have 45 minutes to: o Decide what are the most important pieces of information to communicate to their chosen stakeholder and why (what do you want the stakeholder to do with this information? What do you hope their response will be? What is your “ask”? o Decide what is the best method of communicating this information (report, e-mail, PowerPoint presentation) to achieve the desired result, and take notes so that they can explain why o Prepare a draft of the communication. The group may elect to develop more than one method if that is the most effective means of communicating it  Bring the participants back into the large group and have a discussion about the process  Each group will present on what they prepared  The entire group should critically respond to each small group presentation as if they were the target audience, and answer the following questions o Why do you think that the group was sharing this information with you? o Was the information clearly and concisely shared? o Would you have liked to have received it in a different way? o What did it make you want to do next?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 267

Slide 45: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review the summary of discussion o Communication styles o Tailoring messages for specific audiences o Use of tools to strategically plan communication with stakeholders/partners o Preparing an effective presentation o Writing a proposal

Slide 46: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 268

Appendices

Appendix J: Exercise - Communication Style Inventory

Appendix K: Sample Email

Appendix L: Principles of Effective Writing

Appendix M: Communication Strategy

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 269

Appendix J: Exercise: Communication Style Inventory

This is an informal survey, designed to determine how you usually act in everyday situations. The idea is to get a clear description of how you see yourself. On the answer sheet, circle A or B in each pair of statements below, which shows the one that MOST describes you.

1. A) I’m usually open to getting to know people personally and establishing relationships with them. B) I’m not usually open to getting to know people personally and establishing relationships with them.

2. A) I usually react slowly and deliberately. B) I usually react quickly and spontaneously.

3. A) I’m usually guarded about other people’s use of my time. B) I’m usually open to other people’s use of my time.

4. A) I usually introduce myself at social gatherings. B) I usually wait for others to introduce themselves to me at social gatherings.

5. A) I usually focus my conversations on the interests of the people involved even if that means straying from the business or subject at hand. B) I usually focus my conversations on the tasks, issues, business, or subject at hand.

6. A) I’m usually not assertive, and I can be patient with a slow pace. B) I’m usually assertive and at times I can be impatient with a slow pace.

7. A) I usually make decisions based on facts or evidence. B) I usually make decisions based on feelings, experiences or relationships.

8. A) I usually contribute frequently to group conversations. B) I usually contribute infrequently to group conversations.

9. A) I usually prefer to work with and through others, providing support when possible. B) I usually prefer to work independently or dictate the conditions in terms of how others are involved.

10. A) I usually ask questions or speak tentatively and indirectly. B) I usually make empathic statements or directly expressed opinions.

11. A) I usually focus primarily on ideas, concepts, or results. B) I usually focus primarily on persons, interactions, and feelings.

12. A) I usually use gestures, facial expressions, and voice intonations to emphasize points. B) I usually do not use gestures, facial expressions, and voice intonations to emphasize points.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 270

13. A) I usually accept others’ points of view (ideas, feelings, and concerns). B) I usually don’t accept others’ points of view (ideas, feelings, and concerns).

14. A) I usually respond to risk and change in a cautious or predictable manner. B) I usually respond to risk and change in dynamic or unpredictable manner.

15. A) I usually prefer to keep personal feelings and thoughts private, sharing only when I wish. B) I usually find it natural and easy to share and discuss my feelings with others.

16. A) I usually seek out new or different experiences and situations. B) I usually choose known or similar situations and relationships.

17. A) I’m usually responsive to others’ agendas, interests, and concerns. B) I’m usually directed toward my own agendas, interests, and concerns.

18. A) I usually respond to conflict slowly and indirectly. B) I usually respond to conflict quickly and directly.

Survey taken from The Platinum Rule by Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. & Michael J. O’Connor, Ph.D., New York, New York, Warner Brooks 1996

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 271

Answer Sheet

O G D I

1A 1B 2B 2A 3B 3A 4A 4B 5A 5B 6B 6A 7B 7A 8A 8B 9A 0B 10B 10A 11B 11A 12A 12B 13A 13B 14B 14A 15B 15A 16A 16B 17A 17B 18B 18A

Totals______

Total the numbers of items circled in each column and write it on the spaces above.

Now, compare the “O” column with the “G” column and circle the letter that has the highest total.

O or G

Then compare the “D” column with the “I” column and circle the letter that has the highest total.

D or I

So What’s the Verdict?

If you circled the G and D, you tend toward being a Controller/Director.

If you circled the O and D, you show many qualities of a Promoter/Socializer.

If you circled the O and I, you’re predominantly a Supporter/Relater.

If you circled the G and I, you have lots of Analyzer/Thinker characteristics.

Supporter/Relater  Harmonizer  Values acceptance and stability in circumstances  Slow with big decisions; dislikes change  Builds networks of friends to help do work  Good listener; timid about voicing contrary opinions; concerned for others’ feelings

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 272

 Easy-going; likes slow, steady pace  Friendly & sensitive; no person is unlovable  Relationship oriented

Analyzer/Thinker  Assessor  Values accuracy in details &being right  Plans thoroughly before deciding to act  Prefers to work alone  Introverted; quick to think and slow to speak; closed about personal matters  Highly organized; even plans spontaneity!  Cautious, logical, thrifty approach  Thoughtful; no problem is too big to ponder  Idea oriented

Promoter/Socializer  Entertainer  Values enjoyment and helping others with the same  Full of ideas and impulsive in trying them  Wants work to be fun for everyone  Talkative and open about self; asks others’ opinions; loves to brainstorm  Flexible; easily bored with routine  Intuitive, creative, spontaneous, flamboyant approach  Optimist; nothing is beyond hope  Celebration oriented

Controller/Director  Commander  Values getting the job done  Decisive risk taker  Good at delegating work to others  Not shy, but private about personal matters; comes on strong in conversation  Likes to be where the action is  Take charge, enterprising, competitive, efficient approach  Fearless; no obstacle is too big to tackle  Results oriented

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 273

Appendix K: Sample Email

DATE:

TO:

FROM:

SUBJECT: Various Topics

Hi, everyone. I hope you are doing well. I know that everyone is as busy with work as I am, so I appreciate your taking the time to read this email.

As you already know, the minutes of our last meeting were sent out recently, and I hope that everyone has read them. As stated in the minutes, Mrs. B recommended that we meet at least every other month instead of four times a year. Mr. G would like the meetings to be a little shorter. We have so much business to cover that I don’t know if that is possible. I was so sorry to hear about Mr. H’s granddaughter’s cancer.

I will be sent you a report over the next three weeks with the latest regional HIV date. I am pleased that our programs are encouraging more people to protect themselves against infection.

Please send me your latest program data within the next three days so I can incorporate it into my quarterly report. Thank you very much.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 274

Appendix L: Principles of Effective Writing

Effective writer use the five C’s of writing: clear, concise, complete, correct, and courteous. Is the message clear? Is it concise? Does it include? All the information needed? Is it grammatically correct? Finally, is the letter courteous?

1. Is the Message Clear? Will your reader understand what you are trying to communicate? For example: Unclear: Our agency has a suggestion program in which employees provide suggestions and are paid if they are’ adopted. (Does this mean that only adopted employees are paid for suggestions?) CLEAR: Our agency has a suggestion program in which employees are paid for suggestions that are implemented.

2. Is the Message Concise? Concise writing eliminates irrelevant and unnecessary words. Professional writing should convey messages as efficiently as possible. The messages should be brief, with clarity and courtesy. For Example: WORDY: Did you have an opportunity to make a decision regarding the job offer we spoke about by phone several weeks ago? CONCISE: Have you decided to accept our job offer?

3. Is the Message Complete? Complete writing involves thinking about your reader and the reader’s purpose. You must also consider how much information the reader requires to have his or her questions answered or to understand the intended message. INCOMPLETE: We plan to meet on Tuesday at eight in the conference room. COMPLETE: We will meet at 8 am on Tuesday, April 16, in the conference room in Darbar Hall.

4. Is the Message Correct? Is the information factual? Is the message grammatically correct? To ensure that the message is correct, pay attention to details. Learn and practice proofreading techniques. Check for typical errors, including errors about time, place, and people. Refer to any previous correspondence and verify information. For example:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 275

5. Is the Message Courteous? Letters convey the agencies’ image as well as the writer’s to people outside the organization. Letter writers have a responsibility to create and maintain goodwill. Letters must convey the same tone of courtesy and respect that would be expressed in face-to-face communication. For example: DISCOURTEOUS: I do not believe you have made an attempt to pay your bill. If you have a good reason, you certainly have not communicated it to us. COURTEOUS: You have a good reason for being unable to meet your obligation. If you wish to arrange a payment schedule. Please phone me at (804) 555-1616. If not, may we expect your check for the balance by June 1st?

“Effective Written Communication and Principles of Effective Writing.” Business Communication Articles. 22 July, 2013. Webbased, http://www.businesscommunicationarticles.com/effective-written-communication-and- principles-of-effective-writing/.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 276

Appendix M: Communication Strategy

Facilitator Instructions

For this exercise at least four computers will be needed.

Scenario: The Ditshegwane support group is supported by the DMSAC. They are showing good progress and you wish to highlight their successes and challenges with different partners in the community. (see attached handouts describing Ditshegwane background and progress)

1. Divide the participants into four groups. One group will communicate this information to the funder. One group to the Ministry of Local Government. One group will communicate this information to the DMSAC. One group will communicate this information to the VMSAC.

2. Each group should: a. Decide what are the most important pieces of information to communicate to their chosen stakeholder and why (what do you want the stakeholder to do with this information? What do you hope their response will be? What is your “ask”?) b. Decide what is the best method of communicating this information (report, e- mail, power point presentation, success story) to achieve your desired result, and take notes so that you can explain why. c. Prepare a draft of that communication d. Deliver that communication to the entire group by way of report back.

3. Bring the groups back together.

4. The entire group should critically respond to each small group presentation as if they were the target audience, and answer the following question a. Why do you think that the group was sharing this information with you? b. Was the information clearly and concisely shared c. Would you have liked to have received it in a different way? d. What did it make you want to do next?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 277

Ditshwegwane Support Group Background and Overview

The organization was started in November 2007 and registered in August 2008. The group has 12 members that include both people living with HIV and those who are negative. The group meets weekly on Mondays at a small house and garden plot that has been allocated by the Village Development Committee (VDC).

The mission statement in the organization’ s constitution reads thus: “To provide basic nutrional and prevention information on risk reduction and promotion of positive living to HIV infected and affected people of Ditshwegwane and surrounding catchment areas through the production of vegetables from our garden and education workshops.”

Ditshegwane Support group works with other committees like the Home Based Care (HBC) Health Committee, Tsholofelo Trust, DMSAC as well as other support groups in their surrounding villages to strengthen their prevention strategies. The group has a close working relationship with Pogiso Marks, Community Mobilizer with Tsholofelo Trust, who provides some organizational assistance and guidance.

All members are unpaid volunteers.

The committee meets and works from a very old VDC house without electricity or water. They use the same plot for vegetable production, though the fencing is inadequate. The members would like to obtain better work space in the village which could be rented for a reasonable price.

The organization’s other assets are: one spade, one hose pipe, one fork, and two watering cans. They won this equipment through a competition organized by DMSAC.

Proposed Prevention Activities

Ditshwegwane Support Group intends to conduct the following activities: . Establish a focus group and gardening project for 20 pregnant women aimed at reducing stigma and encouraging enrolment in PMTCT. . Conduct focus group workshops for 30 male and female youth to promote behaviour change. . Invite 30 village leaders to attend a workshop to equip them to disseminate correct prevention information. Conduct a door-to-door campaign to encourage people to go for testing and counseling

Applied Leadership Development Program | Communicating Effectively 278

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Planning and Facilitating Effective Meetings

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content

Overview ...... 280 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 280 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 282 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 284 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 287 Session Overview ...... 289 Description of Session ...... 289 Materials & Equipment ...... 289 Preparation ...... 289 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 289 Presenter’s Notes: Planning and Facilitating Effective Meetings ...... 290 Appendices ...... 312 Appendix N: Meeting Checklist Handout ...... 313 Appendix O: Tips for Facilitating Discussion ...... 315 Appendix P: Meeting Minutes Handout ...... 316 Appendix Q: Facilitating Challenging Behaviors Handout ...... 318 Appendix R: Case-Scenario – Meeting Facilitation ...... 322

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 279 Effective Meetings

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 280 Effective Meetings

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 281 Effective Meetings

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 282 Effective Meetings

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 283 Effective Meetings

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 284 Effective Meetings

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 285 Effective Meetings

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 286 Effective Meetings

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 287 Effective Meetings

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 288 Effective Meetings

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3.5 hour session is designed to provide basic information on meeting preparation and facilitation. DACs will have the opportunity to discuss their best practices and challenges in facilitating DMSAC and other meetings. The session will: 1) discuss meeting preparation tips; 2) provide guidance and tools for effective meeting note taking; and 3) provide suggestions for dealing with disruptions during meetings.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of Meeting Checklist handout (Appendix N) □ Make copies of the Tips for Facilitating Discussion handout (Appendix O) □ Make copies of the Meeting Minutes handout (Appendix P) □ Make copies of the Facilitating Challenging Behaviors handout (Appendix Q) □ Make copies of the Case-Scenario – Meeting Facilitation handout (Appendix R)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 289 Effective Meetings

Presenter’s Notes: Planning and Facilitating Effective Meetings

Slide 1: Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation

Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed Additional Facilitator Guidance: o Acknowledge that meeting planning and facilitation is a primary role and responsibility for DACs o This session provides basic tips and suggestions for planning and facilitating effective meetings o DACs are experts in the area so some of the material discussed will be review but there will be plenty of opportunity to share experiences and practice skills

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes: o Review the learning objectives for the session o Ask if anyone has questions or comments. (wait for a response)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 290 Effective Meetings

Slide 3: DMSAC Meeting: Structure and Purpose

Speaker Notes:  Explain that this part of the training will briefly review the structure and purpose of the DMSAC, and the role of the DACs in its implementation  Let them know that this is review for them so not a lot of time will be spent on this part, but it will be relevant for the rest of the session

Slide 4: DMSAC Structure & Activities

Speaker Notes:  Acknowledge that the information presented on this slide should be familiar; it is directly from the Term of Reference  Click to review the role of the of the DMSAC in applying the national strategies and prioritizing local needs: o Coordinate, plan and monitor activities o Mobilize resources o Advocate against stigma and discrimination o Design strategies for an effective response o Advocate for the mainstreaming in social and economic development  Click to review required schedule of activities: o Must meet four times a year o Regularly scheduled meetings are scheduled in advanced, in coordination with co-chairs, and the schedule distributed by DAC to members and MLG&RD by April 30th o Reporting

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 291 Effective Meetings

o Implementation of Annual HIV/AIDS Comprehensive Plan o Sub-committee reports on topics/assignments  Ask the participants if this is their understanding of the DMSAC and the role that the DMSAC plays in a comprehensive HIV/AIDS response. (Wait for a response) o Review discussion from the National HIV/AIDS Strategy and Resources and Reallocations sessions if applicable, and 2 and how those topics/activities fall under the list of things that the DMSAC does o What is the relevance of these activities and why is important that the DMSAC be a part of the process?

Slide 5: DMSAC Meeting Checklist

Large Group Discussion (10 Minutes):  Ask participants to create a checklist of activities that a DAC should do before, during and after a DMSAC meeting o Capture the responses on flipchart. Have a separate page for before, during and after o Ask for a volunteer to capture the participant responses Speaker Notes:  Add whatever items from ToR that the participants did not say. For example (per the ToR): o Before: . Develop agenda based on standard format, discuss it and agree to it with the co-chairs . Additional agenda items contributed by members submitted to DAC two weeks before the meeting . Discuss additional agenda items with chairs . Distribute agenda and minutes from previous meeting to DMSAC members in advance (no later than two weeks before the meeting)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 292 Effective Meetings

. Ensure at all times that action items from the previous meeting have been dealt with, and will prepare a written report on the status of the actions in advance . Ensure all subcommittee reports are prepared . Ensure enough copies of the reports are made for distribution . Hold advance meeting with co-chairs one to two days before the meeting to brief them o During: . Ensure members have the meeting agenda and copies of the reports . Provide technical direction to issues discussed in the DMSAC meeting o After: . Prepare and distribute the action sheet to all members within seven days after the meeting . Ensure that persons responsible for action items do them within the stipulated time . Prepare and distribute the minutes within two weeks after the meeting Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Refer participants to the job aid (handout) and suggest that they create a DMSAC meeting checklist for themselves if they have not already done so

Slide 6: Effective Meeting Planning & Facilitation: Basic Principles

Speaker Notes:  Explain that now the training is going to offer some general suggestions for effective meeting planning and facilitation that will hopefully assist them in their role as DMSAC meeting coordinators and DACs

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 293 Effective Meetings

Slide 7: Before the Meeting: Agenda Preparation

Speaker Notes:  Acknowledge that the participants are experts at agenda development but that these are just a few universally shared tips for agenda development  Ask the participants what they do in preparation for the DMSAC meeting (wait for a response)  Click to reveal some suggestions for preparing an agenda  Emphasize that effective meetings have a specific purpose and objectives  Clearly state the purpose of the meeting. These can include: o Exchanging information and ideas o Solving problems o Making decisions o Gathering data  State the objectives in a way that describes the desired end result. For example: o The objective of this meeting is to review three alternative proposals for reducing costs o We will select one candidate for the new position that is supported by everyone  Ask if the DACs follow any of these steps? Are there any other steps or content that should be included when preparing the DMSAC or other meeting agendas? Additional Facilitator Guidance:  The important point in this section is to stress that they should always have a purpose and objectives. State them in the invitation to the meeting and at the beginning of the meeting. If they create an agenda, the purpose and objectives should be included on it. The purpose of the meeting drives the type of meeting it is. It also determines many of the logistical issues, such as size of room, room layout, etc.  Encourage participants to use the job aid and add to the checklist. No detail is too big or too small

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 294 Effective Meetings

Slide 8: Before the Meeting: Meeting Preparation

Speaker Notes:  Point out that the basic principles listed on the slide are almost identical to the protocols in the ToR  Send an invitation with the meeting date, location, goals and additional administrative details  Ask meeting invitees requesting an agenda item to contact you before (two weeks) with their requests  Send meeting reminder email with final agenda, include: meeting goals, location, time and duration. Per the ToR, the agenda should be reviewed and approved by the chairperson before sending to DMSAC members  Ask participants what materials they need and other pre-meeting things that should be done. Some examples: o Send invitations o Invite special guest o Print agendas, sign-in sheets, evaluations, presentations, etc. o Gather materials-flip charts, markers, computers, LDC projectors, folders, etc. o Check room set up

Slide 9: During the Meeting: Facilitation

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask participants to describe a good experience facilitating a meeting and a challenging experience facilitating. Try to get 2-3 examples of each  Let the participants know that we will talk in greater detail about the challenging experiences later in the session

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 295 Effective Meetings

Slide 10: During the Meeting: Facilitation

Speaker Notes:  Read slide and explain that these are very basic definitions of facilitation  The definitions may not be relevant for every meeting—including DMSAC

Slide 11: Facilitation Dimensions

Speaker Notes:  Walk participants through the diagram and explain that facilitation involves a balance between each of these elements  It is necessary to follow a process so that expectations are established but is equally important to maintain the professional relationships and work towards results.  To have too much of one and not enough of another can cause conflict  Ask participants if this has been their experience. If so, describe the experience and the outcome

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 296 Effective Meetings

Slide 12: During the Meeting: Steps in Conducting a Meeting

Speaker Notes:  Ask the participants what components/steps are useful in conducting meetings (keeping the previous slide in mind; process, results and relationships)? (wait for a response)  Referring to the slides, how and why are these steps important for a successful meeting? Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Instead of going through the slide point by point, conduct an interactive discussion about how to conduct an effective meeting  The information below is for your information as the facilitator and provides suggested components/steps in facilitating effective meetings. Note: not all DACs facilitate DMSAC meetings. Some have active co-chairs that facilitate but it is still good for the DACs to know for professional development  Suggestions include: o Start on time o Set the context of the meeting, review the agenda . Meeting purpose . Meeting objectives . Agenda topics and timeframes o If appropriate, assign meeting roles. (You can say: If you don’t assign roles, people will assign roles for themselves.) o Time keeper – Tracks the timeframes given in the agenda o Note taker – Records decisions and action items o Agree on ground rules and processes o Ground rules – Agreements on how the group will operate. This is especially important in recurring meetings. Examples include: . Only one person at time talking . Meetings will start and finish on time . Confidential information will “stay in the room”

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 297 Effective Meetings

. No jargon or in-talk . No discussion of ideas until all ideas heard . Encourage full participation from all attendees . Keep discussion on topic, and focused . If you agree to do something, do it. . If you can’t attend, send a suitable, informed, delegate instead. o Communicate meeting processes – Participation, decision making, etc. o Follow the agenda and document decisions o Track the agenda items as they are discussed and get closure on each item before going on to the next item o Decisions should be tracked and included in meeting documentation o Record all action items, including the responsible person and due dates o Create a parking lot, temporary holding areas for ideas or suggestions that are not directly on topic with the issue facing the group o Maintain a visible list to capture these ideas o Keep a running list during the meeting o At the end of the meeting, review the items to see if any have been resolved during the meeting o Poll the group for those parking lot items that should be discussed at the next meeting o End on time o Track the agenda items as they are discussed and get closure on each item (not a final decision) before going on to the next item

Slide 13: During the Meeting: Basic Facilitation Skills

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the Tips for Facilitating Discussion handout (Appendix O) Speaker Notes:  Explain that facilitation also requires utilizing interpersonal skills (to maintain the professional relationships). This should be done while keeping

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 298 Effective Meetings

meeting attendees focused, promoting inclusion, clarifying confusion and important points; all the while ensuring that the meeting objectives are met Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Handout the Basic Facilitation Skills handout as a reference and tool for participants

Slide 14: During the Meeting: Taking Minutes

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the DMSAC Meeting Minutes handout (Appendix P) Speaker Notes:  Explain that taking minutes was identified as an area that is a key activity for the DACs during meetings therefore some time is given to providing tools, resources and a guide for taking effective meeting minutes  Ask the participants what challenges they have taking minutes during meetings. Suggest that the steps presented here could help with some of those concerns. (wait for a response)  Acknowledge that some participants might have some of their own strategies and techniques for taking minutes. Invite them to share them once you have gone through all the steps  Refer participants to the job aid (handout)

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Being assigned the task of taking minutes at a meeting is viewed by some people as a thankless task. However, mastering the art of taking effective meeting minutes is not only helpful for participants to understand the issues, discussion and agreed to action items, but it can also help others who weren't at the table in their decision making  Don't underestimate the power and effectiveness of learning how to master this writing skill

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 299 Effective Meetings

Slide 15: During the Meeting: Taking Minutes, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Ask participants to explain why minute taking is so important. (wait for a response)

Slide 16: During the Meeting: Taking Minutes, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Tips & Warnings o It's important to have an accurate list of those in attendance since it may be important to know later who was present and took part in making key decisions in the meeting o Always remember to write both your name and the date you took the minutes along with the file name path of where the minutes can be found if stored electronically on a computer o It's OK to take shorthand but try not to paraphrase or interject your own words, comments or opinions about what you think someone said, felt or thought -- write the minutes as the person stated it  Ask participants if they have any additional strategies or steps for taking meeting minutes. (wait for a response)  If the steps provided did not speak to some of the challenges that were described on slide 14, ask the participants for potential suggestions to address the challenges

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 300 Effective Meetings

Slide 17: Post-Meeting Activities

Speaker Notes:  Review the slides  Without follow-up, progress can die after a meeting  Evaluate the outcomes against the objectives for the meeting  Before going on to the next section-ask the participants if they have any additional questions regarding meeting planning and facilitation

Slide 18: Group Dynamics and Conflicts

Speaker Notes:  Explain that the rest of the session is going to continue to address the process, results and relationship aspects of meeting, but look more broadly at the stages of group development and how conflict can arise and be addressed

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 301 Effective Meetings

Slide 19: Inhibitors to Team Building

Speaker Notes:  Explain that these issues can prevent group cohesion; stall the process, prohibit results and definitely impact relationships  One of the main inhibitors of a team obtaining its goal optimally is knowledge hoarding rather than knowledge sharing. There are many cultural factors that inhibit knowledge transfer  Another inhibitor are the spoken and unspoken power hierarchies

Slide 20: Inhibitors to Team Building, cont.

Speaker Notes:  A basic tenet of communication theory states that a network's (team) potential benefit grows exponentially as the nodes it can successfully interconnect expand numerically o For example, if two team members share information, both gain information and gain linear growth. And if both then share their new knowledge with other team members, and in turn get questions, amplifications, and modifications, then the benefits become exponential  Ask the participants if they have had experience with any of these inhibitors. (wait for a response)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 302 Effective Meetings

Slide 21: Group Dynamics: Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing, Adjourning

Speaker Notes:  Explain the diagram, four stages of group development, five if you include adjourning  There is a relatively large body of literature from education, psychology, and the private sector that talks about the ways that teams develop (e.g., Friend & Cook, 2003; Tuckman & Jenson, 1977). Most researchers agree that teams generally move through four stages of development: forming, storming, norming, and performing.  Ask participants if they are familiar with these stages. If so, ask if they are comfortable describing each stage o Forming refers to the first stage of development in which teams come together and begin to identify what they want to accomplish and how they will work together o Storming refers to the second stage, in which teams encounter some differences of opinion that occasionally lead to a more uncomfortable form of conflict o In stage three, norming, teams develop strategies for working through conflict and using it in more positive and creative ways o Finally, stage four, or performing refers to the highest stage of team development in which teams are highly effective and make excellent use of creative problem solving. It is important to note that teams develop at different rates o Not all go through the four stages in a linear way . It is important to note that leadership is critical in team development . The leader of a stage one or two team may need to play a stronger role in helping the team establish its structure and processes . By the time a team gets to stage four, however, there is less need for one person to take responsibility for leading the team. At this stage, leadership may be shared by all team members

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 303 Effective Meetings

Slide 22: Group Dynamics: Forming

Speaker Notes:  Instead of reading the slides, describe this stage: o Team members are introduced o They state why they were chosen or volunteered for the team and what they hope to accomplish within the team o Members cautiously explore the boundaries of acceptable group behavior o This is a stage of transition from individual to member status, and of testing the leader's guidance both formally and informally Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Activities at this stage include abstract discussions of the concepts and issues; and for some members, impatience with these discussions  There is often difficulty in identifying some of the relevant problems as there is so much going on that members get distracted  The team often accomplishes little concerning its goals. This is perfectly normal

Slide 23: Group Dynamics: Storming

Speaker Notes:  Describe this stage as: o The team's transition from the "As-Is" to the "To-Be" is called the Storming phase o All members have their own ideas as to how the process should look, and personal agendas are often rampant o Storming is probably the most difficult stage for the team

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 304 Effective Meetings

o They begin to realize the tasks that are ahead are different and more difficult than they previously imagined o Impatient about the lack of progress, members argue about just what actions the team should take o They try to rely solely on their personal and professional experience, and resist collaborating with most other team members

Slide 24: Group Dynamics: Storming, cont.

Speaker Notes:  These pressures mean that team members have little energy to spend on progressing towards the intended goal  But they are beginning to understand each other. This phase can often take 3 or 4 meetings (or longer) before arriving at the next phase

Slide 25: Group Dynamics: Norming

Speaker Notes:  Describe this stage as: o When the team reaches a consensus on the "To-Be" process o Everyone wants to share the newly found focus. o Enthusiasm is high, and the team is often tempted to go beyond the original scope of the process o During this stage, members reconcile competing loyalties and responsibilities

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 305 Effective Meetings

o They accept the team, ground rules, roles, and the individuality of fellow members. Emotional conflict is reduced as previously competitive relationships become more cooperative o As team members work out their differences, they have more time and energy to spend on the project

Slide 26: Group Dynamics: Performing

Speaker Notes:  Describe this stage as: o The team has settled its relationships and expectations o They can begin performing by diagnosing, problem solving, and implementing changes o At last, team members have discovered and accepted other's strengths and weakness o In addition, they have learned what their roles are o The team is now an effective, cohesive unit o You can tell when your team has reached this stage because you start getting a lot of work done  These stages can be cyclical once changes occur, such as the introduction of a new team member or the change of some other team variable that can modify how the team works  The last stage of group development is "Adjourning" o In this stage that the group members put closure on tasks and relationships and prepare for a new group experience o Within this stage, group members may procrastinate or sabotage projects due to unspoken feeling of "closure" (UCSB) o This stage is simply about completion and disengagement, both from the tasks and the group members (2001)  Ask-Do you have an idea as to what stage your group (DMSAC) life cycle is in?  I'd love to hear your thoughts on this. What's your experience of team dynamics within your work? Would you add any additional stages into the life cycle of a group?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 306 Effective Meetings

Slide 27: Conflict

Speaker Notes:  Let the participants know that the potential for conflict exists whenever people have different needs, values or interests  Click to reveal first question  Ask participants to share the challenges that they have encountered while facilitating meetings (wait for responses)  Click to reveal second question  Ask participants to share how they have dealt with those challenges and for suggestions (wait for responses) Additional Facilitator Guidance:  This is where you can discuss the challenges of dealing with problem behaviors and/or challenging people in meetings. This topic is likely to have already come up throughout the training so, you may just take the opportunity to bring previous discussions to some sort of resolution

Slide 28: Challenging Behaviors Pre-session Preparation:  Make copies of the Facilitating Challenging Behaviors handout (Appendix Q) Speaker Notes:  Explain that these are examples of challenging meeting behaviors  Refer participants to the handout and talk about some of the suggestions offered to deal with difficult behaviors/personalities.  Ask if participants can to suggest any additional strategies to address these behaviors or others that they have encountered? (wait for a response) Additional Facilitator Guidance:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 307 Effective Meetings

 Additional suggestions include: o Be prepared to deal with difficult behaviors and the people who exhibit them. You know who they are o Meet individually with persons before the meeting to discuss what behaviors they might stop and behaviors they might continue to contribute to a successful meeting o When talking with persons who typically exhibit difficult behaviors in meetings, be clear about what you need while asking them how they can help you accomplish your goals o Model effective listening and convey that you are seeking the same from them o Meet with other group members who have a history of responding inappropriately to disruptive behaviors o Discuss how they can confront the behavior calmly and honestly, keep the agenda, and avoid encouraging further disruptive behavior

Slide 29: Strategies for Addressing Challenging Behaviors

Speaker Notes:  Explain that to the best of their ability they should take measures to avoid or minimize conflict  Emphasize that conflict can be useful in that relevant perspectives are potentially shared and debated  Offer that it is often more helpful to acknowledge the disagreement and explore in more detail  Point out how useful the discussion is (value both opinions) Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Offer additional suggestions for addressing conflict o Put a time limit on the discussion o In addition to what they disagree on help identify areas of agreement o Ask for other examples of disagreement and agreement o Ask what a good resolution would look like

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 308 Effective Meetings

o If the final decision rests with someone else state so

Slide 30: Strategies for Addressing Challenging Behaviors

Speaker Notes:  Provide the following explanation for each point as additional strategies: o Talk at a break with people who seem to be seeking attention by their behavior. Give them feedback in private as to how their behavior affects you and how you think it affects the group. Ask their help in improving the situation o Be honest, direct, and let persons know the impact of their actions on you. For example, say, "I feel powerless to accomplish what we need to be doing when you get so angry or talk so much during the meeting" o Give persons with disruptive behaviors a special task or role in the meeting that is valued by the group o Avoid getting into a debate with anyone during the meeting and watch your choice of words and tone of voice. Use active listening techniques in order to show respect o Draw out non-contributing attendees by asking their opinion and complimenting them after they've spoken. Some facilitators begin with an activity that solicits every person's opinion. This makes it easier for more reticent attendees to contribute later o Keep everyone focused on the agenda. If attendees continue to focus on small points and miss the larger picture, refer again to the agenda. Suggest that distracting issues be set aside for later discussion. Sometimes facilitators write such details on an easel sheet titled the "parking lot," which is posted for later discussion (time permitting)  Now we are going to do a small group activity.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 309 Effective Meetings

Slide 31: Exercise Meeting Facilitation

Pre-session Preparation:  Make seven copies of the Case Scenario—Meeting Facilitation (Appendix R) Large Group Activity (15 minutes):  Ask for six volunteers  Give them the Meeting Facilitation case scenario o Assign each person in the group a role o The meeting facilitator should go back to the purpose, objectives and agenda provided and use it to lead the beginning of the meeting  Have the volunteers role-play the scenarios o This is a chance for someone to practice skills in leading meetings. They should choose something they want to practice  Some additional questions the mock meeting participants can consider include: o What skills would be useful for them to practice in a safe environment? o What ground rules are needed? o What topics might come up? o How will they process decisions? o What actions can they take to help the group be more effective?  Ask the volunteers to report out on the experience  Questions for the mock meeting facilitator: o What was the experience like for the facilitator? How do you think you did? o What skills were you able to practice? For example: . Set ground rules . Limit time . Reflecting responses heard . What challenges still need to be addressed?  Questions for the mock meeting attendees: o What was the experience like? Was it realistic?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 310 Effective Meetings

o Did the how effective as the facilitator (constructive feedback)? o What strategies would you have used?  Questions for the audience: o What would you have done differently? o How does this scenario resemble meetings they have facilitated or participated in? Speaker Notes:  Remind the volunteers that the point of the exercise is to practice the skills discussed in this section  They should try to be realistic in their role-playing and not overact  Remind the group that feedback should be constructive

Slide 32: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review the points on the slide

Slide 33: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 311 Effective Meetings

Appendices

Appendix N: Meeting Checklist Handout

Appendix O: Tips for Facilitating Discussion

Appendix P: Meeting Minutes Handout

Appendix Q: Facilitating Challenging Behaviors Handout

Appendix R: Case-Scenario – Meeting Facilitation

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 312 Effective Meetings

Appendix N: Meeting Checklist Handout

Meeting Date:______Meeting Time:______Meeting Location: ______Meeting Co-Chairs: ______Meeting Coordinator and Region: ______

TO DO: BEFORE THE MEETING □ Develop agenda and include purpose □ Review and get approval for agenda □ Send meeting notification with agenda, time and location □ Make a copy of the agenda for everyone attending the meeting explaining the importance of what you are going to discuss □ Send out a reminder the day before the meeting establishing a start and end time □ Arrange for meeting space □ Print meeting materials o Agendas o Reports o Meeting minutes o Sign-in sheets o Meeting evaluations o Other: ______□ Get needed equipment o LCD projector o Computer o Flip chart(s) o Markers o Other: ______□ Room set-up □ Arrange for travel expenses □ Hotel Rooms □ Site rental for meeting □ Food and beverages □ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 313 Effective Meetings

TO DO: DURING THE MEETING □ Start on time □ Have everyone sign in □ Handout meeting materials o Agenda o Reports o Meeting minutes o Evaluations o Other: ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______

TO DO: AFTER THE MEETING □ Prepare and distribute the meeting minutes and action sheet to all members within fourteen days after the meeting □ Ensure that persons responsible for action items do them within the stipulated time □ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______□ Other : ______

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 314 Effective Meetings

Appendix O: Tips for Facilitating Discussion

Getting Discussion Started

1. Everyone should know what the discussion is about and the reason for having it

2. Give participants room to be involved

3. Be a model - If discussion calls for personal examples provide one in a relaxed tone

4. Use questions to stimulate discussion

5. Listing - Brainstorm and then list all ideas

6. Go around the room - Ask each person for a response

7. Write things down - Recorder

8. Relate discussion to people's experiences - The more people relate to a topic the more they will participate

9. Use humor to break the tension/silence if appropriate

10. Trust your intuition

Facilitating During Discussion

1. Equalize participation

2. Keep on the subject

3. Clarify and interpret and then ask for responses

4. Summarize, let the group hear where you think they are or what they have done

5. Pacemaking -Slow them down or speed them up if necessary

©1994 AT&T and Transformed, Inc

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 315 Effective Meetings

Appendix P: Meeting Minutes Handout

[Date] DMSAC Meeting Minutes [Time] [Location] Meeting called by: Type of meeting: Co-Chairs: Note taker: Timekeeper: Attendees:

Materials

provided:

Minutes

Agenda item: Presenter: Discussion:

Conclusions:

Action items Person responsible Deadline

Agenda item: Presenter: Discussion:

Conclusions:

Action items Person responsible Deadline

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 316 Effective Meetings

Agenda item: Presenter: Discussion:

Conclusions:

Action items Person responsible Deadline

Agenda item: Presenter: Discussion:

Conclusions:

Action items Person responsible Deadline

Other Information

Observers:

Resources:

Special notes:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 317 Effective Meetings

Appendix Q: Facilitating Challenging Behaviors Handout

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 318 Effective Meetings

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 319 Effective Meetings

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 320 Effective Meetings

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 321 Effective Meetings

Appendix R: Case-Scenario Exercise: Meeting Facilitation

Facilitator Instructions

1. Ask for six volunteers willing to role play in front of the full group. Each person will receive a separate description of the role they are to play. Explain to the full group that they will perform the role play for about five minutes, and that the full group will be asked to observe and then comment on the role play.

Scenario: The DAC convenes a meeting of your Technical Advisory Committee to inform them that funding has arrived from NACA, but that it is significantly less than requested. The DAC has decided that three major activity plans need to be cut from the plan. You want to tell them which plans will be cut and ask them to help you communicate this information to the full DMSAC

2. Assign roles to each volunteer. a. The DAC You want to tell them which plans will be cut and ask them to help you communicate this information to the full DMSAC

b. TAC member 1 You are the head of one of the agencies whose funding will be cut. You are extremely upset about the loss of funds. You do not care at all about communicating to the rest of the DMSAC, but only about how you can get your money back. You act aggressively (try to dominate the conversation).

c. TAC member 2 Even though you do not have a personal stake in the budget cuts, you are concerned that there has not been an objective or transparent decision making process. You act assertively (continue to bring up the same points).

d. TAC member You are also the head of one of the agencies whose funding will be cut, and are upset about the loss of funds. You have no faith in the process at all, and are finding TAC member 1 annoying. You have a sick child at home, and are worried about him. You just want the meeting to end quickly so you can go home. You act passive aggressively (side-conversations).

e. TAC member 4 You are the ADAC. You feel sorry for the DAC, but you are young, and very new in your position, don’t know the other TAC members very well, and find them all a little intimidating. You act passively (sit silently, but us body language to communicate frustration).

3. Instruct volunteers to act out the scenario for five minutes

4. At the end of the role play:  Ask the observers what happened in the role play? What were the roles that the TAC members were playing? What skills or approaches did the DAC use to manage the TAC? What advice might you have for the DAC for the future?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 322 Effective Meetings

 Ask the DAC how he/she felt about the experience? What did he/she learn?  Ask the TAC members how they felt? How did the DAC manage the conflict between them?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Planning and Facilitating 323 Effective Meetings

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Preparing for Implementation

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 325 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 325 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 327 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 329 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 332 Session Overview ...... 334 Description of Session ...... 334 Materials & Equipment ...... 334 Preparation ...... 334 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 334 Presenter’s Notes: Preparing for Implementation ...... 335 Appendices ...... 356 Appendix S: Sample District Plan – Proposed Activities ...... 357 Appendix T: Gantt Chart ...... 359 Appendix U: Risk Response Form ...... 361

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 324 Implementation

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 325 Implementation

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 326 Implementation

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 327 Implementation

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 328 Implementation

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 329 Implementation

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 330 Implementation

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level.

3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 331 Implementation

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 332 Implementation

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 333 Implementation

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3.5 hour course is designed to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. The course will require participants to: 1) use their district plan (EBP) to determine the deliverables (products, services, and/or activities) needed to meet objectives, 2) develop tools that will identify the roles, responsibilities, budget and time required to implement response activities, and 4) articulate challenges and potential solutions in the implementation process.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Post-it notes uploaded to computer and □ Tape or adhesive working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Create labels for exercise

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Sample District Plan (Appendix S)

□ Make copies of the Gantt Chart (Appendix T)

□ Make copies of the Risk Response Form (Appendix U)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 334 Implementation

Presenter’s Notes: Preparing for Implementation

Slide 1: Preparing for Implementation

Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed Additional Facilitator Guidance:  We all know how difficult it is to coordinate the implementation of district programs and activities  Through effective preparation and utilization EBP resources, we can identify what needs to be done, who will do it, when and how it will get done, and at what cost. All the information needed to prepare for implementation

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Based on the importance of DAC’s work and the results from the DACs needs assessment, the objectives for this course are to: o Use a district plan (EBP) to determine the deliverables (products, services, and/or activities)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 335 Implementation

needed to meet objectives o Develop tools that will identify the roles, responsibilities, budget and time required to implement response activities o Articulate challenges and potential solutions in the implementation process

Slide 3: What is Implementation?

Speaker Notes:  In order to implement or prepare for implementation, first we must be able to accurately define the term implementation  Implementation is the carrying out, execution, or practice of a plan, a method, or any design for doing something  As such, implementation is the action that must follow any preliminary thinking in order for something to actually happen Additional Facilitator Guidance:  This slide contains transitions  The Part I heading will appear first  Click to bring up the second part of the slide. The remainder of the speaker notes can then be stated

Slide 4: Implementation & the Project Management Life Cycle

Speaker Notes:  When thinking about executing activities, we must first consider the stages of the Project Management Life Cycle  Here is an illustration of the Project Management Life Cycle

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 336 Implementation

 The cycle is in the shape of a circle  The cycle represents the fact that these four stages (initiation, planning, execution, and closure) are a part of a continuous process  As District AIDS Coordinators (DACs), you play a critical role in ensuring the coordination and execution of response activities within your district  In order to effectively coordinate the implementation of activities, it is important to know that implementation is just one portion of the life cycle of a project/program  Ask if they have implemented programs in this or other jobs, and describe the experience

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  The Project Management stages are: o Initiate: . Begins when an idea, issue or problem has been identified - the idea may be internally generated or may be the consequence of a contract/understanding with outside customers/stakeholders . Data is gathered to provide background information on the idea/issue/problem . Ends when a preliminary scope has been agreed and a statement has been prepared o Plan: . Begins with the outputs from the initiation (i.e. preliminary scope statement, project manager (DAC), etc.) . Ends when the entire project has been thought through (including the scope, time, and cost) - what will be done; how; in what order; and at what cost o Execute/Implement: (click to reveal answer) . Implementation/Execution cannot begin until there is a plan. It is the act of doing what is outlined in the plan. . Ends when all the work is completed o Close: . Organizations learn by documenting what occurred during the project’s life cycle - what went right and what went wrong — and making these documents available for evaluation purposes and future planning . Begins when deliverables are accepted . It continues until a project’s activities have been compiled and archived – archiving not only includes a complete set of project records but also a critical review of lessons learned . It involves evaluating and ensuring paperwork is completed

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 337 Implementation

Slide 5: Characteristics of a Successful (Implementation) Project

Speaker Notes:  The successfully implementation of a project involves three characteristics… scope, time and cost  These three characteristics should be considered during the planning stage, monitored during implementation and evaluated at the end of the project  It is important to take note that these three characteristics are in the shape of a triangle o The triangle represents the need for these characteristics to be equally balanced throughout the life of the project, especially during implementation o The more these characteristics are balanced, the more likely you are of implementing a high quality project. These characteristics address the core of any project: . What will be done and how… the scope . In what order and by when… the time . At what cost… the cost  Ideally, your goal is to implement a quality project that is “On TIME, On SCOPE, and On BUDGET”  These three characteristics have a direct effect on the quality of the project, which is why the word quality is located in the middle of the triangle  When one characteristic is altered or changed, it could potentially affect the quality of the project Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Provide a pertinent example, such as: o You receive money to implement a community outreach project for female teens, between 13-24 years. You develop your scope of work based on the money and time available, as well as the needs of the target group o Ask participants for examples

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 338 Implementation

Slide 6: Characteristics of a Successful (Implementation) Project – Scope

Speaker Notes:  Scope: o In general, the scope is the overall description of what the project is supposed to accomplish o It is the list of deliverables that need to be implemented by the project team o As a member of the project team and coordinator of district response activities, it is your responsibility to monitor the scope and any changes to the scope that impact the quality, cost, and time  The scope is determined during the initiation and planning stage by: o Identifying what will be done and how based on an idea, issue, or problem that was identified . Remember in week 1, we used the FISHBONE tool (cause and effect analysis) to identify, sort, and display the cause of a specific issue/problem Additional Facilitator Instructions:  Inform participants that the EBP Toolkit also talks about scope in the Evidence Based Planning Process section under Step 3

Slide 7: Characteristics of a Successful (Implementation) Project - Time

Speaker Notes:  Time: (also known as timeframe or schedule) o The time represents the length of the project and its activities o It also specifies what should happen when and which activities

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 339 Implementation

must precede others to complete the work o Your role is to develop a detailed schedule and monitor the progress of the activities/tasks according to the time allotted o If more or less time is required for each activity/task, be sure to document the changes o Documenting the changes will provide additional information during the evaluation process and for future planning of similar deliverables/goals  The time is determined during the initiation and planning stage by: o Assigning the amount of time needed to implement each activity in your district plan, each activity is expected to be completed within a certain quarter o The quarter outlines a timeframe for when the project should be completed o However, a more detailed timeline needs to be developed that highlights which activities must precede others and when they should be completed by o Later in this course, I will be introducing you to a tool that will help you develop a more detailed timeline for project/program activities

Slide 8: Characteristics of a Successful (Implementation) Project – Cost

Speaker Notes:  Cost: (also known as budget) o For the purpose of this training, we will be using the words cost and budget interchangeably. When planning a project/program, an anticipated budget or cost is developed based on resources, staff, equipment, etc. o This anticipated budget is then monitored during the implementation stage

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 340 Implementation

o When implementing, it is important to document the amount of money that is being spent (the actual cost) to accomplish the scope o Your district plan provides a budget breakdown for each activity o The cost to execute the budget could be the same or different from the anticipated budget o Your role is to ensure the project/program is implemented within budget o If this is not possible, the actual cost and reason for deviation should be documented for evaluation purposes and future planning o However, I want to acknowledge that the final decision about the budget is not made by the DAC office, but the information provided by the DAC office can help explain and justify the need for certain funds

Slide 9: Exercise: Balance of Power Pre-session Preparation:  Use tape to draw a life size triangle on the floor  Label each corner with one of the three characteristics (Scope, Time and Cost) Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (15 minutes):  Divide the participants into 3 groups representing each characteristic (one group for each category)  Inform them to stand near the corner of the triangle they have been assigned  Read the scenario and ask the participants how they would solve the problem based on their experience o Encourage them to only provide solutions that affect the characteristics (scope, time and cost)  After the answers have been provided, ask the participants which characteristic(s) does it impact  Explain to the participants that each time 1 characteristic is affected; it has a direct effect the remaining 2 characteristics o In order to illustrate this point and based on the answers provided, ask some participants from the impacted area(s) to move to one or both of the other areas or vice versa

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 341 Implementation

 Sample Scenarios (depending on time, use 1 or both scenarios): o Due to some recent floods, the DAC office and the offices of your implementing partners have been closed for two weeks o You have received notification from MLG informing you that there will be a delay in the dispersal of program funds Speaker Notes:  Remember, when one characteristic is altered or changed, it directly affects the overall project/program (positively or negatively) because collectively the three characteristics determine the quality of the project

Slide 10: From EBP to Implementation

Speaker Notes:

 Now that we have a better understanding of the role implementation plays in the Project Management Life Cycle, let’s look at how the evidence-based planning process can be used in preparation for implementing a project/program

Slide 11: Evidence-Based Planning

Speaker Notes:  You all have had training on evidence based-planning (EBP) and I’m sure you are aware of how valuable the EBP process is for developing a district comprehensive plan  Let’s take a brief moment to talk about what EBP does Large Group Discussion:  Inform the participants that you are going to start a sentence and you want them to finish it  EBP helps to ensure…  Click to reveal answers

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 342 Implementation

Slide 12: From EBP to Implementation

Speaker Notes:  The EBP process leads to the development of a comprehensive district plan  Click to reveal the district plan: The district plan then provides the information needed to implement, such as the (Click to reveal components): o Scope . The scope is determined during the initiation and planning stage by… . Identifying what will be done and how based on the idea, issue, or problem that was identified. Remember in Week 1 we used the FISHBONE tool (Cause and Effect Analysis) to identify, sort, and display the cause of a specific issue/problem . Determining the roles and responsibilities - the more specific you can get about who is doing what, the better off you will be when it is time to implement o Time . The time is determined during the initiation and planning stage by… . Assigning the amount of time needed to implement each activity: In your district plan, each activity is expected to be completed within a certain quarter. The quarter outlines a timeframe for when the project should be completed. However, a more detailed timeline needs to be developed that highlights which activities must precede others and when they should be completed by. Later in this course, I will be introducing you to a tool that will help you develop a more detailed timeline for project/program activities o Cost/Budget . The budget is determined during the initiation and planning stage by… . Determining the cost: Your district plan provides a budget breakdown for each activity  As you can see, implementation could not effectively take place without the development of your district comprehensive plan

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 343 Implementation

Slide 13: The Path toward Implementation

Speaker Notes:  The hardest part about implementation is the planning process  Once the plan has been established, the path toward implementation is quite simple

Slide 14: Path from Planning to Implementation

Speaker Notes:  This slide illustrates the steps needed to move from the planning stage of the Project Management Life Cycle to the Implementation stage  It involves the following: o Defining the scope in order to develop a more detailed list of activities/tasks o Confirming the budget – allows you to accost for every line item listed from the detailed activities/tasks. Budgets will not be discussed in great detail in this course. You will learn about managing budgets later this week o Developing a detailed schedule for activities/tasks o Anticipating risks/challenges that may interfere with the implementation of project/program activities Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Provide an example, or reference an example previously used

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 344 Implementation

Slide 15: Define the Scope

Speaker Notes:  The first step is defining the scope  Scope is the work that needs to be accomplished to deliver a product, service, or result. In order to do this, you must: o Define the deliverables (products and/or services the project will deliver), which are derived from the objectives in your District Plans . For example: One of my district’s objectivities is to “increase the number male circumcision from 344 to 800 by March 2014.” Based on our objective, my scope would be to Scale Up Safe Male Circumcision (SMC).  Define the activities (main steps required to complete each deliverable). The activities can be found in your district plans, where they are clearly labeled  Define the tasks (elements/sub-activities that need to be accomplished within a defined period of time)

Slide 16: Example: District Plan

Pre-session Preparation:  Be sure to have post-it notes available  Make copies of the sample district plan (Appendix S) Speaker Notes:  Let’s work through one example together  Remember in order to confirm the scope, we must identify or define the deliverables, activities, and tasks Large Group Discussion: Activity Instructions:  Provide each participant with a copy of the sample district plan

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 345 Implementation

 Inform the participants that you are going to read aloud one of the deliverables and its associated activities from the sample district plan  Explain how the deliverable is derived from the objective and highlight the location of the activities  Ask the participants if they can identify the tasks from the sample district plan. (Wait for responses)  Click to reveal tasks  Inform the participants that this level of detail is not provided in the district plan because the district plan offers an overview of all district response activities  Tell them, if the information is not provided, allow yourself some time to gather the information  Brainstorm the tasks needed to do the activity  Be sure to capture each task on post-it notes

Slide 17: Exercise: Define Scope

Pre-session Preparation:  Have flip chart paper and post-it notes available  On flip chart paper, make a table with the following columns (the results from this group discussion will be used later in the training): o Deliverable o Activities o Tasks Small Group Activity: Activity Instructions (20 minutes):  Divide the participants into 2 groups  Provide each group with one copy of the pre-prepared flip chart paper, markers and post-it notes Speaker Notes:  As a small group, review the district plan and use the pre-prepared flip chart paper to write down 1 deliverable and all the activities and tasks (tasks should be written on post-it notes) associated with the deliverable

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 346 Implementation

Slide 18: Determine Task Order

Speaker Notes:  Now that we have defined the tasks needed to accomplish our activities, we can start determining the order of each task  Here are some questions to ask when determining task order: o Which elements start first? o What elements need to be completed before moving to the next ones? o Which elements can overlap?  Knowing the order of your tasks is essential for preventing duplications and helping to keep the project/program on focus and on time

Slide 19: Tool: Network Flow Diagram Speaker Notes:  One of the most powerful project management tools for determining tasks order is the Network Diagram  It serves as a road map for which tasks should be implemented and in what order  The time needed to implement each task can also be captured by simply writing the start date in the left-hand corner and the end date in the right- hand corner  Using the information (specifically the tasks) from our example district data, we will be developing a network flow diagram  This is done by first identifying which task or tasks must be done first and positioning the remaining tasks accordingly  Please keep in mind that some tasks can be done simultaneously

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 347 Implementation

 In addition to positioning the tasks according to order, it is also helpful to include the start and end dates for each tasks  After you have confirmed the order of each task, write the start date in the top left-hand corner and the end date in the top right-hand corner  Let’s try one example together. I am going to read the tasks aloud and I want you all to tell me where to place it. Once we put all of the tasks in order, I will write in the start and end date for each task Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Gather the post-it notes from the example district plan exercise. Only choose the tasks associated with the “Train New Mobilisers” activity  Allow the participants to tell you which order the tasks should go  Post the participants responses on the wall  After you have posted all of the tasks on the wall and captured the start and end dates for each, inform the participants that they have just created a Network Flow Diagram  Click once to reveal the answer Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Please explain to the participants that the Network Flow Diagram is a tool. This is a tool they can choose (optional) to use when preparing for implementation

Slide 20: Exercise: Network Flow Diagram

Small Group Activity: Activity Instructions (30 minutes):  Put the participants back into their small groups  Ask the participants to gather their post-it notes from the “Define the Scope” exercise  Explain to them that they will be using the post-it notes to create a Network Flow Diagram Speaker Notes:  As a small group, you all will be creating a Network Flow Diagram with the tasks you identified from the “Define the Scope” exercise

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 348 Implementation

 As you create the diagram you may identify tasks that were initially overlooked  Remember to capture the start and end date for each task

Slide 21: Develop a Schedule

Speaker Notes:  Step 3 of the planning to implementation process is to develop a schedule  Once you have determined the sequence of activities, you can now develop more detailed schedule  The best way to show the activities/tasks and their order is graphically via a Gantt Chart  The basic purpose of a Gantt Chart is to break a large project into a series of smaller tasks in an organized way. The chart allows you to assess: o How long a project and its activities/tasks should take, o Resources needed, o Cost or allotted budget for each task, and o Order in which tasks need to be carried out.  Earlier, I mentioned the scope, time, and cost should be considered throughout the project/program period. The Gantt Chart allows you to capture all of this information in one place. For example, it is a great tool that can be used for: o Reporting and sharing the status of response activities at DMSAC meetings o Holding people/organizations accountable for implementing activities/tasks in a timely manner Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Click once to reveal the Gantt Chart sections (Scope, Time and Cost)  Please reference the Gantt Chart handout when introducing this tool

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 349 Implementation

Slide 22: Tool: Gantt Chart

Speaker Notes:  Please take note that this slide only focuses on the tasks and schedule of a Gantt Chart  To create a Gantt Chart: o Begin with a list of tasks. Typically each task is grouped under the activity it is associated with, as shown here with the activity being shaded a light grey color and called “Conduct Interviews” o Illustrate time estimates for each task and activity in the bar chart form. You may divide the timeline in the Gantt Chart into days, weeks, or months depending on the time scale of your project . For example, if the project activities will not take more than 3 months, create a timeline that measures progress by weeks. For a longer intervention (one year or more), use months and quarters to track progress. However, when you are managing the specific tasks of a project/program, you will find it more useful to set up your Gantt chart by day o Remember to include and allow for weekends and holidays. This can be done by slightly shading these days o Place a triangle on the day/week/month/quarter each task was completed . It is important to notate (with a triangle) the actual completion date, whether it was completed on the expected end date or not . For example, if you look at the Gantt Chart on the screen. One of the tasks listed was not completed on time . Ask which task was not accomplished by the expected end date and its impact on the project/program (wait for response) . Due to the delay in completing the identify interviewers task, you cannot start the design workshop on Day 5  Complete the remaining two columns (not illustrated here): o Person(s) assigned to/responsible for each task. Many of these persons may already be identified in your district plan. If not, you can use the Stakeholder Analysis process (learned in week 1 of APHPMT) to assist in identifying people

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 350 Implementation

o Budget allotted for each task  During implementation, Gantt Charts are useful for monitoring the project’s progress  You can immediately see what should have been achieved at a point in time, and can therefore take timely action to bring the project back on course. This can be essential for the successful implementation of a project Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Relative to the DAC planning process, there is usually only 2 weeks for planning  Budget will be discussed in another session

Slide 23: Exercise: Gantt Chart

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the Gantt Chart handout (Appendix T)

Speaker Notes:  Now it is time for you to develop a Gantt Chart based on the information you gathered from the Network Flow Diagram exercise

Small Group Activity: Activity Instructions (30 minutes):  Give each participant a copy of the Gantt Chart handout  Divide the participants up into the same small groups they have been working in  Give the participants 30 minutes to complete this activity

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 351 Implementation

Slide 24: Anticipate Risks

Speaker Notes:  The last step in the planning to implementation process is to anticipate risks that could impact the project/program  It is the process of anticipating what could go wrong and how to mitigate its negative impact

Slide 25: 5 Potential Risks

Speaker Notes:  A good rule of thumb is to review the project with your team and think about factors or events which could negatively impact the project  Ask yourselves: o Schedule - What could cause delays in the schedule? o Scope - What might threaten the quality of the scope (i.e. deliverables, activities, and tasks)? o Budget - What might increase costs beyond the budget? o Resources - Are there any limitations regarding resources that could impact the project? o External Factors - What external events could impact the project?

Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Ask participants to identify some risks that fall under each of these categories. (Wait for response)  Possible answers: o Schedule – unrealistic timeframe and reliant on external dependencies

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 352 Implementation

o Scope – changing priorities, unidentified deliverables, activities, and tasks o Budget – shifts in budget priorities and uncertain budget resources o Resources – too many people assigned, using limited resources, and human resources issues: illness, staff turnover, etc. o External Factors – policy changes, political, economic, or organizational crises

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Explain to the participants that it is wise to think of the possible risks/challenges that are inherent to your project’s success  You should always think about what risks/challenges might occur and the best way to deal with them  Also consider the possibility of these risks/challenges in your timeline, scope, budget, and overall quality

Slide 26: Minimize Risks

Speaker Notes:  Listed are 4 ways to minimize the impact of a risk on your project/program  Identify the potential risks (similar to what we just did)  Quantify the impact of each risk by determining the probability of it occurring as well as the gravity of impact on the project. But how do you quantify risk? This can be done by (Click to reveal risks): o Using the knowledge and expertise of your stakeholders o Gathering data (whether it is epidemiological, historical, logistical, etc.) on the issue o Reviewing lesson learned from other projects/programs  Prioritize which risks are most important to contain o The ability to control the outcome of an event may also affect the priority you assign it

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 353 Implementation

 In week 1, we discussed TPN (totally, partially, not in control). Use the TPN process to help you determine your priority o For example, if there is an event which is completely outside of your control, you may not want to include it in your response planning since you will be unable to take preventive measures  Develop strategies to address the risks/challenges. For each major risk/challenge, ask yourself what are some approaches I can use?

Slide 27: Tool: Risk Response

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the Risk Response form (Appendix U)

Speaker Notes:  Here is a simple tool to help you plan for potential risks/challenges. The Risks Response Tool allows you to: o Identify the potential risks o Quantify the impact of each risks o Prioritize which risks are most important to contain o Develop strategies to help minimize its effect on the project  For example, earlier we spoke about floods and its effects on the scope, budget and time. Based on its potential impact on the project/program, I would consider it a high probability and high impact risk because my project will be implemented during the rainy/flood season and due to the location of my district. Please keep in mind, each risk/challenge is program and district specific

Large Group Activity: Activity Instructions (10 minutes):  As a large group, use the sample district plan to develop strategies that will minimize the risk(s) impact on the project  Don’t spend a lot of time on this exercise because it is simply designed to show them how the tool can be used. Complete one row as a large group

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 354 Implementation

Slide 28: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  As we conclude this session of your training, I hope you have found the tools and approaches introduced useful  It is important to remember that much of the information needed to prepare for and monitor the implementation process is found in your district plan  Now you should be ready to implement!

Slide 29: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 355 Implementation

Appendices

Appendix S: Sample District Plan

Appendix T: Gantt Chart

Appendix U: Risk Response Form

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 356 Implementation

Appendix S: Sample District Plan – Proposed Activities 2013/2014

Activity & Target Group Organization Quarters Expected Budget Breakdown Budget Source & Contact Annual Outputs Total of Funds Person 1 2 3 4

Train new mobilisers X 22 new Lunch: P3,600.00 ACHAP mobilisers 60 people x P60.00 x 1 day=P3,600.00

Conduct Door-Door campaign HEO X X X X 30 mobilised Meal allowance for P23,520.00 MLG targeting the 19 villages (by and registered mobilisers 30 people x community mobilisers) for SMC P56.00 x 14days = P23,520.00 SMC campaigns to 4 MEN X X X X 2000 men Radio prime time slots P13,700.00 MEN catchment areas SECTOR circumcised P2500 x 4 SECTOR slots=P10000.00 (token of appreciation to the Floating trophy village which has circumcised 1st prize @ P1500 more men. 2nd prize@ P1200 Prime time media adverts 3rd prize@ (Radio and TV) P1000=P3700 Establishment a static SMC DHMT X MOVE Site NIL NIL ACHAP Site established

SMC launch in village X 100 people *Crowd puller (1 per P25,200 ACHAP circumcised day) @ P7500 during the *IEC materials

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for Implementation 357

launch day 150 water bottles x P40.00 =P6000 150 umbrellas x P50.00=P7500.00 *Stage and sound system P3000 Refreshment of intervention team P60.00 per person x 20 = P1,200.00 =P25,200.00 School Outreach Campaign DHMT X X X X All schools NIL NIL MoH

(34 schools)

Community conversations on CCEPO X X X X 2000 people NIL NIL MLG SMC in 4 catchment areas reached

Total: P66,020

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for Implementation 358

Appendix T: Gant Chart

Steps for Creating a Gantt Chart

Tasks Column: On the attached Gantt chart worksheet, fill in your project’s tasks.

Schedule Column: Estimate how long it will take to complete each task by filling in the start and end date.

Fill in the time schedule by placing horizontal bars/lines for each task and activity to show its duration. Be sure to select a time frame that is appropriate (e.g. days, weeks, months, and quarters). Don’t forget to include weekends and holidays, if appropriate.

Place a triangle on the day/week/month/quarter each task was completed. It is important to notate (with a triangle) the actual completion date, whether it was completed on the expected end date or not.

Remember the Network Flow Diagram can be used to determine tasks order and timeframe.

Assigned to Assign staff to each task listed. Column:

Budget Column: Fill in the allocated budget for each task listed.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for 359 Implementation

Tasks Schedule Assigned To Budget

Start Date End Date Horizontal Bar Chart Area

* Place a triangle on the day/week/month/quarter each task was completed.*

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for Implementation 360

Appendix U: Risk Response Form

High High Risk Areas Probability? Impact? Risk Strategies (Explain why) (Y/N) (Y/N) 1.

2.

3.

4.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Preparing for Implementation 361

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Building Teams and Managing Employees

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content

Overview ...... 363 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 363 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 365 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 367 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 370 Session Overview ...... 372 Description of Session ...... 372 Materials & Equipment ...... 372 Preparation ...... 372 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 372 Presenter’s Notes: Building Teams and Managing Employees ...... 373 Appendices ...... 401 Appendix V: Communication Style Inventory ...... 402 Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise ...... 405 Appendix X: Getting to Know Your Team ...... 410 Appendix Y: MLG Performance and Development Plan and Review ...... 411 Appendix Z: Essential Key Components of Performance Management ...... 414

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 362 Managing Employees

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 363 Managing Employees

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 364 Managing Employees

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 365 Managing Employees

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 366 Managing Employees

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 367 Managing Employees

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 368 Managing Employees

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 369 Managing Employees

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 370 Managing Employees

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 371 Managing Employees

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3.5 hour course is designed to equip participants with the knowledge and skills necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The course will require participants to: 1) consider the characteristics of high-performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, 2) identify the components of team leadership, 3) develop skills in performance management, and 4) practice giving an employee a performance review.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and □ Wall signs working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Communication Style Inventory (Appendix V) □ Make copies of the Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise (Appendix W) □ Make copies of the Getting to Know Your Team handout (Appendix X) □ Make copies of the MLG Performance and Development Plan and Review (Appendix Y) □ Make copies of the Essential Key Components of Performance Management (Appendix Z)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 372 Managing Employees

Presenter’s Notes: Building Teams and Managing Employees

Slide 1: Building Teams and Managing Employees Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed

Slide 2: Learning Objectives Speaker Notes:  Review the learning objectives for the participants  Ask if there are any other points or objectives for the session that they would like to discuss

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 373 Managing Employees

Slide 3: Building Teams Speaker Notes:  The first part of this training session will look at how managers can effectively build and support the work of teams  The second portion will focus on working with individuals

Slide 4: What is a Team? Speaker Notes:  Review the definition of a team  While a manager may think about developing team work within their staff, teams can be made up of lots of different people  They come not only from employees in a particular work group, but other individuals that come together to work on a shared project or task  Your role in a team can change depending on the type of team.  At times you are leading the team, and at other times you are a member without a leadership role

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 374 Managing Employees

Slide 5: Building Teams Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the participants to think about the types of teams that they work with. Have a brief discussion in which participants identify some of those teams  Ask them which ones are they responsible for and in which ones are they a participant without responsibility?

Slide 6: Working in Teams, cont. Speaker Notes:  Review the list of benefits of working in a team to ensure that all have been covered in the previous conversation.

Slide 7: Group Dynamics: Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing, Adjourning Speaker Notes:  Remind the participants that in a previous session they learned about the steps that teams go through as they develop  Briefly review the steps for the group: o Forming (first stage of development in which teams come

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 375 Managing Employees

together and begin to identify what they want to accomplish and how they will work together). o Storming (second stage, in which teams encounter some differences of opinion that occasionally lead to a more uncomfortable form of conflict). o Norming (stage three, in which teams develop strategies for working through conflict and using it in more positive and creative ways). o Performing (fourth stage, the highest stage of team development in which teams are highly effective and make excellent use of creative problem solving. Teams develop at different rates and not all go through all stages. The stages do not always go straight through in this order either.

Slide 8: High-Performing Teams Speaker Notes:  Review the list of items that make a team successful o Common purpose: clear task, mission directed, team is not an end in itself o Clear roles: each person knows his or her role, each role supports the work of the team, each person contributes to the process o Accepted leadership: staff does not feel the need to challenge the leader, and is confident in the leader’s ability. Inadequate leadership is probably most often the reason for team ineffectiveness o Effective processes: needed for such things as managing a meeting, making decisions, solving problems. Effective teams constantly ask: how are we doing? o Solid relationships: members of a team don’t have to know each other well, diversity can have advantages in bringing opinions into the process. Need to be able to channel the differences so they work together. Need trust and respect o Excellent communication: immediate, clear, accurate communication is essential o Cross Training: team members have different experiences and knowledge to bring to the team. Members can learn from each other

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 376 Managing Employees

Slide 9: Working in Teams Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Ask the participants to think again about the types of teams that they work with. Have a brief discussion in which participants identify some of those teams  Ask them for an example of one challenge they have encountered while working with a team

Slide 10: Team Challenges Speaker Notes:  If the team leader does not make sure that teams function effectively as described on the previous slide, then the team often develops challenges  Conflicts are normal, but being able to spot and address them is critical to effective management  Even if the leader has addressed the basics of leadership by making sure everyone knows the purpose and goals and each person’s role, other problems may arise  On this and the following slide, we will look at common challenges, what might be causing them, and how effective management can address those challenges Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Review the list on this slide and ask the group what might be causing these symptoms  Suggested responses: o Group does not support the goals of the team, o Members do not have enough information to understand the task, or o Members do not feel they are given enough input into the process  Ask-What a good manager would do (wait for responses)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 377 Managing Employees

Slide 11: Suggestions Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on the slide  By trying these suggestions, leaders can increase participation and interest  Leaders need to understand that challenges are inevitable. Some leaders do not like to deal with conflict, but they have to address it. Some leaders want to be liked always but it is not possible always  In previous sessions, we learned about different personality styles. These styles influence how people interact with others. Recognizing your own style as well as others can help with good communication

Slide 12: Exercise: Communication Style Inventory Pre-Session Preparation:  Print enough copies of the Communication Style Inventory (Appendix V)  Write the name of each style on a sheet of flip chart paper and hang in each of the four corners of the room Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (10 minutes):  Hand out the Communication Styles Inventory to participants  Read through the instructions on how to complete the inventory  Allow participants a few minutes to complete the survey, and score themselves Speaker Notes:  Remind participants that they completed the inventory during the “Communications” session  Completing the assessment again in case people forgot their communication style

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 378 Managing Employees

Slide 13: Communication Styles Speaker Notes:  Review the various communication styles to refresh participants’ memories  Supporter/Relater o Harmonizer o Values acceptance and stability o Slow with big decisions; dislikes change o Builds networks of friends o Good listener; timid with contrary opinions o Easy going o Friendly & sensitive o Relationship oriented  Analyzer/thinker o Assessor o Values accuracy o Plans thoroughly o Works alone o Introverted; quick to think and slow to speak o Highly organized o Cautious o Thoughtful o Idea oriented  Promoter/Socializer o Entertainer o Values enjoyment o Full of ideas o Wants work to be fun o Talkative o Flexible o Intuitive o Optimist o Celebration oriented  Controller/Director o Commander o Values getting the job done o Good at delegating o Not shy, but private on personal matters o Likes to be where the action is o Takes charge

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 379 Managing Employees

o Fearless o Results oriented

Slide 14: Team Communication Problems Speaker Notes:  Review the list and ask the participants what might be causing the problems on this slide  Possible responses: o There may be conflicts among members, members may feel powerless to make a difference o Team members may have inadequate knowledge, members may not understand the steps they need to reach the goal o Group discussions may be poorly coordinated  Ask-What would a good manager do? (wait for responses) Additional Facilitator Guidance  Additional suggestions on the next slide

Slide 15: Suggestions Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on the slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 380 Managing Employees

Slide 16: Getting to Know Your Team Speaker Notes:  For this portion of the session, the participants should think about their team at work, and how, as a manager of that team, they should get to know the individuals  A number of ways have been suggested by professionals, not all of which work in all settings  Ask them to share successful strategies former managers or supervisors have implemented Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the question on the slide to the participants, listen to their responses, and then review the suggested responses on the following slide.

Slide 17: Suggestions Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on the slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 381 Managing Employees

Slide 18: Getting to Know Your Team Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the question on the slide to the participants, listen to their responses, and then review the suggested responses on the following slide

Slide 19: Suggestions Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on the slide

Slide 20: Getting to Know Your Team Activity Instructions (10 minutes):  Handout the “Getting to Know Your Team” worksheet (Appendix X)  Give participants a few minutes to complete the worksheet  Ask for participants to share their responses (limit to 2-3 participants)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 382 Managing Employees

Speaker Notes:  Review the suggestions below: o Have a group luncheon and include an easy fun activity. One example of such an activity would be to ask for a volunteer to tell the group something they have always wanted to do, but haven’t had the chance. Then find out if anyone in the group has done that particular activity. The question is then asked of other staff. Staff who have done each activity might be given a piece of candy, with the staff getting the most candy at the end winning o Ask staff to “shadow” another staff for a period of time so they can get a better idea of what that staff does. New managers may also want to try this with their staff o Make sure that your staff meetings are meaningful for the staff. If they do not seem helpful, ask for staff input into how they might be useful. Staff meetings should be a good opportunity to provide new information, hear updates, and clear up any misconceptions o It is good for a manager to show interest in their staff’s lives outside of work. This shows recognition that employees need to take care of their personal life. However, managers must be careful not to get overly involved with employees’ lives and they should not ask very personal questions

Slide 21: Exercise: Team Role Play Pre-Activity Preparation: Pre-print six roles on separate pieces of paper (Appendix W)

Large and Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (10 minutes):  Request six volunteers for a role play  The facilitator should meet briefly with the participants, letting them know that the role play will demonstrate a poor way to manage a team meeting  Each participant is given a piece of paper with a specific role to play. The facilitator will hand out roles for the role play as follows: o Leader: You are the District AIDS Coordinator and your job is to lead the team and help it work on the assignment. The participants come from a variety of community organizations, and the task of the team is

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 383 Managing Employees

to develop educational materials that support HIV testing activities. The leader should show weak leadership and not lead the group well. Examples could be jumping right in without introducing any of the members, not being clear about the task, not maintaining control of the conversation, not showing a lot of interest in the assignment, etc. The leader does not let others know who will function as recorder o Recorder: You have the role of team secretary and are responsible for documenting the work of the team, including issues that are raised, decisions made, etc. Your role has not been made clear to the group. You sometimes criticize other people’s comments o Argumentative person: You know that you are not the leader, but you have strong opinions and voice these forcefully o Quiet person: You are very shy and won’t contribute unless you are directly asked to do so. The group will ignore you o Positive contributors (two individuals): You attempt to offer positive suggestions for the assignment, but your ideas are put down or ignored.

Speaker Notes:  Let all participants know that the leader had been given an assignment of being a weak team leader. Have a discussion with all participants about how the meeting could have been handled better. Compare with the general guidance for team leadership on the following slide

Slide 22: Characteristics of Team Leadership Speaker Notes:  Ask participants to define each circle (wait for responses)  Provide participants with the following unstated explanation and definitions: o As the leader of the team, there are ways that you can help ensure that the team functions well. These characteristics would have improved the role play exercise and include: . Communication: Be clear. The leader needs to make sure everyone is clear about the task and their role. Information and

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 384 Managing Employees

expectations should be presented in a way that participants understand. The leader needs to listen to the input from others. A good leader can draw out quiet members and directly address problems caused by aggressive members . Organization: Good leaders are organized. They make sure new members are introduced. They present an organized agenda and stay within the allocated time frame. They put systems in place to assist the team process and keep the work moving toward the goals and objectives . Confidence: Good leaders have confidence in their ability to get the work done. They are secure in the decisions they make . Respectful: Good leaders are respectful of the team members. He or she encourages others to offer up ideas, and then respects those ideas or opinions. This is more effective than just giving orders and expecting them to be carried out . Fair: A quality leader is consistent with how the members are treated. This includes positive rewards as well as disciplinary actions

Slide 23: Characteristics of Team Leadership, cont. Speaker Notes:  Ask participants to define each circle (wait for responses)  Provide participants with the following unstated explanation and definitions: o Integrity: The leader is honest and open with members. In this way, he or she earns their trust o Influential: Influential leaders gain the confidence of team members because they believe the decisions will be effective. The members will show more commitment to the process o Delegation: Effective leaders know how to share leadership through delegation. Delegation improves the process by allowing the leader to focus on the most important aspects of the work, while also helping to increase the skills of those who handle the delegated tasks. It is important to know when to delegate. If you don’t delegate at all, team members may think you want to control everything and do it yourself. On the other hand, if you delegate too much, they may feel that you

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 385 Managing Employees

are not sharing the load. When a manager delegates a responsibility, it is important to be very specific about what is being asked, define the time frame for accomplishing the task, be realistic in what is being requested, and make sure that the team member is clear on the assignment. The delegated responsibility should be documented o Facilitation: As a facilitator, effective leaders help members understand their goals. They help organize an action plan to get the work completed o Negotiation: Effective leaders know how to use negotiation to address team conflict. Good negotiators help resolve issues with the best interest of all involved

Slide 24: Performance Management Speaker Notes:  We have been discussing how you as a manager can build strong teams  You need to understand and acknowledge the strengths and weaknesses in your staff’s skills in order to develop and manage a high-performing team  You supervise other positions, such as the ADAC and M & E Officer, and it is important to help these individual employees improve their performance  Today we will look at ways you as a supervisor can assist your employees to perform at their best possible levels

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 386 Managing Employees

Slide 25: What is Performance Management? Speaker Notes:  Managers need to be knowledgeable of the agency’s mission and goals so they can ensure that the work of staff is in line with and supports those goals

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask-What they think managers do that leads to good employee performance (wait for responses) o Some possible examples: . Acknowledge good work . Address issues immediately and directly . Encourage professional development . Let them know you value them

Slide 26: Essential Key Components of Performance Management Speaker Notes:  Employees who supervise staff face the challenge of how to get the best performance possible from their staff  Key components of successful performance management have been identified that apply across the board to any managers who oversee the work of others  As a DAC, you will find that implementing these key components will improve your ability to guide staff to perform at their best  Review the five components of performance management o Planning work and setting expectations: For staff to perform their best, they need to have a clear plan for how they will perform their job. They

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 387 Managing Employees

need to have an understanding of the agency mission and goals whether or not they have the opportunity to have input into them o Employee Development: Most staff do not come into their jobs proficient in every part. Giving them the opportunities to learn how to perform their duties better is a necessary part of managing staff o Monitoring performance: While managers want staff to function well independently, it is important for them to monitor the staff performance throughout the year o Performance Review: Informal feedback is great, but it is important for staff to also receive more formal ratings of their performance at least once a year. This provides an opportunity for both staff and manager to discuss the staff performance o Rewarding good performance: Most individuals function better when they have some outside validation of the worth of the work they are performing. Without feedback from the managers, they may be unclear whether their performance is satisfactory Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Each component will be discussed in more detail later  Emphasize that all five aspects work together to support each other, and each is important to the process

Slide 27: Exercise: Performance Management Pre-Session Preparation:  Write each component name on separate sheets of paper and post around the room, labeled as followed: o Planning o Employee development o Monitoring o Performance review o Rewarding Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (15 minutes):  Ask the participants to count off by five  Assign each group one of the components and have them move to where the corresponding label is posted

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 388 Managing Employees

 Ask the participants to discuss in their groups: o What these components mean to them, o Why they are important, o What they could do (or currently do) to incorporate these aspects into their work with employees , and o Why these elements can be challenging  Each group will be asked to report back to the larger group. Additional Facilitator Guidance:  After each group reports, review the information on the following slides that relate to their key element (e.g., after the planning group presents, review the planning slide; after the monitoring group presents, review the monitoring slide)  Groups should report out when their corresponding slide (i.e., Planning, Monitoring, Developing, Rating and Reward) are presented and explained; which occur in the next slides

Slide 28: Planning Speaker Notes:  Planning group reports out on their discussion from previous exercise  After the group reports out, review slide and explain: o Subordinates may or may not have the opportunity to help shape overall agency goals and objectives. Either way, they need to understand those goals so they know how their job fits within the structure o Each subordinates needs to start the year with a Performance and Development Plan that identifies the individual performance objectives, performance measures, and performance targets. These provide both the plan that the employee can follow, as well as specific items to be measured and discussed with supervisors. Setting objectives each year ensures that the employee’s work addresses current challenges and needs. Objectives should be specific, measurable and achievable. Since circumstances can affect even the best plans, external factors that have affected achievement need to be

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 389 Managing Employees

documented and/or objectives modified. Employees should have the opportunity to meet in a quiet space with their supervisors prior to the development of the plan so that they can provide input and discuss any concerns

Slide 29: Employee Development Speaker Notes:  Employee development group reports out  After the group reports out, review slide and explain: o Employee development is an important aspect of ensuring good performance in all employees. Helping employees function at their best can improve morale because people enjoy work better when they feel good about how they handle their jobs. Training, whether in person or through self-study, can improve upon strengths or address deficiencies. Sometimes giving an employee a new challenging project can help them improve their skills also

Slide 30: Monitoring Speaker Notes:  Monitoring group reports out  After the group reports out, review slide and explain: o The supervisor should review with the employee progress on projects and assignments. The employee may not realize that they have gotten off track, and supervisory feedback can be very helpful in getting them back where they need to be. Any feedback to employees should be objective, not based on an employee’s personality

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 390 Managing Employees

o Providing feedback to improve performance when that feedback may be viewed negatively by the employee can be stressful for both the manager and employee. The manager needs to present the information in a calm manner, and should not let his or her own emotions get involved. Feedback should always be given in a specific, clear way so that the employee realizes what needs to change to make the performance more effective.

Slide 31: Monitoring, cont. Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (5 minutes):  After the presentation and discussion about monitoring, present the participants with this scenario: o Ask them if they think that this was an effective way to handle the situation. If not, how could she have addressed the employee better? o Ideas for handling the situation better: . Ask her to come into your office or go to a private area to talk . Keep the emotions out of the conversation and present the facts . Remind her about how important it is to start work on time and ask if there is something that would help her do better . Be careful about using absolutes like “never.” It is better to say something factual: You have been coming to work late frequently in the past few weeks  It is the supervisor’s responsibility to try to handle situations so that they do not escalate. Problems are sometimes taken to the next level because the supervisor did not act when needed to address the issue

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 391 Managing Employees

Slide 32: Performance Review Speaker Notes:  Performance review group reports out  After the group reports out, review slide and explain: o Performance reviews are a good way to encourage and develop staff, address issues and provide feedback (both from supervisor to employee and from employee to supervisor). In your practice, you are expected to provide employees with quarterly reviews, using the Performance and Development Plan, which enable you to address issues in a timely manner. It can sometimes be hard to find the time to conduct those reviews each quarter on time. Even if you end up meeting late, it is better than missing the meeting for the entire quarter  Bullet 1: The supervisor needs to look at the entire review period. Sometimes if a significant event just occurred, there is a tendency to give too much weight to that item as opposed to looking at the performance throughout the cycle  Bullet 2: The performance review needs to be based on the performance plan that has been developed for that employee. The targets and milestones that were set for performance are objective items that the supervisor monitors with the employee. In addressing these, as well as other items that need to be raised with the employee, the supervisor needs to make sure that the facts are clear and the information is not subjective opinion  Bullet 3: Any feedback to an employee should be given in a helpful manner so that the employee can use it to improve performance. Also, if you are dealing with serious performance issues, you should have already discussed these with the employee o Ask the participants who they supervise. Have they given formal performance reviews? Are they comfortable doing so? This can be difficult for some managers when the performance needs to be corrected o Ask participants who have had performance reviews and what they liked about the feedback

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 392 Managing Employees

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Even if participants don’t have supervisory responsibility, they can still use much of the information when they provide other guidance to employees  Performance reviews are supposed to happen quarterly o If time, ask why they might not happen as planned

Slide 33: Performance Review, cont. Speaker Notes:  Review the guidelines on this and the following slide for how to give a performance rating  A supervisor might consider requesting employees to give input prior to the formal review or prepare a self-evaluation  Remember that an employee performance review should be a two-way process between the supervisor and the subordinate. It is a chance for each to have input into the review, not just for the supervisor to talk to the subordinate

Slide 34: Performance Review, cont. Pre-Activity Preparation:  Print copies of the MLG Performance and Development Plan and Review document (Appendix Y) Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on the slide Pairs Exercise Activity Instructions (25 minutes):  Break the participants into pairs  Ask each pairs to assign a manager/supervisor and an employee

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 393 Managing Employees

 Give each pair a copy of the MLG Performance and Development Plan and Review document, with pre-populated fields o Reference the scenario in slide 8 and ask the supervisor to conduct a performance review with the employee based on the performance information in this document, include performance improvement objectives  Give the groups 15 minutes for the review and choose three to four pairs to report out on what was in the performance plan and on the experience Additional Facilitator Guidance:  There is an additional tool entitled, Essential Key Components of Performance Management available as a handout (pg. 517)

Slide 35: Rewarding Speaker Notes:  Reward group to report out  After the group reports out, review slide content  Ask the group what types of rewards they have given to staff. Based on the previous performance review how would they recognize/reward staff for previous good performance?

Slide 36: Mentoring and Coaching Speaker Notes:  In addition to formal supervision, employees can be assisted to perform well through mentoring or coaching them in their jobs  Sometimes the mentor or coach is not the direct supervisor, although the supervisor will have input into the process. While mentoring and coaching are not exactly the same thing, they have similarities and both can be helpful depending on the situation

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 394 Managing Employees

 Ask participants if anyone has been mentored and/or coached (wait for responses) o What was beneficial about the experience?  We will look at the mentor role first

Slide 37: Mentor Speaker Notes:  Review the definition of a mentor

Slide 38: Mentoring Speaker Notes:  A mentor is someone who guides the mentee through a job or assigned project. This person may not have all the answers, but has experience that is helpful to the mentee. He or she uses that experience to provide guidance and advice over time

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 395 Managing Employees

Slide 39: Purpose of Mentoring Speaker Notes:  For a mentor relationship to work, the time frame and the expectations should be clearly defined. Often, a supervisor may decide that a staff member would benefit from a mentor relationship with another staff where one has experience and skill to share with the other  The supervisor does not have to always be the mentor, but can maintain involvement without doing the mentoring directly

Slide 40: Coach Speaker Notes:  Read the definition of a coach  While the role has similarities to a mentor, there are differences

Slide 41: Coaching Speaker Notes:  Review the definition of a coach  While a coach is similar to a mentor, a coach is seen as more of the “expert” in the field  This person will pose questions to the coach-ee to consider, with the coach

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 396 Managing Employees

providing the answers when needed  The coach will expect the coach-ee to perform as instructed and will hold that person responsible for getting the job done

Slide 42: Purpose of Coaching Speaker Notes:  While coaching and mentoring are similar, coaching tends to be more task oriented. Mentoring takes a broader approach to improving skills  But both processes assist employees with improving their performance. In reality, supervisors often use some aspects of both in their work

Slide 43: Characteristics of Mentoring and Coaching Speaker Notes:  Discuss the essential aspects to coaching and mentoring that make the process successful. Coaching or mentoring of staff can help provide them with guidance and help to develop their skills and improve performance. Key aspects are: o Effective communication: remind the participants to think back on the Week One training and the skills they learned for effective communication. It is important to communicate information clearly and to hear what the other person is saying to you. In Week One, participants learned to recognize what others were communicating not only in their words, but with their body language. They learned to pay attention to the tone of their voice when speaking so their communications would have the desired effect o Planning: the process will be most effective if the coach or mentor plans with the person being assisted so that both know what they are hoping to accomplish and how they will know they have succeeded

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 397 Managing Employees

o Acknowledgement: the coach or mentor provides feedback to the coachee or mentee. They recognize others for what they are, not just how they handled a particular situation. E.g., “you show such a passion for public health” vs. “You did a good job with that report.” Let’s the person know that his or her strengths are recognized.

Slide 44: Mentoring and Coaching Large Group Discussion (10 minutes):  Ask the participants to think about people who have coached or mentored them o What did they do that they admired?  Review the summary of the key skills of coaching and mentoring on the slide o May need to be both a coach and mentor depending on the situation. The manager or supervisor may also not be the expert in every situation and can ask others to play those roles o Coaching and mentoring require that the manager or supervisor be willing to hear new approaches from the employee, versus solely instructing or directing o Remember that people are your most valuable assets Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Suggest that the participants consider looking for a mentor or coach to continue to develop in their role

Slide 45: Delegation of Tasks Speaker Notes:  Another important aspect of managing or supervising is being able to delegate  In the earlier section on team building, we discussed delegation of responsibilities. Similar to working with a team, a good supervisor also needs

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 398 Managing Employees

to know when and where to delegate to employees  If the manager does not delegate very much, employees may think that he or she wants to handle it all. On the other hand, a manager who delegates too frequently may have employees who feel that the manager is not contributing enough  If a manager decides that delegation is appropriate, that delegation should be: o Specific: the employee needs to be clear on what you are asking. Too many supervisors don’t take the time to clearly detail the expectation, then the assignment is not done correctly o Measurable: both the employee and the supervisor need to understand how they will know when the assignment has been completed o Realistic: a supervisor should not assign more than is reasonable for the employee to do o Time framed: the employee needs to know when the assignment needs to be completed o Documented: delegated tasks should be documented in employee plans whenever possible

Slide 46: Session Highlights Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 399 Managing Employees

Slide 47: Questions and Comments Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 400 Managing Employees

Appendices

Appendix V: Communication Style Inventory Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise Appendix X: Getting to Know Your Team Appendix Y: MLG Performance and Development Plan and Review Appendix Z: Essential Key Components of Performance Management

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 401 Managing Employees

Appendix V: Communication Style Inventory This is an informal survey, designed to determine how you usually act in everyday situations. The idea is to get a clear description of how you see yourself. On the answer sheet, circle A or B in each pair of statements below, which shows the one that MOST describes you.

1. A) I’m usually open to getting to know people personally and establishing relationships with them. B) I’m not usually open to getting to know people personally and establishing relationships with them.

2. A) I usually react slowly and deliberately. B) I usually react quickly and spontaneously.

3. A) I’m usually guarded about other people’s use of my time. B) I’m usually open to other people’s use of my time.

4. A) I usually introduce myself at social gatherings. B) I usually wait for others to introduce themselves to me at social gatherings.

5. A) I usually focus my conversations on the interests of the people involved even if that means straying from the business or subject at hand. B) I usually focus my conversations on the tasks, issues, business, or subject at hand.

6. A) I’m usually not assertive, and I can be patient with a slow pace. B) I’m usually assertive and at times I can be impatient with a slow pace.

7. A) I usually make decisions based on facts or evidence. B) I usually make decisions based on feelings, experiences or relationships.

8. A) I usually contribute frequently to group conversations. B) I usually contribute infrequently to group conversations.

9. A) I usually prefer to work with and through others, providing support when possible. B) I usually prefer to work independently or dictate the conditions in terms of how others are involved.

10. A) I usually ask questions or speak tentatively and indirectly. B) I usually make empathic statements or directly expressed opinions.

11. A) I usually focus primarily on ideas, concepts, or results. B) I usually focus primarily on persons, interactions, and feelings.

12. A) I usually use gestures, facial expressions, and voice intonations to emphasize points. B) I usually do not use gestures, facial expressions, and voice intonations to emphasize points.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 402 Managing Employees

13. A) I usually accept others’ points of view (ideas, feelings, and concerns). B) I usually don’t accept others’ points of view (ideas, feelings, and concerns).

14. A) I usually respond to risk and change in a cautious or predictable manner. B) I usually respond to risk and change in dynamic or unpredictable manner.

15. A) I usually prefer to keep personal feelings and thoughts private, sharing only when I wish. B) I usually find it natural and easy to share and discuss my feelings with others.

16. A) I usually seek out new or different experiences and situations. B) I usually choose known or similar situations and relationships.

17. A) I’m usually responsive to others’ agendas, interests, and concerns. B) I’m usually directed toward my own agendas, interests, and concerns.

18. A) I usually respond to conflict slowly and indirectly. B) I usually respond to conflict quickly and directly.

Survey taken from The Platinum Rule by Tony Alessandra, Ph.D. & Michael J. O’Connor, Ph.D., New York, New York, Warner Brooks 1996

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 403 Managing Employees

Answer Sheet

O G D I

1A 1B 2B 2A 3B 3A 4A 4B 5A 5B 6B 6A 7B 7A 8A 8B 9A 0B 10B 10A 11B 11A 12A 12B 13A 13B 14B 14A 15B 15A 16A 16B 17A 17B 18B 18A

Totals______

Total the numbers of items circled in each column and write it on the spaces above.

Now, compare the “O” column with the “G” column and circle the letter that has the highest total.

O or G

Then compare the “D” column with the “I” column and circle the letter that has the highest total.

D or I

So What’s the Verdict?

If you circled the G and D, you tend toward being a Controller/Director.

If you circled the O and D, you show many qualities of a Promoter/Socializer.

If you circled the O and I, you’re predominantly a Supporter/Relater.

If you circled the G and I, you have lots of Analyzer/Thinker characteristics.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 404 Managing Employees

Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise

Leader

You are the District AIDS Coordinator and your job is to lead the team and help it work on the assignment. The participants come from a variety of community organizations, and the task of the team is to develop educational materials that support HIV testing activities. The leader should show weak leadership and not lead the group well. Examples could be jumping right in without introducing any of the members, not being clear about the task, not maintaining control of the conversation, not showing a lot of interest in the assignment, etc. The leader does not let others know who will function as recorder.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 405 Managing Employees

Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise

Recorder You have the role of team secretary and are responsible for documenting the work of the team, including issues that are raised, decisions made, etc. Your role has not been made clear to the group. You sometimes criticize other people’s comments.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 406 Managing Employees

Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise

Argumentative Person You know that you are not the leader, but you have strong opinions and voice these forcefully.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 407 Managing Employees

Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise

Quiet Person You are very shy and won’t contribute unless you are directly asked to do so. The group will ignore you.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 408 Managing Employees

Appendix W: Assignments for Team Role Play Exercise

Positive Contributors (two individuals) You attempt to offer positive suggestions for the assignment, but your ideas are put down or ignored.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 409 Managing Employees

Appendix X: Exercise: Getting to Know Your Team Worksheet

1. What strategies have you used in the past to reconnect with others? ______

2. What do you think are the greatest problems with your team? ______

3. What things work well in the team? ______

4. What steps can/will you take to contribute to a better functioning team? ______

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 410 Managing Employees

Appendix Y: MLG Performance and Development Plan and Review

FORM DPSM 6 (Revised 02/06) PERFORMANCE-BASED REWARD SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND DEVELOPMENT PLAN AND REVIEW DOCUMENT General Guidance 1. The basic purpose of this instrument is to objectively assess the officer’s performance on the agreed objectives for a given year. The accurate assessment will provide vital information for management decision-making. More specifically the assessment will influence decisions regarding: a) the officer’s performance rating; b) awarding of reward; c) specific training and development needs of the officer to improve performance and productivity; and d) the suitability of the officer for appointment to permanent service or potential advancement to higher grade. 2. For the assessment to be objective it is essential that the reporting officer (a) thoroughly understands the contents of the job the appraisee is holding (job description) and the requirements for the job (job specification), (b) properly knows the officer being appraised (performance abilities) through work supervision of at least three months and (c) refers to notes from the checkpoints meetings. 3. The appraisal is for the total reporting period and should reflect the strengths and weaknesses and what hindered or enabled delivery during the period. 4. The reporting officer is normally the Officer’s immediate supervisor. 5. The appraisal should be done in the presence of the appraisee and should be accompanied by a constructive dialogue focusing on ways of enhancing the officer’s performance and the Department’s productivity.

PART A: EMPLOYEE INFORMATION

Name of Employee (surname first) Performance Plan Period: Personal Payroll No: From: ---/------/----- Day Month Year Day Month Year To:

DPSM Personal File No: Ministry/Department:

Position Title: Division/Unit :

Date of appointment to position Name of Supervisor:

Duty Station: Supervisor

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and Managing Employees 411

Date of posting/transfer to station. 01st November 2009 Supervisor of the officer since:

PART B: PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES

The purpose of this section is to record the employee’s performance objectives for the year. The highlighted portion is completed at the planning stage and the rest is completed at the review stage.

No. Individual Performance Performance Initiatives / Performance Result Comments or Performance Measure Target Milestones

Ref: Objectives Supervisee Supervisor 2 To provide # of Districts 100% Conduct follow up visits to Telephone calls made to coordinated reporting on districts which do not the following districts HIV&AIDS DMSAC report timely their that did not report on response activities quarterly reports, make the 10th deadline: phone calls Serowe,Kanye,Molepolol & write savingrams. e, South East,Goodhopeand Lobatse. Standardized reporting format Standardized report communicated and sent to sent 30th April 2010 districts Report sent to NACA on Consolidate DMSAC reports the 13th July 2010

# of District 100% Capture District AIDS No meeting was held AIDS Coordinators review this Quarter Coordinators meetings and send to review districts meetings captured

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and Managing Employees 412

# of districts 100% Facilitate training of Feedback given to 21 adhering to districts on Evidence Based districts out of 30 Evidence Planning and give feed districts Based back Planning 127 activities were Monitor implementation of implemented out of 255 Evidence Based plans from planned activities districts

P3 To build strategic # of 80% Establish strategic Attending Technical partnerships partnerships partnerships Working Group for Most established. at Risk Group Strategy at Ministry of Health To facilitate % of received 80% Compile quarterly financial Financial report for First F1 prudent financial DMSAC DMSAC activities progress quarter sent on 13th July management activity reports on quarterly basis 2010 to NACA. expenditure & reporting same to NACA An amount of documentatio P2,723,984.10 for 1st n received as Monitor activities quarter and per district expenditures as per P839,444.14 was plan districts Evidence Based utilized (30.8%) Plans

P1 To improve CCE- Number of 2 Documentation of 24 Community CC project districts conversations held by conversations reported management in holding communities recording of by districts the districts community best practices. conversation Due to long recruitment Induction of newly process induction is % of targeted recruited DMSAC delayed staff trained in Coordination staff on CCE- competencies CC methodology relevant to their jobs

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and Managing Employees 413

Appendix Z: Essential Key Components of Performance Management

Planning Work and Setting Expectations:  Employees need to have a clear plan for how they need to perform their job  They need to have an understanding of the agency’s mission and goals so they know how their job fits into that mission  Employees may have their own ideas that they can also contribute to the planning Monitoring Performance:  It is important for manager to monitor employee performance throughout the year  By monitoring on a continual basis, they can identify items that need to be addressed in a timely manner  Monitoring should be a helpful process to the employee, not one that is seen as only negative feedback Developing the Capacity to Perform:  Most staff do not come to their jobs proficient in every aspect  Managers need to give them opportunities to learn to perform their duties better Periodically Rating Performance in a Summary Manner:  Managers need to give employees formal performance reviews, usually once a year  This review will complement any informal reviews that have been conducted during the year  The review provides an opportunity for two-way discussion of staff performance Rewarding Good Performance:  Most individuals function better when good work is recognized  This recognition can be in a formal manner or as simple as a “thank you”

Applied Leadership Development Program | Building Teams and 414 Managing Employees

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Managing Budgets

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 416 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 416 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 418 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 420 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 423 Session Overview ...... 425 Description of Session ...... 425 Materials & Equipment ...... 425 Preparation ...... 425 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 425 Presenter’s Notes: Managing Budgets ...... 426 Appendices ...... 448 Appendix AA: District Budget ...... 449 Appendix BB: Exercise-Proposed Budget Development ...... 454 Appendix CC: Summary of Proposed Activities ...... 455 Appendix DD: DAC Training Budget Form ...... 456 Appendix EE: Youth HIV Education Project Quarterly Evaluation ...... 457 Appendix FF: DMSAC Budget Reporting Format ...... 458 Appendix GG: Excel Spreadsheet ...... 460

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 415

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 416

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 417

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 418

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 419

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 420

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 421

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 422

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 423

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 424

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 3.5 hour course is designed to equip participants with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage program budgets. The course will require participants to: 1) develop a budget, 2) monitor and analyze a mock project budget, and 3) utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and □ Wall signs working □ Additional computers with Excel □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the District Budget (Appendix AA) □ Make copies of the Exercise – Proposed Budget Development (Appendix BB) □ Make copies of the Summary of Proposed Activities (Appendix CC) □ Make copies of the DAC Training Budget Form (Appendix DD) □ Make copies of the Youth HIV Education Project Quarterly Evaluation (Appendix EE) □ Make copies of the DMSAC Budget Reporting Format (Appendix FF) □ Make copies of the Excel Spreadsheet (Appendix GG)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 425

Presenter’s Notes: Managing Budgets

Slide 1: Managing Budgets

Speaker Notes: If you have not already, take time to…  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Review slide  Effective management includes an ability to monitor how fiscal resources are utilized  Managing the financial aspects of programs is just as important as the implementation of activities  In your position, you are expected to work with an Office budget, a DMSAC budget, and a Peace Corps budget. Collectively, they are your Recurrent Budget

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Review the learning objectives for the participants

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 426

Slide 3: Basic Budgeting Principles

Speaker Notes:  We will start this session by looking at basic budgeting principles

Slide 4: Budget

Speaker Notes:  Ask the participants if they have ever developed a budget, and their experience with it  A budget considers what funding you expect to have for your programs (income or resources) and what expenses you expect to have (expenditures)  The grand total must match what resources you expect to have for the proposed activity  Once developed, a budget becomes a monitoring tool that you can review and modify as needed  Your budget goes hand in hand with implementation of programs

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 427

Slide 5: True or False

Pre-Activity Preparation:  Create two signs: o One with “true” written on it and o One with “false” written on it  Post on opposite walls in the room Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (15 minutes): o Assign one side of the room to be the “true” side and one as the “false” one. Post signs on the wall that say “true” or “false” o Let the group know that they will be given some basic budgeting principles in a true or false format o Read the statements on this slide and ask the participants to go to the side of the room that reflects their answer o Ask-why they chose their response o Go to the next slide for the answer

Slide 6: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Question from previous slide-A well-developed budget should not have to be revised during the year  Answer-False o Budgets should always be viewed as estimates that need to be revised periodically to reflect actual needs and expenditures. They are estimates or informed guesses. Unless it is a very simple budget, most people cannot estimate costs exactly right

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 428

Slide 7: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Read the statements on this slide and ask the participants to go to the side of the room that reflects their answer  Ask-why they chose their response  Go to the next slide for the answer

Slide 8: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Question from previous slide- A good budget can help you modify your activity plans.  Answer-True o The budget is not the only thing that may need adjusting during the project period. Once you analyze actual costs, you may need to make modifications to keep the project cost-effective or to stay within the budget. This may mean decreasing some activities, increasing some, or other modifications. When changes are made, keep the most important items and decrease the part that won’t affect your project as much o In the previous session, you discussed a situation where an agency had experienced a flood. The delays caused by an experience like this can affect both the budget and the project operations

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 429

Slide 9: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Read the statements on this slide and ask the participants to go to the side of the room that reflects their answer  Ask-why they chose their response  Go to the next slide for the answer

Slide 10: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Question from previous slide- You need to develop good detailed plans before you develop your budget  Answer-True o The budget should not be developed first, and then the plans developed to fit it. Some people start with the funding they believe will be available, and then develop plans to “use up” the money. This is working backwards. You need to have a strategic plan in place with priorities, objectives, and activities for meeting them first o It is important to consider what resources you would need to do the project well even if you don’t expect to receive all of the funding you would like. Then, you can modify as needed to stay within the expected (or actual) available funds

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 430

Slide 11: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Read the statements on this slide and ask the participants to go to the side of the room that reflects their answer  Ask-why they chose their response  Go to the next slide for the answer

Slide 12: True or False, cont.

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions:  Question from previous slide- If you had a good budget last year, keep it as is and add a little to cover increased expenses  Answer-False o Your previous budget can be a very valuable reference document. While you should refer to it and draw from it in developing your current budget, you cannot assume that you won’t need to change anything. Always look at the current year’s priorities and expected costs. What are you trying to accomplish this year? Each year is different and you need to take a fresh approach to the current budget

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 431

Slide 13: Budget Considerations

Speaker Notes:  We will now look at some key things we need to consider when we do a budget o Bullet 1: You must develop a budget to estimate (or forecast) what you believe will be the project costs if you are to stay within the available resources and accomplish your objectives. Your budget should be as realistic as possible and always be closely linked to your programs. You cannot let one priority use up so much of your funding allocations that there isn’t enough money to cover other important programs o Bullet 2: It is important to monitor finances on an ongoing basis so that you can detect any problems or need to make modifications. You also need to ensure that money is spent as intended. You cannot just take funds allocated for one item and just spend it on something else without going through a reallocation process (that will be discussed in more detail later) o Bullet 3: The budget you initially develop may not be totally accurate, so you need to amend it as you get additional data throughout the project period. We will discuss how you obtain permission to modify your budget a little later

Slide 14: Budget Considerations, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Bullet 1: The financial data you receive to monitor your expenses must be accurate and reliable  Bullet 2: Once you have your budget, it becomes easy for you to be accountable for your expenditures. Your budget helps you show good management of your finances, which is especially important if your program is audited

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 432

Slide 15: Budget Considerations, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on the slide  Bullet 1: The only way to accurately develop and monitor a budget is to keep very good records. You need to have a system where you can find information when needed about what has been spent, for what, and what is left  Bullet 2: Your records alone will not make your budgeting process accurate. You must refer to the information you have and be able to present it accurately to others. Your information should be consistent at all levels, and financial information you transmit to others is just as important as what you review yourself  Bullet 3: You must have a reliable way to track your budget expenditures so you can analyze spending patterns. Later in this session we will discuss monitoring budgets in more detail and will look at the tools you currently use in your work

Slide 16: Budget Development

Speaker Notes:  In the next section, we will cover how to develop a budget

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 433

Slide 17: Steps to Creating a Budget

Speaker Notes:  There are basic steps that should be covered when developing a budget  Review the steps as outlined on the slide. Each step will be discussed on the following slides

Slide 18: Creating a Budget

Speaker Notes:  The first step is to identify your program priorities and objectives. The steps that need to be followed for successful planning of projects were covered in the previous session  For example, during the evidence-based planning, you develop priority issues, objectives, activities, contact persons, and the outputs. They are documented on the Summary of Proposed Activities form o Defining these items should be done before the budget section is developed

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 434

Slide 19: Creating a Budget, cont.

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the group what they already have that they could use in developing a program budget. The facilitator may decide to document the responses on a flipchart  Some possible responses that the facilitator may add if not already identified: o Review any accounting statements that have been produced that indicate income and expenditures for the year or by month o Previous program reports that include expenses, or the current working budget to review costs you had calculated earlier. If you are developing an office budget, you should have an accurate inventory of what you already have on hand so you have a better idea of quantifies needed

Slide 20: Developing a Budget, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Your budget should include all of the expected items for implementation Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the group what costs they typically include in budgets they have developed for their implementation plans  Then review the following typical line items for budgets: o Personnel o Travel and transport costs o Leave concession o Office Equipment

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 435

o Office Supplies o DMSAC Activities o Incidental expenses  Cost determinations should be realistic  Check on the current cost of supplies or equipment  Be as accurate as possible, so the funds can more closely match the needs  You need to make sure that the overall budget fits within your allowable expenses

Slide 21: Vote Allocations Speaker Notes:  An Office Budget will show some standard vote items. On this slide, you can see that Primary Health Care Services has been allocated the number 0806, and you see this number on all vote items in that program  Travel and DMSAC activities show that number in addition to the number allocated to the category. For Travel, it is 202, and for DMSAC activities, it is 1475  Funding for the Peace Corps budget comes from NACA, so it does not start with 0806, but uses the NACA allocation of 0211. The 0806 does appear at the end of the line for the Peace Corps budget  Using these allocations, you can see that the Chobe vote item for DMSAC activities is 0806-1475-7739, with 7739 being the designation for Chobe

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 436

Slide 22: Developing a Budget, cont. Speaker Notes:  Your vote lines should be as specific as possible. For example, when you are purchasing materials, you need to identify how much of what items you need at what cost  For your budgets, you need to have a specific budget breakdown. For example, if you are asking for travel support, you need to indicate what staff will travel where and how often  It can be helpful to create a spreadsheet where you document your budget. This spreadsheet can also serve as a monitoring tool. An Excel spreadsheet helps with keeping up with expenditures over the project period and can help alert you to line items that are in danger of being overspent  Although the four steps in developing a budget were presented as though you were creating a budget by yourself, in reality you don’t develop it alone, but work as a team. Also, as was covered in the Week One training, you often develop an initial budget that has to be revised later once actual funding levels are known  Let the participants know that they will next be reviewing a budget

Slide 23: Exercise: Office Budget Pre-Activity Preparation:  Make copies of District Budget handout (Appendix AA) Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (25 minutes):  Have the participants get into small groups  Hand out copies of the district budget that contains errors

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 437

 Ask them to read through the budget and see if they can identify 4 errors or concerns they have with the information as presented In their review, they should keep in mind the good budget practices that have been discussed so far  Give them about 20 minutes to complete their review. When the time is up, keep the participants in the small groups, and have a large group discussion about the errors or problems they identified  After the discussion, review the errors noted on the next slide

Slide 24: Budget Problems Speaker Notes:  Review the errors from the budget: o Bullet 1: On page --, there was a request for 10 labourers for 5 days without any justification of need o Bullet 2: On page --, there were requests to cover air fare and road travel without information about where staff would be travelling to or from o Bullet 3: On page -, there were lots of errors in calculation in the supplies section o Bullet 4: Although it looked like 5 days of training were being budgeted, only 4 days were listed for morning tea and 6 days were listed for the facilitators. The inconsistency in days needed to be explained or corrected

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 438

Slide 25: Exercise: Developing a Budget Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of Proposed Budget Development Exercise handout (Appendix BB)  Make copies of the Proposed Activities handout (Appendix CC)  Save copies of the Excel DAC Training Budget Form on flash drives for small groups (Appendix GG)  Have computers available with Excel Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (30-45 minutes):  The participants should already be in their small groups  Give them the handout describing the DMSAC project for which they will develop a budget  They will also be given the Summary of Proposed Activities form and an electronic copy of the Excel DAC Training Budget Form  They should complete the priority issue section, the objective, and at least a few tasks, then develop the budget. They are free to include additional information to the written exercise as needed where it would be helpful to completion of the assignment. Once developed, they can include their budget on the Excel form  Let them know that there is no pre-determined right amount of funding that they should include for the project. They should discuss the task and come up with a reasonable estimate. Bring the groups back and have each group present their budget

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 439

Slide 26: Budget Development Summary Speaker Notes:  Review the summary on the slide of items that the groups should have considered in developing their budgets  The more they know what activities they need to do to accomplish the task, the more accurate the budget will be. The more specific they make the budget, the easier it will be to monitor as the project progresses  Don’t develop too elaborate a plan if you know that you are not being realistic  Ask the participants for additional thoughts or comments

Slide 27: Budget Monitoring Speaker Notes:  Once you have a budget in place, you need to monitor that budget and make it a useful tool. This portion of the training will look at ways to monitor budgets

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 440

Slide 28: Budget Monitoring Speaker Notes:  Review the bullets on why it is important to monitor budgets. Remember that it might be the budget that needs to be adjusted or it might be the program

Slide 29: Monitoring Your Budget Speaker Notes:  Review the slide bullets. Estimates may have been wrong – equipment costs may have increased, travel costs may have been less than anticipated, etc.

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask- If at six months into the project you have spent exactly half of the total funds, is there anything else to consider? (wait for responses)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 441

Slide 30: Monitoring Forms Speaker Notes:  Adjustments may need to be made now, and should be done if needed while there is still time to get spending back on track. This slide lists the forms you use to monitor your expenditures o Ledger: Whether you review your ledger manually or electronically, it should be carefully reviewed to identify spending patterns o Payment Vouchers: The ledger is a great tool, but to understand more about what the payments were for, payment vouchers will give you the important details o Travel Request Forms: Your travel request form provides the back-up justification for the necessity of the travel  It is important to maintain organized files for your payment vouchers and travel request forms so they can be retrieved easily. Districts received periodic audits, and having these forms available as needed by auditors can help the process greatly

Slide 31: Budget Adjustment Speaker Notes:  Review definitions on the slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 442

Slide 32: Working Within Your Budget Speaker Notes:  To successfully stay within a budget, there are some things that should be kept in mind  Review the slide bullets: o Be Smart: consult your budget before you commit any funds. In addition to your operating budget, you also develop a procurement plan at the beginning of each year. This plan needs to be very clear. As you have procurement needs, it is important to consult the plan you developed before you request a quotation. Submit your request at least seven days in advance. Your procurement plan can be modified during the year, but you have to allow time for the process o Be Open: If the money isn’t there, be honest with your staff or implementing partners

Slide 33: Working Within Your Budget Speaker Notes:  Be Balanced: if you absolutely have to spend more money on something than was budgeted, use a carefully thought-out method for decreasing funding for something else. This will allow you to stay within your budget  Be Prudent: cut your expenses as needed to stay within the budget

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 443

Slide 34: Working Within Your Budget Speaker Notes:  Be Timely: watch the timing of when you spend your funds. Keep within your time frame as much as possible o Pay special attention to the fourth quarter of the year. You should not be making new expenditures during that time, but should be closing out the year. Any expenditures not paid by the start of the new year will be charged to that year’s funding. By March 15, all payments for that year should be finished  Be Tough: Stay within spending limits. It is not okay to ignore them and get into difficulties with your budget

Slide 35: Budget Surpluses Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the group why there might be a surplus  Review the following slide for suggested responses

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 444

Slide 36: Suggestions Speaker Notes:  Review the suggested responses from the slide o A surplus can look like you don’t need as much funding and lead to a reduction next time. It can look like poor financial management and there may be a push to redirect these funds elsewhere o In the Implementation session, you were reminded to anticipate and manage risk. The more carefully you monitor your budget, the less chance you have of having a serious issue with over or under spending. To avoid problems with a surplus, carefully managing the funds may have allowed the program to redirect funding to address other necessary items so that there would not be a large surplus o When a program detects a problem with a surplus, they should alert Primary Health Care Services as soon as possible so that they can ask that funds be redirected to other worthwhile items or activities o There is another thought to consider. If you receive more funding than you expected, you have to be careful about starting new programs that are not sustainable once the funding level goes back to normal in future years

Slide 37: Exercise: Project Monitoring Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the Youth HIV Education Project Quarterly Evaluation (Appendix EE)  Make copies of the DMSAC Quarterly Report Form (Appendix FF)  Make copies of the Excel Spreadsheet Instructions (Appendix GG)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 445

Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (30 minutes):  Ask the participants to get back into the small groups where they developed their deliverable, activities, and budget  Give them: 1) a hand out that looks at project expenditures for each quarter and 2) the DMSAC Quarterly Report Form. Make sure they have access to their original budget. If they completed their budget in the Excel template, they will also need access to their earlier form on computer  Instructions: Ask the groups to review the handout on project expenditures o If they completed their budget on Excel, they should also update that form with the expenditures. The Excel spreadsheet will automatically add up the quarterly expenditures and determine the balance  Once they have documented the expenditures, they should discuss possible reasons this project may have that spending pattern. The group needs to decide on a scenario that they will use for making adjustments and completing their quarterly report. There is no one right scenario for this activity  If they believe that a change in how the project is being handled is needed, they need to identify the change. Or, if they believe that a budget modification is needed to reflect the actual spending pattern, ask that they identify what line items they would like to revise  Then ask that they utilize the data they have to complete that portion the quarterly report  Bring them back together and ask each group to resent their activity, analysis and Quarterly Report form  At the end of this exercise, hand out copies of the Excel Spreadsheet Instructions. Explain that this is just being distributed as a reference that they might want to use later if they have not had a lot of experience with Excel

Slide 38: Project Monitoring Summary Speaker Notes:  Review the summary bullet points about monitoring project budgets  Ask for additional final comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 446

Slide 39: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Slide 40: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 447

Appendices

Appendix AA: District Budget Appendix BB: Exercise – Proposed Budget Development Appendix CC: Summary of Proposed Activities Appendix DD: DAC Training Budget Form Appendix EE: Youth HIV Education Project Quarterly Evaluation Appendix FF: DMSAC Budget Reporting Format Appendix GG: Excel Spreadsheet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 448

Appendix AA: District Budget GROUP EXERCISE #1

XXX DISTRICT

MLG -PRIMARY HEALTH CARE SERVICES

RECURRENT BUDGET ESTIMATES

2012/2013

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 449

PERSONAL EMOLUMENTS

ORGANISATION 0211

ACCOUNT 00111- PERMANENT AND PENSIONABLE STAFF BASIC SALARY This vote caters for permanent and pensionable employees. See the table below NAME SCALE PERMANENT PROPOSED NOTCH NOTCH DAC D3 P162,924 P166,188

ACCOUNTS 00114 CASUAL LABOUR - P30. 090. 00

We will require 10 labourers x 5 days x 50.15 x 12= P30.090.00

ACCOUNT 001 TRAVELLING CONCESSION –P1 515.00

Being in traveling concession for District AIDS Coordinator and the driver. One Permanent and Pensionable officer and one Industrial class employee will be eligible for leave traveling concession.

PERMANENT AND PENSIONABLE

ABOVE C1

1 Single officer X P562.00 = P562.00 2 Children X P281.00 = P562.00

BELOW C1

1 Single Officer X P391.00 = P391.00

TRAVELLING & TRANSPORT COSTS (INTERNAL)

ACCOUNT 00201 TRANSPORT COSTS- P18 990.30

TRAVELLING AND TRANSPORT COSTS (INTERNAL)

Funds are requested to cover cost of Staff Air Fares, Rail Fares, Road Fares and Transfers. Air Fares-Two officers will travel by air.

2 officers x 2 trips = P5 600 Return = P2. 200.00 = P8 800

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 450

TRANSFERS- We anticipate that one officer might be transferred

1 x P2.440.30 =P2. 440.30

Mileage- We are anticipating that 1 officer may be transferred to the district and may need to claim mileage for use of private vehicle.

1 x P900.00 X 1.50 km = P1. 350.00

ROAD FARES: We anticipate that officers may travel by public transport by road

4 officers x 10 trips x P 20.00=P800.00

ACCOUNT 00202 SUBSISTANCE ALLOWANCE = P92.494.00

Funds are needed to cover incurred expenses by 3 officers and 1 driver during their official trips within the district and outside the district.

HOTEL ACCOMODATION

It is anticipated that the District AIDS Coordinator, the Monitoring and Evaluation Officer, the CCE Project Officer and the driver will attend activities such as workshops/ seminars, DAC review meeting and other stakeholder workshops.

12 months x 4 officers x 6 trips x P129.50 = P 37.296 000.00

Meals @ P230 X 12 months x 5 trips x4 officers = P 4. 600 00 P41.896.00

NIGHTS OUT (SUBSISTENCE)

The requirement will cover the cost of monthly trips for staff members who will not require accommodation.

4 officers x 12 months x 6 trips x P129.50 = P37.296.00

GENERAL EXPENSES & SUPPLIES

ACCOUNT 00409 INCIDENTAL EXPENSES – P5. 000.00 This caters for purchase of tea, coffee (refreshments) and other miscellaneous. These are used during meetings in the District AIDS Coordinators Office.

ACCOUNT 00414 OFFICE SUPPLIES- P 36.671.94

Funds are required to purchase office stationery for workshops and meetings. See Annexure˝B”

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 451

ACCOUNT 00423 UNIFORMS & PROTECTIVE CLOTHING- P 460.00

Uniform and protective clothing is required for 1 driver See Annexure “C”

OFFICE EQUIPMENT - P137 .119.70 The office is in desparate need of a photocopying machine. There is no doubt that the DACs office has a lot of photocopying done See Annexure “D”

ACCOUNT 00704 - CAMPING EQUIPMENT P 6,800.00

Camping Equipment inclusive of tents, chairs, tables and beds are needed for use by officers, driver and DAC during official trips within and outside the District. The equipment will help where there is no hotel accommodation.

See Annexure “E”

MAINTENANCE & RUNNING EXPENSES (OTHER) _=_P11 .216.00

Funds are required for purchasing furniture. The furniture currently used is on loan from another department. Funds are also required for the RESOURCE CENTRE within the DACs office. Currently there is no furniture for the resource centre.

See Annexure “F”

ACCOUNT 01422 SEMINARS AND WORKSHOPS =P34,100.00

The vote caters for workshops and seminars within the district for officers and committee members.

30 committee members x 5 training days x P120.00 (lunch) =P18, 000, 00 30 Committee members x 4 training days x P30.00 (Morning tea) =P3.600.00 P2, 500.00 x 6 days (specialized facilitators payment for specialized topics facilitation = P15,000,00

0FFICE SUPPLIES- P36 671.94

ANNEXURE “B”

SERIAL NO DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT

1 Bins waste paper 2 50.00 50.00 2 Rubber stamp department 1 203.50 203.50 3 Books counter flush 4 20.00 60.00 4 Staples rexel no 2016 5 12.24 50.20

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 452

5 Ink black for rubber stamps 5 3.82 19.10 6 Book minutes A4 4 220.00 680.00 7 Paper carbon blue/black 5 95.94 479.70 8 Envelopes OBGS 2 249.04 458.08 9 Paper photocopying A4 40 91.05 3,642,00 10 Paper rulled A4sheets 50 50.00 150.20 11 Pencil HB 10 1.00 10.00 12 Tags filling 152 10 35.00 350.00 13 Tape cellotape 5 4.85 24.25 14 Toner for sharp M450 4 1.500.00 2,104,00 15 Bostik prestik sticking 5 20.00 95.00 16 Eraser pencil 5 1.10 5.50 17 File box spring clip 2 37.42 74,84 18 File lever arch 40 20.00 800.00 19 Clip paper bull dong 10 3.21 31.10 20 Pen office blue/black(BK 77) 100 15.00 1.200.00 21 Highlighters 1 pack 72.15 72.15 22 Stick note 4 26.33 105.32 23 Diary 3 100.00 300.00 24 Toner for C7115A printer 12 500. 00 6.000.00 25 Toner for CE505A 12 500.00 6.000.00 26 Pen ballpoint(blue/black) 20 boxes 15.00 100.00 27 Memory Stick 4 160.00 640.00 28 Flip Chart 50 210 10.500.00

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 453

Appendix BB: Exercise - Proposed Budget Development

Group Exercise #2 Youth HIV Education Project

One of the activities in your implementation plan is to increase awareness of HIV among the youth. Knowing that this age group enjoys music and dance, the implementing partner plans to work with young adults to create a show that provides education to students in school. Please develop the budget.

The project will be one year in length, and will involve 15 performers. The group plans to develop the program during the first quarter of the year, and hold six performances during the last three quarters. To help ensure good attendance, they plan to provide snacks at each performance.

There will be some compensation for each performer. Travel costs within the district will be included.

The audience will be given a pre-test to assess their knowledge about HIV, and a post-test to see if knowledge has increased. You should build in the cost for a computer to assist with developing the necessary tools.

Using the Summary of Proposed Activities form, you need to develop a one-year budget for this project. You should develop an overall budget for the project, as well as budgeted amounts for each line item that is appropriate for this project.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 454

Appendix CC: Summary of Proposed Activities

Summary of Proposed Activities

Priority Issue 1: Objective 1.1 Implementation Quarters Activity and Organization Expected Target and Contact Annual Rank Group Person 1 2 3 4 Outputs Budget Breakdown Budget Total Source of Funds

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 455

Appendix DD: DAC Training Budget Form

Project Budget Group Exercise #2 First Third Fourth Line Item Approved Budget Quarter Second Quarter Quarter Quarter Total Balance Personnel - - Fringe - - Travel - -

Equipment - - Supplies - -

Contractual - - Other - - Total ------

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 456

Appendix EE: Youth HIV Education Project Quarterly Evaluation

Group Exercise #3

Using the budget that was created for this project in the earlier exercise, review the expenditure information that has been received for the first two quarters of this project.

First quarter: You have received the information about what money had been spent by the end of the first quarter. Your project expended 20% of your travel funds, 0% of your funds for performers, 50% of your printing costs, and none of the funding for food.

Second quarter: In the second quarter, you expended 40% of your travel funds, 25% of your funds for performers, no printing costs, and 20% of your funding for food. Two performances were held this quarter.

Please utilize this data to discuss the progress and status of this project. If the group included its budget on the Excel form, it may want to track the expenditures for each quarter on that form.

After tracking the expenditures, discuss what reasons this project may not have spent the funds exactly as budgeted.

If you believe that a change in how the project is being handled is needed, identify how you would change the project.

If you believe that a budget modification is needed to reflect the actual spending pattern, revise the original budget line items to reflect the changes.

Once the above has been completed, please utilize this information to complete a summary of the project status for the quarterly report.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 457

Appendix FF: DMSAC Budget Reporting Format

QUARTERLY REPORT FOR DMSAC ACTIVITIES District………………… Group Activity #3 Reporting quarter… DMSAC Funds Activities Expenditure Balance Expected output Actual output Bottlenecks / Intervention activities & allocated implemented challenges For Meetings & for the – (place & Improvement Lead Sector activity date)

TOTALS

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 458

VMSAC # of functional VMSAC With activity With reports Having # of activities # of VMSAC Challenges plans conducted conducted meetings Nil CCEP # of community conversations conducted Community initiatives identified # of community initiatives implemented through CCE Nil

REMARKS……

Name of reporting officer: Signature DAC………………………………………….date……

Signature DMSAC chair…………………………………………….date……………………………………

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 459

Appendix GG: Excel Spreadsheet

Microsoft Excel is an electronic spreadsheet. As with a paper spreadsheet, you can use Excel to organize your data into rows and columns and to perform mathematical calculations.

Entering Text and Numbers

You use an Excel window to interact with Excel. The version below is Excel 2007. Once you open it, the window appears and your screen looks similar to the one shown below. Your screen may not look exactly like this, and you may have a more recent version of Excel, but essential operations will be similar.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 460

You use commands to tell Microsoft Excel what to do. In Excel 2007, you use the Ribbon (shown below) to issue commands. At the top of the Ribbon are several tabs: clicking a tab displays several related command groups. Within each group are related command buttons. You click buttons to issue commands or to access menus and dialog boxes. You may also find a dialog box launcher in the bottom- right corner of a group. When you click the dialog box launcher, a dialog box makes additional commands available.

Worksheets

Microsoft Excel consists of worksheets. Each worksheet contains columns and rows. The columns are lettered A to Z and then continuing with AA, AB, AC and so on.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 461

The rows are numbered 1 to 1,048,576. The number of columns and rows you can have in a worksheet is limited by your computer memory and your system resources.

The combination of a column coordinate and a row coordinate make up a cell address. For example, the cell located in the upper-left corner of the worksheet is cell A1, meaning column A, row 1. Cell E10 is located under column E on row 10. You enter your data into the cells on the worksheet.

The Status Bar

The status bar appears at the very bottom of the Excel window and provides such information as the sum, average, minimum, and maximum value of selected numbers. You can change what displays on the Status bar by right-clicking on the Status bar and selecting the options you want from the Customize Status Bar menu. You click a menu item to select it. You click it again to deselect it. A check mark next to an item means the item is selected.

Move Around a Worksheet

By using the arrow keys, you can move around your worksheet. You can use the down arrow key to move downward one cell at a time. You can use the up arrow key to move upward one cell at a time. You can use the Tab key to move across the

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 462

page to the right, one cell at a time. You can hold down the Shift key and then press the Tab key to move to the left, one cell at a time. You can use the right and left arrow keys to move right or left one cell at a time. The Page Up and Page Down keys move u and down one page at a time. If you hold down the Ctrl key and then press the Home key, you move to the beginning of the worksheet.

EXERCISE: Move Around the Worksheet

The Down Arrow Key: Press the down arrow key several times. Note that the cursor moves downward one cell at a time.

The Up Arrow Key: Press the up arrow key several times. Note that the cursor moves upward one cell at a time.

The Tab Key:

Move to cell A1. Press the Tab key several times. Note that the cursor moves to the right one cell at a time.

The Shift+Tab Keys: Hold down the Shift key and then press Tab. Note that the cursor moves to the left one cell at a time.

The Right and Left Arrow Keys: Press the right arrow key several times. Note that the cursor moves to the right. Press the left arrow key several times. Note that the cursor moves to the left.

Page Up and Page Down: Press the Page Down key. Note that the cursor moves down one page. Press the Page Up key. Note that the cursor moves up one page.

The Ctrl-Home Key: Move the cursor to column J. Stay in column J and move the cursor to row 20. Hold down the Ctrl key while you press the Home key. Excel moves to cell A1.

Select Cells

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 463

If you wish to perform a function on a group of cells, you must first select those cells by highlighting them. The exercises that follow teach you how to select.

Enter Data

To enter data, first place the cursor in the cell in which you want to start entering data. Type some data, and then press enter. If you need to delete, press the Backspace key to delete one character at a time.

EXERCISE: Enter Data

1. Place the cursor in cell A1.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 464

2. Type John Jordan. Do not press Enter at this time.

Delete Data

The Backspace key erases one character at a time. Press the Backspace key until Jordan is erased. Press Enter. The name “John” appears in cell A1.

Edit a Cell

After you enter data into a cell, you can edit the data by pressing F2 while you are in the cell you wish to edit.

EXERCISE: Edit a Cell Using the Formula Bar

The formula bar is shown as follows:

Formula Bar

To edit the cell by using the Formula bar, you change “Jones” to “Joker” as follows:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 465

1. Move the cursor to cell A1. 2. Click in the formula area of the Formula bar.. 3. Use the backspace key to erase the “s”, “e”, and “n.” Type ker. 4. Press enter.

Note: If the Formula bar is turned on, the cell address of the cell you are in displays in the Name box which is located on the left side of the Formula bar. Cell entries display on the right side of the Formula bar. If you do not see the Formula bar in your window, choose the View tab and click Formula Bar in the Show/Hide group. The Formula bar appears

Alternate Method: Edit a Cell by Double Clicking in the Cell

You can change “Joker” to “Johnson” as follows:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 466

1. Move to cell A1 2. Double click. 3. Press the End Key. Your cursor is now at the end of your text. 4. Use the Backspace key to erase “r”, “e”, and “k,” Type “hnson”.

5. Press Enter. Change a Cell Entry

Typing in a cell replaces the old cell entry with the new information you type.

Move the cursor to cell A1. Type “Cathy”. Press Enter. The name “Cathy” replaces “Johnson.”

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 467

Wrap Test

When you type text that is too long to fit in the cell, the text overlaps the next cell if you do not want it to overlap the next cell, you can wrap the text.

EXERCISE: Wrap Text

1. Move to cell A2. 2. Type “Text too long to fit.” 3. Press Enter.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 468

4. Return to cell A2.

` 5. Choose the Home tab.

6. Click the Wrap Text button . Excel wraps the text in the cell.

Delete a Cell Entry

To delete an entry in a cell or a group of cells, you place the cursor in the cell or select the group of cells and press Delete.

Save a File

1. Click the Office button (for Excel 2010, click File). A menu appears. 2. Click Save. The Save As Dialog box appears. 3. Go to the directory in which you want to save your file. 4. Type Lesson1 in the File Name field. 5. Click Save. Excel saves your file. Close Excel

1. Click the Office button. A menu appears. 2. Click Close. Excel closes. 3. In Excel 2010, without the Office button, click the “x” in the top right corner. Essentials for Developing an Excel Formula  Basic commands for Excel: + for addition, - for subtraction, / for division, * for multiplication.  Formulas start with = sign. To insert a simple command, type the =, click on the cell that you want included in the formula, then the action you want Excel to do (either +, -, /, or *). Click on the next value. You can enter additional values with additional commands if needed, then hit “enter” to finish.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 469

 You can copy a formula to a new location by right clicking on that formula and selecting copy. Then go to where you want the new formula and click paste. Excel will calculate what it thinks you want, but always look at the formula to make sure it picked up the right cells. If it hasn’t, you can correct the letter or number in the formula as needed to pick up the right cells.  One helpful tool is the “auto sum” feature, which will calculate a few functions for you. To use this function, first highlight in a column the cells that you intend to include. Find “auto sum”, click on the arrow, and you will see the options. A commonly used function is the sum, which will add up the numbers in the selected cells. Once you click on the option you are selecting, it will calculate and put the result under the selected cells.

The majority of this material was adapted from: Baycon Group Excel 2007 Tutorial

Applied Leadership Development Program | Managing Budgets 470

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making

Part I: Data Sources and Characteristics

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 472 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 472 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 474 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 476 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 479 Session Overview ...... 481 Description of Session ...... 481 Materials & Equipment ...... 481 Preparation ...... 481 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 481 Presenter’s Notes: Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources and Characteristics ...... 482 Appendices ...... 504 Appendix HH: M&E Framework ...... 505 Appendix II: Data Sources ...... 507 Appendix JJ: BHRIMS Form 3B ...... 508

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 471 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 472 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 473 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 474 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 475 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 476 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 477 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level.

3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 478 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 479 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 480 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Session Overview

Description of the Session

Three sessions comprise the module on Data for Monitoring, Evaluation, and Decision Making. This 3.5 hour session includes overviews of monitoring and evaluation, the national M&E framework, sources of routine data, data quality, and data reporting to the national level. The second session reviews organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. The third session reviews approaches to program evaluation. All session focus on applying the skills learned to everyday work situations.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and □ Sign-in sheet working □ Participant handouts □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Room set-up assessments

Preparation

□ Label 5 pieces of flip chart paper, one each for Inputs, Processes, Outputs, Outcomes, and Impacts, and hang on walls around room □ Prepare enough post-it notes for each participant. Write on each post-it note an example of an Input, Process, Output, Outcome, or Impact (Appendix HH) □ Print BHRIMS Data, Question sheets (Appendix II) (one for each variable set plus a couple extras) □ Print one copy of the four BHRIMS Form (Appendix JJ)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 481 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Presenter’s Notes: Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: M&E, Data Sources and Characteristics

Slide 1: Part I: M&E, Data Sources and Characteristics

Speaker Notes:  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed Additional Facilitator Guidance:  This is the first of three sessions on Data for Monitoring, Evaluation, and Decision Making o In this session, we’ll differentiate monitoring from evaluation, and address collecting, reviewing, and reporting data at local & national levels o In SESSION II, we’ll review approaches to organizing, analyzing, and interpreting service and monitoring data o In SESSION III, we’ll look at evaluating certain aspects of programs to provide additional data for decision making

Slide 2: Learning Objectives Speaker Notes:  Read the learning objectives on the slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 482 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 3: Overview

Speaker Notes:  Let’s place the things we’ll be discussing in a context  We have data, processes to understand and interpret them, and uses for them for different kinds of decisions. These decisions are the “Evidence Informed Responses” as called for in the Guiding Principles of the National Strategic Framework Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask participants if they have done M&E, share their experiences (i.e., success, challenges, lessons-learned)  Ask-What do you think of when you hear the word “data?” (Wait for one or two responses) o Likely responses: . Facts, statistics, or other items of information . Processes (for example, completion of certain activities) or results achieved (for example, outputs resulting from carrying out activities)  Ask-Are all data numbers? o Answer -- No: . Data may be NUMBERS, such as numbers of people served or numbers of sites where services are offered -- we call these quantitative data . Data may also describe things like how people feel about their access to services or what they think would help prevent new infections -- we call these qualitative data

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 483 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 4: Overview – Data Speaker Notes: Overview - Data  Let’s briefly expand our 4 model  DACs receive or collect data, review them for • Receive Processes quality and completeness, • Review • Report Decisions and report them on to the Data national level, where they help monitor the national response to HIV and AIDS

Slide 5: Overview – Processes

Speaker Notes: Overview - Processes  To be able to use the data, 5 DACs need to organize, analyze, and interpret them

Processes • Receive • Review • Organize • Report • Analyze • Interpret Data Decisions

Slide 6: Overview – Decisions

Speaker Notes: Overview - Decisions  In using the data as 6 evidence for decisions: o DACs consider them within the broader Processes • Receive • Context context of what else • Review • Organize • Communicate • Report • Analyze • Feedback in happening in the Data • Interpret Decisions district o DACs generally need to communicate and explain the data to

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 484 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

explain and justify our decisions or recommendations. The data provide the evidence to guide our District’s response o DACs also receive feedback from the success or lack of success of whatever we decide or recommend, and this feedback provides us with further data for decisions that follow  Monitoring and evaluation activities use existing data and are also processes that generate new data to inform decisions and activities.

Slide 7: Monitoring and Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  Let’s look at these two familiar terms more closely, since monitoring and evaluation are key to managing programs and coordinating the District response

Slide 8: Monitoring

Speaker Notes:  Ask-What are some reasons we monitor program activities? (wait for responses)  Read the definition on the slide  Monitoring focuses on “priority” information. Because many things are going on all at once, we need to be selective and track only the most important things

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 485 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 9: Why Monitor?

Speaker Notes:  This slide summarizes the kinds of points mentioned  Click to bring up each bullet, one at a time (four clicks in all)  Read each point as it is added

Slide 10: Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  Ask-Why do we evaluate programs or project activities? (wait for responses)  Review the definition on the slide  We can evaluate policies, organizations, people, and intervention activities, in addition to programs and projects, to see if they are effective

Slide 11: Why Evaluate?

Speaker Notes:  This slide summarizes the kinds of points mentioned  Click to bring up each bullet, one at a time (five clicks in all)  Read each point as it is added

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 486 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 12: Example: Monitoring versus Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  Read the material on the slide  Monitoring this activity helped assure the training activity happened as planned, and documented how and when it was completed  Evaluating this activity determines if the training activity has achieved its purpose which was increasing mobilize knowledge and having them apply that knowledge in their community activities

Slide 13: M&E Framework

Speaker Notes:  After reading text in first box, click to bring up and read each following box, till all 5 boxes are on slide  Read the text in each box as it appears on the screen o Inputs may include material and human resources needed to carry out activities. In our previous example, inputs are the trainers, materials, and other resources necessary to conduct the training for mobilisers o Processes include activities that use the inputs. In our example, processes are bringing trainers and mobilisers together and conducting the training o Outputs include the immediate results of using inputs in processes. In our example, the mobilisers completing the training are the outputs o Outcomes are longer term results. In our example, the outcomes are mobilisers using their new knowledge and skills to inform HIV negative men aged 10-49 about safe male circumcision and how to access SMC services

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 487 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

o Impacts are long term effects of the processes conducted. In our example, impacts would be changes in the number of targeted men being circumcised  Monitoring generally focuses on measuring Inputs, Processes, and Outputs to determine progress toward short-term objectives  Impacts and often Outcomes are generally measured through evaluation activities. It can be difficult to determine if the long-term effects observed are directly related to the specific processes and interventions being evaluated Additional Facilitator Guidance  Instruct group: Let’s do a brief exercise on identifying the components of the monitoring and evaluation framework

Slide 14: Exercise: M&E Framework

Pre-Session Preparation:  Label 5 pieces of flip chart paper, one each for Inputs, Processes, Outputs, Outcomes, and Impacts, and hang them on the wall  Have enough post-it notes (or file cards, or pieces of paper) to provide one for each person in the large group  Write one of the items listed on handout for Exercise #1, M&E Framework, on each post-it note (Appendix HH) Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (15 minutes):  Hand out a post-it note to each participant. Tell participants they will receive a post-it note with something written on it  Ask participants to read their post-it notes and place them on the piece of flip chart paper on the wall that best represents its category (Inputs, Processes, Outputs, Outcomes, or Impacts) in the M&E Framework  After participants have placed their post-it notes on the pieces of flip chart paper, start with the Inputs paper and read to the Large Group what’s written on each of the post-it notes

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 488 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

 Ask the group if all of the items you read belong in the Inputs category. Identify any post-it note statements incorrectly classified on the flipchart paper. Follow the same steps for Processes, Outputs, Outcomes, and Impacts Additional Facilitator Guidance:  You have an answer sheet showing the correct category for each of the items (input, process, output, outcome, or impact) written on post-it notes

Slide 15: National Context Speaker Notes:  Let’s briefly review the national context for data collection and use, which all of you know well.

Slide 16: National Priorities Speaker Notes:  National priorities are identified in the National Strategic Framework  Review slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 489 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 17: Logical Framework Speaker Notes:  As part of the logical framework for HIV and AIDS activities nationwide, the NSF also defines the national strategies. Related documents like the National Operational Plan and National Monitoring and Evaluation Plan guide their implementation. These documents also guide objectives and activities in your District Plans  Review slide

Slide 18: Data Sources for M&E on NOP Speaker Notes:  Read the slide

Slide 19: Uses of Data at National Level Speaker Notes:  Ask how the data is used at the national level (wait for responses)  Click to reveal other potential uses for the data  Data collected from Districts and the other sources mentioned are used in multiple ways at the national level

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 490 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 20: Data Collection

Speaker Notes:  Since data play such a key role in the national response, let’s further explore data collection at the district level and its use in monitoring progress

Slide 21: Measurement of Indicators

Speaker Notes:  National indicators also help to guide our activities at district and local levels  Ask-what does the word “indicator” mean to you? (wait for responses)  Likely answers include: o Something we can measure to determine how we’re doing  Ask-what are examples of data that are routinely collected at local and district levels? (wait for responses) Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Other potential responses are summarized on the next two slides

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 491 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 22: Routine Data Sources

Speaker Notes:  These are sources of routine data provided by the District Health Management Team  Review the slide  We call them “routine” data because they are regularly available from ongoing activities. Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Data from other sources -- S&CD, CSO, and other ministries are listed on next slide

Slide 23: Routine Data Sources

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  These data are not only key to planning and implementation at the district level, but are also critical for monitoring the national effort

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask–Do all of these data automatically come to you or does someone need to actively urge people to submit them? (wait for responses)  Expected response: o We usually need to seek them out o Reaffirm the importance of seeking data out if they don’t come to DAC Office or come on time  Ask--Are there other, non-routine data do you rely on receiving and sharing? (wait for responses)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 492 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 24: Other Data Sources

Speaker Notes:  These additional data are often useful for planning and monitoring activities and are available periodically as reports are produced  Review the slide

Slide 25: BHRIMS Data Flow

Speaker Notes:  This is a very simplified diagram of how data flow from the local to the national level through the BHRIMS forms completed at the district level  Review the slide, noting the lowest level is local service delivery, the second level from bottom is the District level, top two levels are national level  Data reported on BHRIMS forms are all related to National indicators  The DAC Office plays a key role in providing the data to measure successes and identify needs at the district AND national levels

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 493 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 26: District Monitoring Example

Speaker Notes:  The District’s Evidence Based Plan sets targets for each quarter of the year for services such as PMTCT enrollment in Antenatal Clinics  These District targets may have been selected based on targets in the National Operating Plan (NOP)  Following is an example of monitoring conducted at the District level  Review the slide

Slide 27: District Monitoring Example, cont.

Speaker Notes:  These kinds of monitoring activities are ongoing and help keep the District response on track

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 494 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 28: Quarterly BHRIMS Reporting

Speaker Notes:  It’s important that DACs provide data to MLG/PHCS staff on time, so they can do their jobs and get the data to NACA on time  Because you depend on receiving data from so many different people, it may be helpful to use a simple tool to keep things on track

Slide 29: Tracking Deadlines

Speaker Notes:  Add/create calendar with reminders  It’s useful to mark important dates on your calendar to keep yourself aware of your deadlines and the dates when you need to receive critical data so you can meet those deadlines. You may also want to flag the dates when you want to remind other people to get data to you on time  Ask if anyone has other ways or suggestions to help track deadlines for data submission (wait for responses)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 495 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 30: Data Quality

Speaker Notes:  Let’s look more closely at the quality of the data and why quality matters

Slide 31: Data Quality

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide – read the center phrase then start with Problem Identification and read each labels on outside of circle o Problem identification – we need good quality data to help determine how large or important a potential problem may be o Target setting– we need good quality data to set target achievement levels for activities related to key indicators o Results measurement-- we need good quality data to measure our progress toward our targets on indicators o Results reporting-- we need to report good quality data for national M&E activities o Program & resources management -- we need good quality data to help us effectively allocate and manage our human and financial resources to get the results we need  Since we use the data to guide decisions affecting services for people in our districts, we want to be confident the data accurately reflect what’s happening

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 496 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

 DACs need to be able to recognize when the data do and don’t seem to be correct (and find out why, when they don’t)  DACs need the skills necessary to make their own interpretations of the data, guide M&E staff when they are present, and manage M&E functions when the M&E Officer position is vacant

Slide 32: Data Quality Characteristics

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask--What does this term Reliability mean to you? (wait for responses) o Click to bring up its definition  Ask—What does this term Validity mean to you? (wait for responses) o Click to bring up its definition  Ask—What does this term Integrity mean to you? (wait for responses) o Click to bring up its definition Speaker Notes:  These are terms we often hear used to describe the quality of data

Slide 33: Data Quality Characteristics, cont.

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask--What does this term Completeness mean to you? (wait for responses) o Click to bring up its definition  Ask—What does this term Timeliness mean to you? (wait for responses) o Click to bring up its definition

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 497 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Speaker Notes:  Data that are reliable, are valid, have integrity, are complete, and are timely are good quality data Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Confidentiality may also be mentioned as a quality characteristic but it is more related to data protection and use than the character of the data  You may choose to ASK another brief question of the Large Group: o Are the data ever 100% perfect? . Answer – probably not, but we try to get as close as possible

Slide 34: What Affects Data Quality?

Speaker Notes:  Many things can affect data quality  Ask-What kinds of things may make us suspect the quality of the data we see may not be good? (wait for responses)  Click to reveal additional factors  Following are examples of ways these factors may affect data quality: o How the data are collected: The data collection instrument may be complicated and people may not use it correctly, or someone may incorrectly copy data out of a record onto the register or ledger. People may be asked to submit data before they are normally ready, and as a result they may have to provide estimates rather than the actual data o How the data are transmitted: are they transmitted in hard copy, for example by a driver or mail, and they be lost or delivered to the wrong place. The more people handle them, the greater the chance for error o How the data are stored and secured: If people have unauthorized access them may damage, alter, or misplace the data o Whether it is clear who is responsible for all steps and activities involving the data: If it’s not clear who’s responsible for the activity, people may not be clear about their roles and how they relate to others. It may be difficult to hold anyone accountable if there’s an error Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Answers are provided on the next slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 498 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 35: When to Question Data Quality?

Speaker Notes:  Things that may make us suspicious about the quality of the data may include the following (Click to reveal answers): o No data received from sites where you know services are being provided o One full week’s data missing o Someone with an age of 101 while the others are all between 15 and 45 o Pregnancy shown in a male o An agency that usually does 100 HIV tests a month reports 500 for one month  Ask participants what they might do if they suspect errors (answers on the next slide)

Slide 36: What to Do When Errors Suspected?

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  Errors can be associated with the data collection form, data entry process and/or with the client (false information)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 499 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 37: Exercise: Data Quality

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the question on the slide-- What simple data might we collect to look at whether you participated in this training? o Answer: Take attendance – everyone signs in on a sign-in sheet each day  Click to bring up second question:  Ask -- What might affect the quality of those data? (Wait for responses) o Possible responses include: . One day’s sign-up sheet could get lost . Someone could forget to sign in on one day, sign in on the wrong line, or leave after signing in . Result -- The data quality will be negatively affected Additional Facilitator Guidance:  You may choose to ASK another brief question of the Large Group: o Ask- What kind of data errors might occur in a busy clinic? o Possible responses because staff are in a hurry or are called away to help someone else: . Errors in data accuracy (incorrect or missing age, sex, diagnosis, actions taken – tested, counseled, referred, etc.) . Data illegible  There are LOTS of possibilities for errors -- it helps to be aware of them and to know whether there are systems in place to catch these kinds of errors before the data get to you. o Ask--What are some of the ways DACs may guide M&E Officers to help assure high quality data? (Wait for responses) o Possible responses are summarized on the next slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 500 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 38: M&E Officers & Data Quality

Speaker Notes:  These are approaches to support M&E Officers in assuring quality data  Review the slide Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Point 1 – It’s helpful if the DAC’s M&E Officer works with other M&E Officers. Assisting them can help the DAC M&E Officer better understand their work and how it affects data quality  Point 2 -- Site-visit at least big reporters to observe process and audit data collection procedures, facilitate transport, etc. [DHMT M&E may audit his/her own sites and DAC M&E Officer his/hers, but someone should do data audits and document them to the record]  Point 3 -- Review monitoring data monthly rather than waiting until the end of the quarter to allow early intervention if there are problems with progress  Point 4 -- Provide timely data review and feedback (this is critical)  Point 5 – follow-up on problems – don’t wait  Point 6 -- show people that the data they report are used and that they can make a difference  DACs also may regularly review the data with their M&E staff.

Slide 39: Exercise: BHRIMS Data

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make 2 copies of each of the BHRIMS data sheets (Appendix II)

Speaker Notes:  Let’s review in detail the sources, collection methods, and other characteristics of routine BHRIMS data

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 501 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (30 minutes):  Review Slide – instructions to groups  Divide into four small groups. Each group has an assignment sheet with several variables or sets of variables that are reported on BHRIMS Form 003B  Each group should also have 3 or 4 Question sheets. Label one question sheet with your group number (1, 2, 3, or 4) for each of the variables or sets of variables (shown in bold print on each Group’s handout)  Review each variable set and answer all of the questions about them  Report back and discuss information about each variable or set with the whole group o Ask each group speaker to identify the groups of variables on each group’s form, then read the questions to be answered about each group of variables to see if there are questions (see handout for Exercise #2, BHRIMS Data)  Have participants complete one handout for each variable or set of variables (shown on each Group’s assignment sheet in bold print) and report back BEFORE advancing to the next slide (session summary). There are no “correct” answers – the point is to discuss the data sources and any difficulties people experience completing BHRIMS form 003B

Slide 40: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review the slide  The data can be very powerful tools in helping stakeholders and policy makers understand your district’s problems and successes and to influence IP behavior. They are already in your hands!

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 502 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Slide 41: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 503 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Appendices

Appendix HH: M&E Framework

Appendix II: Data Sources

Appendix JJ: BHRIMS Form 3B

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 504 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Appendix HH: M&E Framework

Prepare enough post-it notes (or small pieces of paper or index cards) for everyone in the large group. Put one of the following examples on each post-it note Hand out one post-it note to each participant

1. Finances 16.Numbers of M&E Officers 2. Personnel trained 3. Condoms 17.Numbers of sexual partners 4. HIV test kits brought in for HIV testing 5. Antibiotics for OIs 18.Increases in knowledge 6. ARVs following education campaigns 7. Providing antenatal HIV 19.Increases in safer sexual testing behaviors for a specific group 8. Providing Routine HIV Testing of people 9. Interviewing new HIV+ people 20.Increased clinic visits following for partners counseling and referrals 10.Providing nutrition counseling 21.Improved health status for to HIV+ people PLWHA on ARVs 11.Providing counseling to 22.Reduction in perinatal discordant couples transmission of HIV 12.Providing training 23.Reduced mortality from HIV 13.Preparing education materials 24.Reduction in new HIV 14.Number of sites distributing infections in adults ARVs 25.Change in economic impact of 15.Number of outlets distributing HIV infection condoms 26.Change in what society sees as acceptable sexual behavior

Exercise Key

Examples of Inputs to programs and interventions • Finances • Personnel • Materials: • Condoms, • HIV test kits • Antibiotics for OIs, • ARVs

Examples of program Processes (Activities) • Service provision: • Antenatal HIV testing

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 505 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

• RHT • Interviewing new HIV+ people for partners • Providing nutrition counseling to HIV+ people • Providing counseling to discordant couples • Providing training • Preparing education materials

Examples of program Outputs • Number of sites distributing ARVs • Number of outlets distributing condoms • Numbers of M&E Officers trained • Numbers of sexual partners brought in for HIV testing

Examples of program Outcomes • Increases in knowledge following education campaigns • Increases in safer sexual behaviors for a specific group of people • Increased clinic visits following counseling and referrals • Improved health status for PLWHA on ARVs

Examples of program Impacts • Reduction in perinatal transmission of HIV • Reduced mortality from HIV • Reduction in new HIV infections in adults • Change in economic impact of HIV infection • Change in what society sees as acceptable sexual behavior

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 506 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Appendix II: Data Sources

Group #____ Variable or set of variables ______

• Where do the data originate (source or sources)?

• Population(s) covered?

• Who collects the data, how (what instruments), and how often?

• In what format do they come to your office (hard copy, electronic)?

• What errors do you encounter, or does your office tend to make, with these data and how do you address them?

• Do you need to combine data from different sources to report on this variable (if so, what)?

• What kinds of things do these data show?

• What relationship do these data have to NSF/NOP?

• How do you use these data in your district?

• Other observations?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 507 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Appendix JJ: BHRIMS Form 3B

GROUP #1 FORM 3B: NATIONAL PROGRAMMES

Orphan Care: Male Female

1. Total number of registered orphans

2. Total number of newly registered orphan (reporting period) (As of the current reporting date)

3. Total number of orphans in school

4. Total number of orphans receiving support

Home Based Care:

1. Total Number of registered Home Based Care clients (reporting period)

2. Total number of newly registered Home Based Care clients (reporting period)

3. Total number of Home Based Care clients receiving support

4. Total Number of deaths among HBC patients (reporting period)

5. Total Number of HBC patients discharged and resuming normal

Daily routine activities

IPT Male Female

1. Total number of patients on IPT (up to current)

DISTRICT IMPACT: M F

Number of Sexually Transmitted Infections (reporting period only)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 508 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

GROUP #2 FORM 3B: NATIONAL PROGRAMMES

ARV Programme Male Female

1. Total number registered for ARV

2. Total number receiving ARV

3. Total number of deaths among patients on ARV

4. Total number of ARV patients discharged and

able to resume daily routine activities

Condom promotion/distribution

1. Total number of condoms received from CMS

2. Total number of condoms distributed

Mainstreaming into Districts

Mainstreaming HIV/AIDS into district development projects:

Type of Duration of Total number with Development project HIV/AIDS component projects

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 509 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

GROUP #3 FORM 3B: NATIONAL PROGRAMMES

PMTCT

1. Total number of pregnant women registered for Antenatal Care

2. Total number of pregnant women who has been counseled

3. Total number of pregnant women tested positive

4. Total number enrolled in PMTCT

Male Female 5. Total number of infants born to mothers enrolled in PMTCT

6. Total number of infants born to mothers enrolled in PMTCT who are HIV positive at 18 months

7. Total number of infants born to mothers enrolled in PMTCT who are HIV negative at 18 months

VCT

2. Total number of VCT clients counseled

3. Total number of VCT clients tested HIV positive in the last quarter

DISTRICT IMPACT:

Total number of pregnancies registered for ANC (reporting period only)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 510 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

GROUP #4 FORM 3B: NATIONAL PROGRAMMES

Mainstreaming into Organization’s mandates, plans and strategies:

YES NO

1. Appropriate Workplace policy in place and regular activities on Behavior Change Information Communication with all Staff:

2. Work place activities, discussions held regularly

3. Availability of condoms in all central and sub district offices

4. Accessibility of staff to VCT services through intensive awareness campaigns and formal partnership with VCT service providers

5. Availability of Counseling service within the Ministry

6. Staff awareness of relevant HIV/AIDS programmes (HBC/OC, ARV, PMTCT, TB)

7. HIV/AIDS as part of organization’s annual plans, and strategic plans:

8. Budget Line available for HIV/AIDS activities for both internal and external HIV/AIDS activities

9. Data base on absenteeism and deaths established and regular reports submitted to Ministry Management and NACA

DISTRICT IMPACT:

Number of teenage pregnancies registered for ANC (reporting period only)

Number of teenage pregnancies in schools (reporting period only)

(reporting period only)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 511 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part I: Data Sources & Characteristics

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making

Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 513 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 513 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 515 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 517 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 520 Session Overview ...... 522 Description of Session ...... 522 Materials & Equipment ...... 522 Preparation ...... 522 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 522 Presenter’s Notes: Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation ...... 523 Appendices ...... 550 Appendix KK: Exercise #1 – Descriptive Statistics ...... 551 Appendix LL: Exercise #1 – Descriptive Statistics Definition ...... 552 Appendix MM: Answers to Exercise # 1 - Descriptive Statistics ...... 553 Appendix NN: Exercise #2: Data Analysis ...... 554

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 512 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 513 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 514 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 515 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 516 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation.

3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 517 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 518 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 519 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 520 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 521 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This session is part II of the three-part Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making. As previously mentioned, this second session reviews organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. All session focus on applying the skills learned to everyday work situations.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Exercise #1 – Descriptive Statistics (Appendix KK)

□ Make copies of the Exercise #1 – Descriptive Statistics Definition (Appendix LL)

□ Make copies of the Answers to Descriptive Statistics Exercise (Appendix MM)

□ Make copies of the Exercise # 2 - Data Analysis (Appendix NN)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 522 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Presenter’s Notes: Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 1: Analysis and Interpretation

Pre-Session Preparation:  List points on slide #20 (Overall Guidelines for Data Display) on flip chart paper and post on wall during the session.  Make enough copies of Handouts for Exercises #1 (Appendix KK) and exercise #2 (Appendix NN) for all participants.  Make one copy for each participant of Answer Sheet for Exercise #1 (Appendix MM) to hand out AFTER the exercise has been completed Speaker Notes:  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed  If slides are being reproduced to make notes pages for training participants, be sure slides #30-34 are not included in participant handouts—they are answer slides and should only be in the speaker presentation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 523 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Ask if there is anything else that they would like to discuss during this session

Slide 3: Components of Data Use

Speaker Notes:  Let’s look at the broader context for this session’s topics  Review the slide  This graphic illustrates that we: o Identify the data we NEED o Identify the data sources that can make them AVAILABLE to us and others who need to use them at District and National levels, o Use our SKILLS to confirm their quality and to SUMMARIZE and ANALYZE them, o USE them to guide our work and DISSEMINATE or share them with others – it’s useful for you to have and understand them but generally you also have to convince others to take action related to the data Additional Facilitator Guidance:  BEFORE SHOWING NEXT SLIDE: o We looked at the first two points in the diagram during the preceding session o A lot of territory is included in the last three points (above) –

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 524 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

o How to best interpret the data isn’t always immediately obvious but there are a number of helpful tools, many of which are already familiar to you

Slide 4: Incoming Data

Speaker Notes:  Read bullet #1  Ask-How do you analyze and use these data after you receive them? (wait for responses)  Summary of possible responses follows on the next slide

Slide 5: Incoming Data

Speaker Notes:  These are the kinds of analyses and uses mentioned  Review slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 525 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 6: Incoming Data

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask the question on the slide (wait for responses)  Possible examples of forms and tools that may be mentioned include: o BHRIMS forms o District Profile template o Fishbone diagram from previous ALDP session o Others

Slide 7: Summarizing and Displaying Data

Speaker Notes:  Let’s discuss Summarizing and Displaying Data  Ask how participants currently summarize data and present it

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 526 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 8: Qualitative versus Qualitative Data

Speaker Notes:  Ask for a volunteer to describe/define qualitative and quantitative data  Review the slide  Provide the following example to further clarify the terms: o Qualitative description of the oil painting: . Blue/green color with a gold frame . Smells old and musty . Texture shows brush strokes of oil paint . Peaceful scene of the country o Quantitative data on the oil painting: . Picture is 10” by 14” . With frame 14” by 18” . Weighs 8.5 pounds . Cost 3000P  During this session we will focus primarily on quantitative data (numbers)

Slide 9: Tools for Using Data

Speaker Notes:  Some of the tools that can assist us to use data more effectively include  Review slide  We’re speaking of simple tools that can help you understand the data rather than of statistical analyses

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 527 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 10: Descriptive Statistics

Speaker Notes:  Review slide Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Other examples of descriptive statistics include modes and medians

Slide 11: Frequency and Ratio

Speaker Notes:  Review slide Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Quotient-the result of division; the number of times one quantity is contained in another

Slide 12: Range and Mean Speaker Notes:  Review slide Additional Facilitator Guidance:  In layman’s terms, the range is from 1 to 7 (the “range of values”), in this case the range is 6

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 528 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 13: Proportion

Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Slide 14: Rate

Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Slide 15: Rate, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Let’s review and play with some of these tools as a quick review

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 529 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 16: Exercise: Descriptive Statistics Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of pages 1 and 2 of Exercise #1 (Appendix KK)  Make copies of Answer Sheet for Exercise #1 to hand out after the exercise (Appendix MM)

Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (20 minutes):  Distribute the handout for Exercise #1 (two pages)  Instructions: o The handout provides data for you to use in calculating answers to the questions at the bottom of the sheet. The definitions we just reviewed are also included, for your reference o All of these data are fictional. You can assume these data reflect all of the HIV testing done in the area and that individuals were only tested once o Be prepared to explain how you calculated the answers when we report back o Take approximately 20 minutes – if people are done earlier, we’ll review answers earlier o Be sure to keep your calculations – you’ll use some of them again in the next exercise Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Speaker -- You have all the answers and how to calculate them on the answer sheet, in case groups have any trouble  When reporting out, be sure all groups get to answer at least one question (there are six questions)  After reporting out has been completed, hand out the answer sheet as a reference

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 530 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 17: Examining the Data

Speaker Notes:  Review slide Additional Facilitator Guidance:  In case people ask: o The word “Figures” refers to charts, graphs, and maps o Patterns are instances where the data on one variable behave in similar ways/the same form in different sites (for example, more females than males, fewer younger people than older people, etc.) o Trends refer to directions in which a variable changes over time – for example, increases, decreases, or stability o Variations are differences from the overall pattern or trend, for example when data from one or a few sites differ from the majority of sites.

Slide 18: Visual Data Displays Speaker Notes:  Review slide – continued on next slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 531 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 19: Visual Data Displays, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review Slide  Each of us absorbs information in different ways –reading a description works well for some, seeing a picture works best for others, and some people like to have both  A graph, chart, or map can often help us see trends and patterns we might otherwise overlook  These tools can also help us communicate data and situations to others  BUT -- A poorly designed display can mislead users or distract them from your message

Slide 20: Common Data Displays

Speaker Notes:  This slide is only to show what will be discussed in the following slides  We can display data in cells in a table, and as slices in a pie chart, bars in a bar chart, and points and lines in a line graph. All are familiar to you  These tools can be easily created on a computer, in Excel, PowerPoint, and even Word, but all can easily be created by hand  It’s important to remember that different types of displays are appropriate for different types of data; picking the right display is important to get your message across  Ask if anyone has used any of these data displays o Which ones? When, and how effective was it?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 532 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 21: Overall Guidelines for Data Displays

Pre-Session Preparation:  In advance of session, list guidelines on flip chart paper to post on wall during session

Speaker Notes:  There are four points – Click mouse to bring each one up and read it before proceeding to next point  Data conveys a message: o What do you want that message to be? o Paint a picture and have the data back it up  These are useful guidelines  Not everyone follows them but when you have to interpret tables and figures, you’ll really appreciate people who do  In the training exercises that we do, please observe these guidelines Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Refer to the flip chart paper with the guidelines listed as you review tables, charts, graphs, and maps during the session and exercises

Slide 22: Tables

Speaker Notes:  Review the following important structural elements: o Tables arrange numeric (quantitative) data in rows and columns o (point out columns) columns run vertically and have column headings o (point out rows) rows run horizontally and have row headings

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 533 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

o The title, usually at top, is clear and descriptive (what, where, when)  Tables: o Organize data into a format that is easy to understand and explain o Show the data in one place, rather than listing them piece by piece in text o Show some patterns and data relationships o Serve as the basis for preparing other visual data displays such as graphs and charts

Slide 23: Tables, cont.

Speaker Notes:  This table, drawn from the 2008 BAIS, presents population data by 5-year age groups and sex o As you can see, in a presentation, it’s too complex to be effective and the numbers are too small for an audience to read. In your presentations, keep your tables simple! o In a report, such a detailed table provides useful reference data for others to use and see how the rates in the report were calculated  Ask if this table would be useful to present in a slide during the DMSAC meeting. Why or why not? o Too complicated for a slide. People will need time to read through all the information. This table is better in a report that people can take their time with, to understand

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 534 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 24: Pie Charts

Speaker Notes:  Pie charts are figures where the circle represents the total and the “slices” represent the components. Pie charts clearly show how much of the total a certain category represents o Pie charts are suitable for data in distinct categories such as: . Gender (male, female) . Geographic subdivisions (towns, districts) . Age groups  The size of a “slice” is proportional to the amount of data (e.g., number of cases) it represents  Pie charts often show both the number and proportion (%) of the total each component slice represents for clarity  Best Not to Use a Pie Chart: o When you have more than 8 slices o When slices are too similar or too small to be distinguished from each other o To compare with another pie chart

Slide 25: Bar Charts

Speaker Notes:  Bar Charts: o Display countable or categorical data (e.g. age group, gender, town, time period) o Each bar represents one category of data (here the number personnel trained in the quarter), with its height proportional

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 535 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

to number or proportion it represents o Can contrast data from different sources by using multiple bars (as is done here)  This bar chart shows the number of CSO personnel in District YY receiving capacity building training in each quarter of 2012  POINT OUT -- The x and y axes are labeled and the title is descriptive; no legend is necessary  Ask -- True or false – the largest number of people were trained in Quarter 4 (true)  POINT OUT -- Each bar represents one category of data (here one of the three sites), with its height proportional to number or proportion it represents  Limitations of bar charts: o Can compare only a limited number of categories (grouped bars) before charts become hard to interpret

Slide 26: Line Graphs

Speaker Notes:  Line Graphs: o Display relationships between two variables on two dimensions, or axes o (POINT OUT X AXIS) X-axis (horizontal): The X axis here represents the years from 2006 to 2012, the independent variable o (POINT OUT Y AXIS) Y-axis (vertical): here the number of physicians in the clinic – it’s the dependent variable, the variable you wish to predict or explain o Data values are recorded as points on the graph and then connected with a line to show trends, usually over time ( for example, weekly, annually, here every other year) o POINT OUT the title, axes labels, and legend o Include the data source at the bottom (not included here since data was made up)  You can add lines to display data for multiple variables, in this case for different clinics  Explain what each line represents in the legend (shown here to the right of the graph)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 536 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 27: Line Graphs, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Like all other data displays, line graphs have some limitations -- this graph illustrates one o Keep the number of variables displayed to a manageable number or the graph gets confusing and viewers can’t really appreciate what the data show

Slide 28: Quick Summary – Data Displays

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  When you use a data display in a report, always also provide an explanation in words Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask-Can we assume that simply showing people data will lead them to correct conclusions? (Wait for a response) o Answer: No -- You cannot assume people understand data or will reach the same conclusions about their implications as you do - be able to clearly explain the data and how they should be applied to help others reach appropriate conclusions  Ask which data display is most useful for their purposes. Why?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 537 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 29: Exercise: Data Display

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the handout for Exercise #2 (Appendix NN)

Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (30-45 minutes):  Please get back into your four small groups and retrieve your data calculations from earlier in this session  Choose the appropriate type of data display to respond to the four questions on the Exercise #2 handout. Remember the Guidelines for Data Displays that we discussed (they should also be posted on the wall)  Draw your table and graphs on separate pieces of newsprint -- make them large enough that you can hold them up to show everyone. Be prepared to discuss what they show  Have each group report out on one question. The answers are shown on each of the following four slides Additional Facilitator Guidance:  DO NOT ADVANCE BEYOND THIS SLIDE until first small group has reported on their table -- the answer follows  During the report back, check to see if participants followed the Guidelines for Data Displays (posted on the wall)  Review each table and graph with the large group and discuss any additional questions posed in the speaker notes for those slides  For Question #1 – ASK first small group to report on question #1, hold up their Table and tell the large group what data are in each cell  SHOW THE ANSWER SLIDE (click to advance) AFTER the small group has reported on Question 1

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 538 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 30: Answer: Question # 1

Large Group Activity Activity Instructions (5 minutes):  Ask large group to compare first group’s table to the table on this slide and review any points the group may have overlooked  Ask large group- if you were summarizing the data would you have picked different data elements to display in a table? And if so, what, and why?  Possible responses: o Make two separate tables, one for males and one for females, to better display the gender differences between towns o Include population data for each town in the table o Include fewer data (fewer columns), etc. Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Ask the next group to report on Question 2– ask them to hold up their graph and explain it to the large group  SHOW THE ANSWER SLIDE (click to advance) AFTER the small group has reported on Question 2

Slide 31: Answer: Question # 2

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes) :  Ask large group to compare small group’s graph to the graph on this slide and review any points the group may have overlooked  Ask-- What does this graph show? (Wait for responses)  Possible responses : o Shows the quantity of testing activity carried out in each town (town #2 had the highest number of tests for females, lowest for males; town 3 had the lowest number of tests for females and highest for males)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 539 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Ask next group to report on question 3 – hold up & explain their graph.  AFTER group has reported on question 3, click to advance to answer slide

Slide 32: Answer: Question # 3

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask large group to compare small group’s graph to the graph on this slide and review any points the group may have overlooked  Ask--What does this graph show? (Wait for response)  Possible response: o Rate of diagnosed HIV infection for males and females by town (Town 3 had the highest rates for both)

Slide 33: Number vs. Rate

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask–If we were looking only at the chart on the left, showing number of new HIV+ cases diagnosed in females, Town 2 (POINT TO THE BAR FOR TOWN 2) appears to have the most severe problem o If we look at the chart on the right showing the rate of new HIV cases, Town 3 (POINT TO THE BAR FOR TOWN 3) appears to have the most severe problem o Why is this? o Answer:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 540 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

. Town 3 has a much smaller population that Town 2 and just looking at the number of HIV+ tests doesn’t take that into account. When we calculate rates, we standardize for the different population sizes in the towns and can compare their situations much more accurately. Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Ask last group to report on question 4  Advance slide after group has reported on question 4, click to advance to answer slide

Slide 34: Answer: Question # 4

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask large group to compare small group’s graph to the graph on this slide and review any points the group may have overlooked  Ask--What does this graph show? (Wait for responses)  Answer: o Trends in HIV case rates over time in each of the towns

Slide 35: Interpreting and Applying Data

Speaker Notes:  Let’s talk about interpreting and applying the data

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 541 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 36: Analytic Approaches

Speaker Notes:  Review points on slide

Slide 37: Breaking the Data Down

Speaker Notes:  This graph is from the BAIS III shows us if we looked only at incidence by age group for the total population (black line), we would miss the different patterns for males (point to dotted red line) and females (solid red line)  Ask a participant to tell you what the chart tells us (wait for a response)  Possible response: o Females have a much greater incidence of HIV infection at younger ages than males. Incidence is very different also in older age groups and especially for males in the oldest age group  Breaking the data down by “person” can help us to target different kinds of interventions more effectively

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 542 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 38: Interpreting Data by Person

Speaker Notes:  This bar chart breaks the data down by person and time to examine patterns among females over a three year period in one district  Ask-What does this bar chart show us? (wait for responses) o Over the three years, incidence increased steadily in females aged 19-24, varied in females aged 25-49, and declined slightly among females aged 50-64 years  Ask- What kinds of questions might we want to ask about our interventions for females? o What activities have we been doing, especially for females aged 19 and younger? o What have other areas found to be effective for young women and how might we consider redirecting activities in our district?

Slide 39: Interpreting Data by Place

Speaker Notes:  This pie chart shows us that incidence in 2012 varied by area of residence, most dramatically for individuals living in Towns and Urban Villages  (Note to speaker -- the BAIS classifies areas with populations smaller than cities and larger than rural areas in this way.)  Ask-What kinds of questions does this pie chart raise in your mind? o Why is incidence so much greater in areas with mid-sized populations? o Are the data correct? o Is the difference we see related to the greater availability of testing services or outreach that encouraged people to access testing in these areas during 2012? If so, it may not truly reflect a greater number of people being newly infected

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 543 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 40: Interpreting Data by Place

Speaker Notes:  Maps are one way to effectively display data by place.  This is a Geographic Information System (GIS) map o It lets us visualize, question, analyze, interpret and understand data to reveal relationships, patterns and trends  This GIS map combines two different data sets in one display (they’re a bit hard for you to read -- Antenatal Surveillance results in circles of varied sizes and colors and Sub-national HIV Prevalence results in color shading of geographic areas)  Ask what this GIS map tells you about Botswana  Ask what can we conclude from this display? o Some areas have higher prevalence among 15-49 year olds (olive green areas and darker beige areas) than others and high prevalence in pregnant women (red and dark orange circles) o Some other areas have high HIV rates in pregnant women but somewhat lower HIV prevalence in the overall population 15-49  Ask does the map provide enough information to understand why there are differences in the surveillance data in different areas? o No, that’s why we identify questions to follow up

Slide 41: Interpreting Data by Time

Speaker Notes:  This line graph display data on HIV incidence by population size in area of residence over a five year period  Ask-What questions would you ask before making any decisions about targeting interventions in any of these areas? o Are the data correct? o What would we see

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 544 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

if we further broke the data down by gender and age group? . This information would be important in targeting any activities o What kinds of interventions were underway in the areas in 2012 and recent other years, and what do the monitoring data show about how many people they reached, which populations, etc.? o Were testing services different or outreach activities encouraging people to test different in areas of different population size? o What areas cause you the most immediate concern? . Towns and Urban Villages

Slide 42: Monitoring IP Performance

Speaker Notes:  This bar chart displays monitoring data for three Implementing Partners over four quarters, showing what proportion of their activities in the District Plan they actually completed  Ask—What does the chart show us? o Two of the IPs (1 and 2) improved throughout the year and IP 3 carried out all of its planned activities in the third and fourth quarters o IP 3 improved for two quarters then its performance declined for the following two quarters  Ask—What questions would you want to ask, especially related to IP 3 performance? o What was going on with this IP in Quarters three and four? o Is there anything that could have been done to assist? o What happened was that IP 3 received most of its funding from an NGO that experienced a significant budget cut at the end of Quarter 2 . The IP’s funds were cut and its ability to carry out its activities was very limited

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 545 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 43: Influencing Data Reporting

Speaker Notes:  Zambia’s National AIDS Control Organization used a chart like this to provide feedback to Districts in an attempt to motivate them to improve the quality of data reported to the national level. They created a composite score to represent data quality and completeness, and set a target of 80% for District data quality scores  The national office provided this chart to all districts, telling them ONLY which number represented their district  The data allowed districts to see their performance and to compare it to those of other districts (without embarrassment)  This data display also identified for the national office which Districts needed more support (training, supervision, mentoring, or better feedback on the data submitted), and they provided that support  Ask-What do these two bar charts show about District performance? (wait for responses)  Answer: o Only two Districts met their target in Quarter 1. After the initial feedback and technical support, four Districts met the target in Quarter 3, with only one still below target o Being able to compare their performance with others’ appears to have helped motivate Districts to submit higher quality data

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  You may need to help participants read these charts if they’re too small to easily see  Several important factors are at work here – the Districts are being provided feedback, in a useful and motivating manner, along with the support needed to improve their data quality  The data are being “put to work”

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 546 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 44: DMSAC Participation

Speaker Notes:  A district has had some attendance problems with its DMSAC. The DAC has prepared this bar chart to show attendance for key representatives in the past year  Ask—Do you think showing who has and hasn’t attended might help motivate people to participate during this year? o Answer – See what people think!

Slide 45: Applying Data

Speaker Notes:  We’ve organized, analyzed, interpreted, and applied the data  Let’s review what we’ve mentioned and what else is possible  Review points on slide (continues on next two slides)

Slide 46: Applying Data, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Ask -- can you think of other applications? (e.g., guiding CSO activities etc.)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 547 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Slide 47: Applying Data, cont.

Speaker Notes:  You also apply the data to the processes in the planning cycle  Review points on slide o Monitoring data help you determine what did didn’t happen (or if it didn’t happen to extent planned or didn’t get desired results) o Analyzing the service, surveillance, and program monitoring data also can help you identify gaps in program activities – what needs are not being met? o During the process of analyzing and interpreting the data, you identified additional questions. Answering them would help you better understand what the data show or why results are occurring, and what next steps might be

Slide 48: Incorporating Data in EBP

Speaker Notes:  All of this information also should feed into the Evidence Based Planning cycle and help shape the next District Plan  Review slide, noting cyclical nature of Evidence Based Planning  Ask-- At what points do we use data?  Answer: o Throughout the planning process -- data from one stage inform the other stages o This planning, implementing, and monitoring cycle is ongoing and the stages overlap

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 548 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

o The data can help guide you and others through these processes to move toward local and national objectives o The data are there for you to use!

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  You may find it useful to assess what is and is not working well for your District. We’ll talk further about approaches to this in the next session

Slide 49: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Slide 50: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 549 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Appendices

Appendix KK: Exercise #1: Descriptive Statistics

Appendix LL: Exercise # 1: Descriptive Statistics Definition

Appendix MM: Answers to Descriptive Exercise #1

Appendix NN: Exercise #2 – Data Analysis

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 550 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Appendix KK: Exercise #1: Descriptive Statistics

District XX is divided into 4 towns HIV testing data for 2012 show the following (assume no individuals tested in 2012 were previously known to be HIV+, and individuals were tested only once):

Town 1: Females testing HIV+ = 220 of 300 tested Males testing HIV+ = 40 of 120 tested Population: Females = 400 Males = 400

Town 2: Females testing HIV+ = 300 of 500 tested Males testing HIV+ = 10 of 100 tested Population: Females = 700 Males = 700

Town 3: Females testing HIV+ = 100 of 145 tested Males testing HIV+ = 70 of 100 tested Population: Females = 150 Males = 150

Town 4: Females testing HIV+ = 210 of 300 tested Males testing HIV+ = 30 of 100 tested Population: Females = 500 Males = 500 Calculate: – the count/frequency of people testing HIV+ – the ratio of HIV+ females to HIV+ males – the average/mean number people testing HIV+ per town in District XX – for each town, the proportion of females tested that are HIV+ (as decimal and percent) – for each town, the proportion of males tested that are HIV+ (as decimal and percent) – the rate of newly diagnosed HIV infections by gender by town (as percent and as number per 1000 population)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 551 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Appendix LL: Exercise #1: Descriptive Statistics – Definitions

Frequency = count, a measure of quantity  Example: 24 cases of a particular condition are diagnosed in the District  24 is the count or frequency of cases

Ratio = the value obtained by dividing one quantity by another  A ratio is expressed as x:y (read this as x to y), or  As one number, calculated by dividing one value by the other.  Example: 7 rural areas and 4 urban areas  The ratio of rural to urban areas is 7:4 or 1.75  A ratio allows you to compare two numerical values

Mean (average) = the sum of the values divided by the number of values observed  Example: values 10, 20, 17, 13  Calculate the mean: 10+20+17+13 = 60, 60/4 = 15 (mean)

Range = From Minimum to maximum values  Example: values 10, 20, 17, 13  Range of values is from 10 to 20

Proportion = a fraction or ratio where the numerator is also included in the denominator  Assume the whole is x+y  To calculate the proportion of x+y that x represents, divide x by x+y (the part divided by the whole)  A proportion shows relationship of the part to the whole  Often expressed as a percentage where decimal value of proportion is multiplied by 100  Example: if the part (x) is 12 and the whole is 12+28 (x+y) = 40, the part represents 12/40 = 0.3 or 30% of the whole

Rate = a rate is a measure of the frequency with which an event occurs in a defined population in a defined time period  Usually expressed per 1000 or 100,000 population  A rate standardizes measures so they can be compared across different populations  Example: In one year there were 643 HIV cases in adults in an urban area with a population of 30,000 adults HIV prevalence rate is 643/30,000 = 0.021 or 0.021 multiplied by 1,000 = 21 per 1,000 population in that year  643 HIV cases in one year in a rural population of 5,000 people Rate of 643/5000 = 0.128 or 128 per 1,000 population in that year  If you compare the numbers of cases in that year, the two areas appear to be equally affected. If you standardize for population size, you see that the effects in the two areas are very different

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 552 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Appendix MM: Answers to Exercise # 1 - Descriptive Statistics

• What is the count/frequency of people testing HIV+? (980)

• What’s the District ratio of HIV+ females to HIV+ males in this testing? (830:150 or 83:15)

• What’s the average/mean number people testing HIV+ per town in District XX? (260 + 310 + 170 + 240 = 980 / 4 = 245) You can compare the number in each town to the mean as a crude measure or compare the mean number of tests per town to means in the same district in prior years

• [Not asked: Range in people per town testing HIV+: minimum and maximum values – range is from 170 to 310; lowest value is in Town 3 with 170 testing positive (100 females + 70 males) and highest value is in Town 2 with 310 testing positive (300 females + 10 males)]

• For each town, what is the proportion of females tested who are HIV+? • Town 1 220/300 = .733 or 73% • Town 2 300/500 = .6 or 60% • Town 3 100/145 = .690 or 69% • Town 4 210/300 = .7 or 70%

• For each town, what is the proportion of males tested who are HIV+? • Town 1 40/120 = .33 or x 100 = 33% • Town 2 10/100 = .10 or x 100 = 10% • Town 3 70/100 = .70 or x 100 = 70% • Town 4 30/100 = .30 or x 100 = 30%

• For each town, what is the rate of females tested who are HIV+? • Town 1 220/400 = .55 x 100 = 55% or x 1000 = 550 per 1000 females (population) • Town 2 300/700 = .4285 x 100 = 43% or x 1000 = 429 per 1000 females • Town 3 100/150 = .6666 x 100 = 67% or x 1000 = 667 per 1000 females • Town 4 201/500 = .42 x 100 = 42% or x 1000 = 420 per 1000 females

• For each town, what is the rate of males tested who are HIV+? • Town 1 40/400 = .10 x 100 = 10% or x 1000 = 100 per 1000 males (population) • Town 2 10/700 = .014 x 100 = 1% or 14 per 1000 males • Town 3 70/150 = .4666 x 100 = 47% or x 1000 = 467 per 1000 males • Town 4 30/500 = .06 x 100 = 6% or 60 per 1000 males

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 553 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Appendix NN: Exercise # 2: Data Analysis

INSTRUCTIONS: Choose the appropriate data displays to respond to the four questions, below. Use the data you calculated a short while ago in Exercise #1 to create the graphs requested in Questions 2 and 3. Use the data at the bottom of the page to create the graph for Question 4. Draw each answer on flip chart paper so you can show it to the Large Group. 1. Complete the blank table below. (Assume the data are all 2012 tests and individuals were tested only once.) 2. Graph the number of HIV+ cases by gender by town. 3. Graph the rate of new HIV cases by gender by town. 4. Given the additional data provided below, graph the rate of new HIV cases in females, by town, from 2008-2012.

Table 1: HIV Testing and Incidence, District X, 2012 Number of New Percent of Tests Town Incidence Rate HIV Cases that were HIV+

Town 1

Town 2

Town 3

Town 4

District Total

Data for Question #4: Rate of New HIV Cases in Females by Year by Town, 2008-2012, DistrictXX Town Year Town 1 Town 2 Town 3 4 2008 420 340 150 400 2009 410 300 250 380 2010 420 360 350 400 2011 460 400 550 395 2012 550 429 667 420

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 554 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part II: Analysis and Interpretation

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and Decision Making

Part III: Program Evaluation

Expected Session Time: 3.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 556 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 556 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 558 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 560 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 563 Session Overview ...... 565 Description of Session ...... 565 Materials & Equipment ...... 565 Preparation ...... 565 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 565 Presenter’s Notes: Data for Monitoring, Evaluation, and Decision Making: Part III: Program Evaluation ...... 566 Appendix ...... 586 Appendix OO: Data Collection Action Plan ...... 587

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 555 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 556 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 557 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 558 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 559 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 560 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives. 3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 561 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 562 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 563 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 564 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Session Overview

Description of the Session

Three sessions completes the three part module on Data for Monitoring, Evaluation, and Decision Making. This third session reviews the overall process for program evaluation. Thus far we have talked about what data is collected and how to interpret and display data. This session is intended to provide the basic knowledge, information and steps necessary to engage in program evaluation that gets to the end points discussed in sessions I & II.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and □ Post-it Notes working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Data Collection Action Plan (Appendix OO)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 565 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Presenter’s Notes: Data for Monitoring, Evaluation, and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 1: Part III: Program Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  Welcome the participants and introduce yourself  Introduce any dignitaries in the room  Explain any housekeeping items, such as break times, fire drill, restroom locations, etc.  Inform participants that they are free to ask questions throughout the course. They can also write their questions on the parking lot sheet for us to come back and answer later  Ask the participants to introduce themselves and identify one expectation for the session (record answers)  Conduct an icebreaker if needed Additional Facilitator Guidance: The definitions and processes that we will discuss in this section describe formal processes that can be utilized and implemented at any skill level, and are largely influenced by need, capacity and available resources. As we progress through this final session we ask that you consider your field assignment and how the techniques and tools offered here can be utilized as a next step  Let’s start with a simple example of monitoring and evaluation o Ask are there any cooks here? o How did you go about perfecting your best recipe? o Possible answers: . Trial and error . Tested different flavors, or different amounts of certain ingredients . Kept track of all the steps so that I could repeat them once I got the flavor I wanted o Monitored the process and outcome until got the desired end product, continuous evaluation of the recipe

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 566 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 2: Learning Objectives

Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Slide 3: Program Evaluation…

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  To answer the question on the slide--Because it is important!  Evaluation is not only intended to look at "did it work" or not, but also for whom, where, and under what circumstances

Slide 4: And…

Speaker Notes:  There was a time when asked the question, “How do we know our program is working?” it was acceptable to answer with, “I just know.” That is no longer the case  Programs and Organizations need to move from thinking, “If the goals have a good purpose then the outcomes

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 567 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

naturally follow,” to being able to say, “We know our program works and here’s proof.” Or “We know our program was not working and here’s how we improved it to better meet our clients’ needs.” Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Reference the field assignment presentations. Most presentations included the goal of increasing coordination and collaboration across the various partners  Ask-Can anyone tell us how they incorporated evaluation into their assignment? (wait for responses)  Depending on the response: o If examples offered, Ask-why did they feel it was important to evaluate? o If no examples offered, Ask-How could the field assignment benefit from evaluation? Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Consider using one or two of the examples provided (if any) throughout the remainder of the session

Slide 5: Types of Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  So let’s look at our logic model again and consider the types of evaluations that are at our disposal  There are many types of evaluation, depending on the purpose, timing, and procedures used  We will discuss process and outcome evaluations in the next several slides  Impact is a little harder to assess given that many things can contribute to impact, and it is harder to assess fully

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 568 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 6: Process Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Most are probably familiar with process evaluation  Ask-Can anyone give an example of process evaluation that is either utilized in their ongoing work or that they used as part of their field assignment activity?  Possible answers: o Meeting evaluations (document that it was done) o Surveys (feedback on programs/activities)

Slide 7: Process Evaluation, cont. Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Questions to consider for process evaluation

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 569 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 8: Outcome Evaluation

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  An outcome is the change that occurs as a result of a specific intervention; for example, outcomes may include a change in attitude about an issue, a change in knowledge, or a change in behavior  Outcomes may either be measurable (through quantitative methods) or observable (through qualitative methods)  Output refers to a tangible product that results from a program’s activities. Typically an output is a count that helps move the program towards its goal, for example, number of brochures distributed, number of attendees to a meeting, or number of clients served in a year

Slide 9: Outcome Evaluation, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 570 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 10: Process Evaluation, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Questions to consider for outcome evaluation  Ask-Can anyone give an example (another if one offered previously) of an outcome questions that was or could be asked relative to the field assignment? o Possible responses: . Did participation in DMSAC/VMSAC increase?  Ask-Based on the response, why is that important to know and what would they do with that information once they received it?

Slide 11: Evaluation Process: 9 Steps

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Effective program evaluation is a carefully planned and systematic approach to documenting the nature and results of program implementation  This evaluation process is designed to give you good information on your program and what it is doing for students, clients, the community and society  The process will help you think through the evaluation in a thorough manner before you begin to implement a program. It will help you document the impact of your program and use the results for program improvement. The suggested evaluation process contains nine steps  Let’s think of an example that we can use as we walk through the steps: o We have been doing outreach to teen girls, between 13 and 20, in District X for the past 12 months. Our goal is to increase HIV testing and reduce the rate of HIV infection among this target group. Outreach activities include education and information workshops and

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 571 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

discussion groups in community centers, and HIV testing at schools and markets Additional Facilitator Guidance:  This 9-step process is taken from Janet Wall (PROGRAM EVALUATION MODEL 9-STEP PROCESS, [email protected])  It may be helpful to have the example written on flipchart paper so that it can be referred to throughout the remaining slides  If you do not want to use the example provided, another option is to use one of the field assignment topics—just make sure to use the same example throughout  Although time will be given to each step it should be noted that the depth and breadth of implementation is based on several things (i.e., need, capacity and resources). However, any evaluation endeavor should include consideration for each step

Slide 12: Evaluation Process: Step 1

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Defining the purpose of your evaluation will help you focus and delineate the other steps in the evaluation process  Using our example: A narrow focus may ask questions like: o Has HIV testing increased among girls 13-20?  A broad focus may also be useful in answering questions like: o Has the incidence of HIV decreased among girls 13-20 years?  The scope of an evaluation is often determined by the amount of resources available to you o The larger and more involved the evaluation, the costlier it will be in terms of energy and dollars. If minimal resources are available, consider a more focused and less involved evaluation process Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Most meetings include a sign-in sheet, and some meeting evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 572 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

 Ask-why do we collect sign-in sheets? What do we do with the information from the sign-in sheets?  Possible answers/considerations: o Identify who attended o Track participation of target group (girls 13-20) o Collect contact information  Ask-Why do we collect meeting evaluations?  Possible answers/considerations: o Document that the meeting occurred o Receive feedback from meeting participants on meeting effectiveness (did the teen girls learn things about HIV and how to prevent infection?) o Receive feedback from meeting participants on additional needs and suggestions for future meetings (the girls would like condoms to be available at the workshop) o Receive feedback from meeting participants that the goals and objectives for the meeting were accomplished (the girls agreed to HIV testing as a result of participating in the workshop)

Slide 13: Evaluation Process: Step 2

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Only collect what you believe you need and will utilize.  The appropriate questions can also be identified by knowing: o What is the aim of your evaluation? o Who wants or needs the evaluation information (who is the audience)? o What resources are available to support the evaluation? This will definitely influence the scope of your evaluation o Who will conduct the evaluation (you, a committee, consultant)? o How can you ensure the results are used (increase buy-in)?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 573 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask-Why are the questions asked in an evaluation so important?  Possible answers/considerations: o Clarity in important to ensure that the questions are being interpreted as intended  Ask-What is the danger of asking too many questions?  Possible answers/considerations: o Increases possibility of human error and compromising the data o Actually want all questions answered  Ask-What is the danger in not using all the data collected?  Possible answers/considerations: o If unable to report back, lose credibility and buy-in o Wasted time  Using our example of outreach to teen girls—What questions would we want to know?  Possible answers/considerations: o What did you learn during the workshop? o Are you going to get tested for HIV as a result of participating in the workshop? o How many girls attended the workshop, and where (school or community center)?

Slide 14: Evaluation Process: Step 3

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  If you are interested in determining program impact or change on certain attributes, you may want to collect data both before the intervention and after the intervention  There are several ways to design your evaluation. Some evaluation designs can become very complex requiring various randomized control groups and

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 574 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

complex statistical analyses. Other designs can be implemented easily by clinic personnel with analysis requiring only basic math  There are several design considerations, that each have advantages and disadvantages. Your evaluation design is based on your evaluation questions  Status Designs help to determine what is happening in the here and now (e.g., determine how many girls have completed the HIV education course). This simply requires an observation at the current time. An observation can be a survey, an examination of records, a formal assessment, or an interview  Change Designs try to determine the impact a particular action or intervention has had on a group of individuals (e.g., determining whether participation in the HIV education workshop helped improve HIV knowledge and increased HIV testing among teem girls). There are at least two ways to do this: o You might create a survey or conduct an interview that asks the girls in the workshop to what extent the workshop helped them. You would include several fairly detailed questions about each area o A second, and better way, is to create a pre-post evaluation. This would involve constructing or finding an instrument that would take a measurement or reading before you implement the workshop and then compare the results on the same or similar instrument after the workshop is completed  Comparison Designs are used to determine how programs have affected one group versus another group or one program versus another (e.g., determine if the HIV workshop similar positive effect on male and female students) o The best way to determine differential effects on groups or of programs is to use a comparison group design. This is where you have two different programs and measure the end result. Incorporate the pre- post data collection concept and you can not only compare the two groups or programs, but you can detect the amount of change that your program has had or your group has made from before to after the program or intervention  Longitudinal Designs are used when you want to know the effects over time. A typical evaluation question might involve a study of how the teens are doing 12-months after completing the workshop Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask-which evaluation design do you think would work best for an outreach program for girls 13-20? Why?  Some considerations: o Available funds o Access to the target population after the workshop or discussion group

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 575 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

o What information do we need for funders and for the community (DMSAC)? o Will you survey the students only; maybe parents and teachers

Slide 15: Evaluation Process: Step 4

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  We will come back to action planning a little later. For now let’s look at how and from where data is collected

Slide 16: Evaluation Process: Step 4, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Data Collection Methods: o Your data collection plan describes not only the source of your data, but also the methods and techniques you will use to gather the data o Some data are already available and you just need to find it and analyze it; some data you may need to specifically collect

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 576 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 17: Evaluation Process: Step 4, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide-Data collection methods continued

Slide 18: Evaluation Process: Step 4, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide-Data collection methods continued Large Group Discussion:  Ask-What data collection methods could be used with the teens participating in the workshops and discussion groups? Why did they select that method?

Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Provide an example based on previous discussions (i.e., Observation of girls in the workshops or discussion groups, focus groups with the parents and teachers to determine their needs, challenges and concerns)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 577 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 19: Evaluation Process: Step 4, cont.

Speaker Notes:  It is important to pause that this stage and consider privacy and ethical issues that may come up as part of the data collection process  Ask-why are privacy and ethics important consideration in this work? (wait for responses)  Review slides

Slide 20: Evaluation Process: Step 5

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Finally we are ready to collect data for program evaluation  As a general principle, collecting information from the entire population of interest (all teen girls in the district) is better than a sample (one or two teen girls). The more information you have the more likely the information you get back is representative of the entire population. Aim for a high number because a low response rate may introduce bias into your results  A sample is a subset of the total universe of people you are trying to find out about. You gather data from this subset to draw conclusions about the entire group. The major goal in selecting the sample is to be sure that the group selected is representative of the entire population. Said another way, you need to be sure that the sample is not biased. There are several types of sampling that are commonly used in education as described below  As soon as you collect the data, make copies of the information and store it in a safe place, following national security and confidentiality policies  Be sure you have documented any problems in data collection that could affect the analysis or interpretation of the data. Keep all forms in a place where only the evaluators can access them

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 578 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 21: Evaluation Process: Step 6

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  We have discussed some of these concepts and definitions in sessions I & II. It is important to think through how you are going to analyze the data so that you are able to present it in a meaningful and relevant way  Data can be tricky— interpreted differently by different people. Refer to slides presented in session I-bar graphs of towns—as a count most thought town two needed resources, as a rate most thought town three needed resources (others thought women were most at need across both graphs)

Slide 22: Evaluation Process: Step 6, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Reaching an Objective or Goal Comparison. Many evaluation studies will prompt the examination of how well or to what degree a particular objective was reached (or not). Restating one of the goals of your program to increase HIV testing among girls 13-20 years by 20%  Trends-what is the rate of participation in the workshops and discussion groups over a 12 month period, for girls 13-15, 16-18, 19-20  Averages-such as average score HIV education knowledge assessment before and after the workshop  Correlations-Use of condoms and self-esteem. Although a correlation can be calculated by hand, using a simple program like Excel can perform this more rapidly and easily. It is important not to over interpret. A correlation does not necessarily causation. One variable does not necessarily cause another

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 579 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 23: Evaluation Process: Step 7

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  The evaluation is not complete until you document findings

Slide 24: Evaluation Process: Step 7, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  It is easy to look at the results through the proverbial “rose colored glasses.” It is tempting to explain away or make excuses for less than optimal findings if the program is dear to your heart. It is, however, your professional responsibility to document objectively and fairly the results, findings and conclusions of the evaluation study  It is also important to note the limitations of the evaluation, if any exist

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 580 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 25: Evaluation Process: Step 7, cont.

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  It is important that you not hesitate to disseminate findings that are less than wonderful and even negative. With problematic results you have the opportunity to suggest fixes and changes that will help to attract more resources and improve the program

Slide 26: Evaluation Process: Step 8

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Tailor the information to the needs and wants of the particular audience. Consider using any and all of the following techniques to disseminate your information: o Written reports o School board presentations o Parent/teacher conferences o Presentations and discussions at staff/faculty meetings o TV and newspaper interviews o Web-link to your report from the school district’s web-site o Brochures

Large Group Discussion (5 minutes):  Ask-Why is it important to share the evaluation findings?  Possible answers: o Give data back to maintain buy-in

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 581 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

o May want to engage the audience again for evaluation or other activities o The information may be useful to others (in addition to your own needs)  Ask-Why do you think evaluation findings are not always shared?  Possible answers: o Points out something believed to be negative o Takes time and effort to collect, analyze, interpret and display (i.e., graphs)  Ask-Who is the potential audience for any data you may collect for our teen girls outreach program?  Possible answers: o DMSAC o MLG o IPs o DAC office staff  Ask-Why would it be relevant to them?

Slide 27: Evaluation Process: Step 9

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  Last step

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 582 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 28: Evaluation Action Plan

Speaker Notes:  Review slide  The action plan was introduced during this session when discussing the fourth step- Data collection and action planning. The program evaluation action planning is a tool that helps guide the thinking process in the design phase, serves as an important framework for implementation, and aids in framing and focusing the analysis Additional Facilitator Guidance:  The next slide provides a sample Data Collection Action Plan and provides a good format to organize your thoughts and plans for gathering the data

Slide 29: Evaluation Action Plan

Speaker Notes:  Walk through the example on the slide

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 583 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 30: Exercise: Evaluation Action Plan

Pre-Session Preparation: Make copies of the Evaluation Action Plan template (Appendix OO) Small Group Activity Activity Instructions (20 minutes):  Hand out Evaluation Action Plan template  Break into three groups  Instruct each group to select a topic from one of their field assignments  Ask the groups to fill out the Evaluation Action Plan handout based on the field assignment topic  Ask each group to report back on their action plan

Slide 31: Session Highlights

Speaker Notes:  Review slides  Evaluation is not a one-time event. Evaluation is a continuous activity that should be an integral and integrated part of your program activities  Well designed, thoughtful and carefully executed evaluations can provide important information to document the results of your program and point you toward areas where improvements may be needed  It is a valuable resource for informing yourself and others about your program. A good evaluation is one that is used by you and others to make necessary changes and improvements in the quality of service you provide your clients and partners

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 584 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Slide 32: Questions or Comments

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 585 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Appendix

Appendix OO: Data Collection Action Plan

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 586 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Appendix OO: Data Collection Action Plan

DATA COLLECTION ACTION PLAN Field assignment description: ______

Evaluation Question 1 What is Collected How Collected/What Technique

From Whom/ Data Sources When Collected and By How Data are to be Whom Analyzed

Evaluation Question 2 What is Collected How Collected/What Technique

From Whom/ Data Sources When Collected and By How Data are to be Whom Analyzed

Applied Leadership Development Program | Data for Monitoring, 587 Evaluation and Decision Making – Part III: Program Evaluation

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

SESSION CONTENT:

Field Assignment Guidance

Expected Session Time: 1.5 hours

Module Content Overview ...... 589 Applied Public Health Program Management Training ...... 589 Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination ...... 591 Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordinator – Training Sessions ...... 593 ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview ...... 596 Session Overview ...... 598 Description of Session ...... 598 Materials & Equipment ...... 598 Preparation ...... 598 Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 598 Presenter’s Notes: Field Assignment Guidance ...... 599 Appendix ...... 606 Appendix A: Field Assignment Guidelines ...... 606

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 588

Overview

Applied Public Health Program Management Training Developed in collaboration with the National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)- Sustainable Management and Development Program (SMDP), the Applied Public Health Program Management Training (APHPMT) utilizes a standardized process to assess target cadre roles and responsibilities, and tailor a set of applied public health management curricula components to address identified needs and increase the ability to apply those competencies to existing job duties.

Since it is not possible to develop a single, standardized curriculum, the APHPMT is tailored to support the very specific job functions and responsibilities of target groups of HIV/AIDS managers at national and local levels in different countries.

These goals are accomplished by:  Conducting field-level training o Short intensive off-site training interspersed with field level assignments o Participatory training methods: peer education, case studies, supported use of existing data o Adult learning techniques

 Following up with training participants for integration o Mentorship and one-on-one follow up and support o Supportive supervision o Review meetings and refresher trainings

District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) In Botswana, District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) are critical to the management and coordination of the district response to HIV. As secretariats to the District Multi- Sectoral AIDS Committees (DMSACs), they manage inputs, facilitate the development of a multi-sectoral annual HIV/AIDS Action Plan, support local level capacity building for implementation, mobilize resources, coordinate strategic implementation partnerships across sectors, and monitor and document district responses. Since 2000, as the national HIV/AIDS response evolved, the role of the DAC has changed significantly as the DAC’s Office adjusted to expectations on the part of different national and local stakeholders.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 589

Coordinating Partners NASTAD is an alliance of the United States’ (U.S.) chief state health agency staff with programmatic responsibility for administering HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis health care, prevention education, and support services programs funded by the states and the federal government. NASTAD strengthens state and territory-based leadership, expertise and advocacy and brings them to bear on reducing the incidence of HIV and viral hepatitis infections and on providing care and support to all who live with HIV/AIDS and viral hepatitis. NASTAD global Program works to build the organizational, programmatic and human resource capacity of its regional/state public sector AIDS program counterparts across the world; with field offices in Botswana, Ethiopia, Haiti, South Africa and Zambia, and programs in the Bahamas and Trinidad.

SMDP works with ministries of health, educational institutions, nongovernmental organizations, and other partners to strengthen leadership and management skills and systems to improve public health in low resource countries. SMDP strengthen leadership and management skills and systems through; integration with country public health priorities, strategic partnerships, technical assistance and training, policy and systems development, advocacy and education, and evaluation.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 590

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health (MLG&RD) was seeking ways to better equip and support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) in collaboration with CDC’s Sustainable Management Development Program (SMDP) were asked by MLG&RD to support them in the development and implementation of a skills-based needs assessment. Based on the assessment findings, a tailored Applied Public Health Program Management Training was developed for the DACs to address the identified gaps relating to management and leadership and their expected job duties/tasks. The program title is Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination.

Goal The training will build and strengthen the identified capacity and skill needs for DACs to be effective in addressing the HIV epidemic in Botswana.

Development Process 1. Initial assessment of DACs’ job duties and functions, and skills development needs and gaps a. Self-administered questionnaire b. Structured conversations c. Literature review of existing trainings in Botswana to avoid duplication 2. Development workshop to identify the structure and content for the training a. DACs and Assistant District AIDS Coordinators (ADACs) b. MLG&RD staff c. National AIDS Coordination Agency (NACA) staff 3. Development of the training framework 4. Training content development a. Two-week course b. Twelve sessions c. Botswana based technical working group (TWG) d. Training of Local Master Trainers e. Field assignments f. Mentoring 5. Pilot of training a. Ten Master Trainers trained b. Eight DACs and ADACs trained c. Evaluation summary d. Finalizing the curriculum 6. Evaluate the training a. Predictive evaluation b. Follow-up post training 7. Completion of training curriculum packet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 591

a. Initial assessment report and tools b. Evaluation summary c. Final ALDP framework d. Master Trainer facilitator guide and presentations e. Orientation packet f. All remaining DACs, ADACs, M&E Coordinators complete two-week training curriculum

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 592

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination-Training Sessions

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 1 hour Welcome & The Welcome and Introduction session seeks to Introduction provide DACs with an opportunity to introduce them, and meet the other facilitators and participants. The session will provide an overview of the agenda and session topics, introduce the core competencies and objectives of the ALDP, and allow participants to share their expectations for ALDP. 1.5 Introduction to Public The Introduction to Public Health session seeks hours Health to provide an overview of the basic public health principles and how they influence the work of DACs in the districts. DACs will gain or reinforce their roles in the public health system, and how public health differs from the science of medicine. 2.5 HIV in Botswana The HIV in Botswana session seeks to provide hours an overview of HIV disease progression, as well as the facilitators for the disease. Additionally this session will discuss the Botswana strategy for ending HIV and the “AIDS-Free Generation” initiative. The purpose of the session is to provide a review of the key elements that all DACs should know about HIV and the progression in the community, to be effective public health stewards. 3 hours Implementing National The Implementing National Strategies and Strategies and Policies Policies session seeks to provide an overview and tools for utilizing the Botswana national HIV and AIDS strategy for district program planning and implementation. 3.5 Collaborating and The Collaborating and Engaging District hours Engaging Partners to Partners to Mobilize Resources session seeks to Mobilize Resources provide an overview and tools for engaging with district-level stakeholders for the purpose of implementing the national and district HIV and AIDS priorities. Training attendees will participate in identifying stakeholders and the necessary degree of interaction.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 593

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3 hours Reprioritizing and The re-prioritization and re-allocation session Reallocating Resources seeks to provide the knowledge and skills necessary to prioritize district budgets and response activities based on evidence based planning and the national HIV/AIDS priorities.

6.5 Communicating The communications session seeks to provide hours Effectively the knowledge and skills necessary to translate evidence-based information for the DMSAC and other public health decision makers and partners. Additionally the intent of the session is to provide education on how to make oral presentations to community groups, health professionals and/or political groups, including dealing with difficult and disruptive meeting behaviors. 3.5 Planning and The Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation hours Facilitating Effective session seeks to provide an overview of the Meetings DACs role in the planning and facilitation of DMSAC meetings, and provides basic suggestions, guidance and skills to be effective. DACs will be able to share and discuss their experiences in preparing for meetings. 3.5 Preparing for The Preparing for Implementation session hours Implementation seeks to equip participants with the skills and tools needed to effectively coordinate the implementation of project/program activities. DACs will use their district plans to determine deliverables, and meet program objectives.

3.5 Building Teams and The Building Teams and Managing Employees hours Managing Employees session seeks to enhance DACs knowledge and skill necessary to build effective teams and manage employees. The session requires DACs to consider the characteristics of high- performing teams and contrast these with teams that have problems, identify the components of team leadership, develop skills in performance management, and practice giving an employee a performance review.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 594

TIMES SESSION TITLE SESSION DESCRIPTION 3.5 Managing Budgets The Managing Budgets session seeks to equip hours DACs with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage district program budgets. The session requires DACs to develop a budget and utilize budget data to develop a quarterly report. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part I: M&E, Data Sources Making-Part I: M&E, and Characteristics session seeks to provide a Data Sources and basic understanding and review of monitoring Characteristics and evaluation, where and how to gather data and how to ensure quality reporting on the data at the district-level. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part II: Analysis and Making-Part II: Analysis Interpretation session seeks to provide a review and Interpretation of organizing and summarizing data; preparing tables, charts, and graphs to assist in interpreting and communicating data; and applying data for program management and planning. 3.5 Data for Monitoring, The Data for Monitoring, Evaluation and hours Evaluation and Decision Decision Making-Part III: Program Evaluation Making-Part III: session seeks to provide an overview of Program Evaluation program evaluation and how and why it is important to monitor and evaluate program activities. Also, DACs will discuss how to use program evaluation to make decisions regarding planning and implementation of activities.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 595

ALDP Facilitator Guide Overview About the Facilitator Guide This guide is designed to provide you with the materials and direction needed to successfully deliver the Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV & AIDS Coordination in a classroom environment. It assumes the instructor has functional proficiency in the subject matter.

This guide includes notes for you to say and do during the training, as well as materials to help you prepare and conclude the course. The guide is created such that it can be delivered as a complete training or as individual, stand-alone sessions.

Please read the description of the target audience carefully, as well as the learning objectives.

Target Audience This guide is intended for use by “Master Trainers” that have been identified by MLG&RD to deliver the ALDP training to DACs, ADACs and/or M&E Coordinators.

Master Trainer Roles & Responsibilities Master Trainers are expected to:  Review and learn all session content as described in the facilitator guide for the ALDP  Complete preparation for each session, as outlined in the facilitator guide, prior to administering the session (i.e., sign-in sheets, participant handouts, flip charts)  Monitor time given to each session and/or activity  Collect and review evaluation surveys after administering each session, submit completed evaluations to MLG&RD  Schedule and confirm training room location and set-up

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 596

Facilitation Notes The following notes refer to slides in the PowerPoint presentations. Each slide is numbered and includes detailed facilitator instruction immediately following the slide. The facilitator instructions are labeled and represented in the guide as follows:

FACILITATION GUIDE TERM DESCRIPTION TERMS Speaker Notes The content here describes what is on the slide and should be said or read by the training facilitator. At minimum the training participant needs to get the information included here. Pre-Session Preparation The content here describes the materials and/or activities that should be in place prior to facilitating a session and/or activity. Expected Activity Time Appears with activity instructions. Indicates the approximate time needed to complete the activity. Activity Instructions The content here specifically describes an activity that the facilitator is to take the training participants through. The materials needed are also indicated here. Small/Large Group Activity Describes how to facilitate the activity based on group size. For example, a large group activity is the entire group engaged in the activity together. A small group activity divides to participants into smaller clusters. Small/Large Group Indicates that a large or small group discussion Discussion is to take place. Additional Facilitator The content here indicates additional Guidance information relevant to the slide that the facilitator might want to mention before moving to the next slide. Click Indicates a “transition” or “animation” within a slide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 597

Session Overview

Description of the Session

This 1.5 hour course is designed to provide training participants with all the information and detail that they will need to successfully complete their field assignment prior to the second week of training. Training participants can anticipate learning: 1) the purpose and intent for implementing their field assignment in their district; 2) how the Master Trainers will support them in completing the field assignment; 3) how to structure the field assignments, utilizing week-one training content; and 4) when the various field assignment components are due.

Materials & Equipment

□ Computer □ Flip charts (3) □ LCD projector □ Markers and pens □ Facilitator guide □ Note papers □ Power Point presentation □ Tape or adhesive uploaded to computer and working □ Pre/post-training evaluation □ Participant handouts assessments □ Sign-in sheet □ Room set-up

Preparation

□ Make copies of the Field Assignment Guidelines (Appendix PP)

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments

Ongoing monitoring and evaluation of the ALDP is critical to the continued success of the training program. Therefore, pre- and post-training assessments should be conducted each time the training is delivered, whether as a whole training or individual sessions. Data collected from the training assessments can and should be utilized to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the training and increases in the participants’ leadership and management skills and knowledge. Pre- and post- training assessments are provided in the Resource section of this guide.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 598

Presenter’s Notes: Field Assignment Guidance

Slide 1: Field Assignment Guidance

Pre-session Preparation: For this session, you will need the following supplies:  Obtain list of Master Trainer and Training Participant pairings (identified by MLG&RD)  Put names of Training Participants in Slide 10 of the PowerPoint presentation, with matched Master Trainer  Handout-Field Assignment Guidance Speaker Notes:  Let the participants know that this is the last session for the ALDP week-one training  We are going to spend some time discussing the Field Assignment activities that will implement in preparation for the week-two training

Slide 2: Session Description

Pre-Session Preparation:  Make copies of the Field Assignment Guidance (Appendix PP) Speaker Notes:  Distribute the Field Assignment Guidance to participants  During this session, we will: o Provide participants with a clear understanding of the Field Assignment: . Expectations

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 599

. Training participants . Master trainers . Process . Materials . Timeline

Slide 3: Field Assignment

Speaker Notes:  The ALDP includes a field assignment for training participants to complete between weeks one and two training

Slide 4: Purpose of Field Assignment

Speaker Notes:  APLD is a skills based program designed to meet the needs for effective HIV/AIDS coordination  The field assignment is intended to support the classroom instruction that has been provided to you  Every training participant is expected to complete a field assignment  Put into practice the lessons learned during week one of training and apply to your specific district level work

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 600

 Their involvement can take place during any stage of the project. However, performing a stakeholder analysis during the planning stage can greatly influence the development of an effective strategy  This course will help you identify key stakeholders and explore ways they can participate successfully

Slide 5: Field Assignment

Speaker Notes:  The Field Assignment Guidance has been provided to you  The guidance provides detail, descriptions and due dates for each component of the Field Assignment; which we are going to walk through now

Slide 6: Field Assignment Components

Speaker Notes:  Participants should begin working (or thinking about) on their Field Assignments  The Field Assignment is what you make it but to assist you we have identified four (4) key components: o Select a Field Assignment that is relevant to your work and will assist you in applying the skills discussed during the week one training, and will stretch you to develop your capacity to lead and manage o Utilize the Master Trainer that has been assigned to you. As a peer they can provide additional guidance and suggestions o Complete and submit the required reports and protocols on time to avoid the stress of doing it last minute

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 601

o Be prepared to present your Field Assignment during Day One of the ALDP week-two training

Slide 7: Field Assignment Support

Speaker Notes:  We realize how busy everyone is so we do not expect you to do the Field Assignment alone  The Master Trainers will be working with you, and supporting you, throughout this activity

Slide 8: Role of the Master Trainers

Speaker Notes:  The Master Trainers will work with you to identify an appropriate project that is: o Relevant to your work in the district; o Applicable to the material covered in the ALDP training; and o Realistic given the amount of time to complete it and your workload  The Master Trainers will also review your Field Assignment Proposal and Report Additional Facilitator Guidance:  Refer to page 13 (Field Assignment Proposal) and page 15 (Field Assignment Report) of the Field Assignment Guidance

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 602

Slide 9: Role of Master Trainers, cont.

Speaker Notes:  The Master Trainers will schedule monthly phone or email communication to check on your progress  You have been paired with a Master Trainer who works fairly close to you. This was intentional to provide an opportunity for you to meet up between week one and two training and receive additional support  As previously mentioned, the Master Trainer will also be available to review and provide feedback on the final Field Assignment Report

Slide 10: Field Assignment Peer Support Pairings

Pre-Session Preparation:  Obtain list of Trainee and Master Trainer pairings from MLG&RD  Populate the slide with the Trainee names matched to Master Trainers Speaker Notes:  This list identifies which Master Trainer you are paired with  MLG&RD made the pairings largely by who was in close proximity to each other

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 603

Slide 11: Field Assignment Trainee Timeline

Speaker Notes:  This timeline has been provided to keep you on track for successfully completing your Field Assignment  The timeline is also in the Field Assignment Guidance provided to you  Walk through the timeline

Slide 12: Exercise: Field Assignment Proposal

Speaker Notes:  Now we are going to give you a little time to meet with the Master Trainer that has been paired with you Small Group Activity: (30 minutes)  Instruct the pairs to get together  The pairs should focus on: o Identify some topics for the Field Assignment . Refer to the training content o Settle on a time and day for monthly check-in calls  If time allows, the pairs can begin to complete the Field Assignment Proposal Worksheet

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 604

Slide 13: Questions?

Speaker Notes:  Thank the participants for their participation and discussion  Ask-Are there additional comments or questions

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 605

Appendix PP: Field Assignment Guidelines

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV/AIDS Coordination

Field Assignment Guidelines

Republic of Botswana Ministry of Local Government Department of Primary Health Care Services

In partnership with the National Alliance of State & Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 606

Table of Contents Background ...... 609

Master Trainer Roles and Responsibilities ...... 609

Participant Roles and Responsibilities ...... 610

Choosing a Field Assignment ...... 610

The Four Field Assignment Outputs ...... 609

Field Assignment Proposal ...... 611

Field Assignment Proposal Format ...... 611

Developing SMART Objectives ...... 611

Writing Your Field Assignment Report ...... 613

Field Assignment Report Format ...... 615

Oral Presentation of Field Assignment in Week Two of APHPMT ...... 615

Attachment A: Field Assignment Proposal ...... 616

Attachment B: Field Assignment Report ...... 619

Attachment C: ADLP Field Assignment Work Plan Worksheet ...... 621

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 607

List of Acronyms

ALDP Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV/AIDS Coordination BHRIMS Botswana HIV Reporting Information Management System CBO Community based organization DAC/ADAC District AIDS Coordinator/Assistant District AIDS Coordinator DMSAC District Multi-Sectoral AIDS Committee EBP Evidence Based Planning HOP Headquarters Operational Plan MLG&RD Ministry of Local Government & Rural Development MoH Ministry of Health NASTAD National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors NGO Non-governmental organization NACA National AIDS Coordination Agency NSF National Strategic Framework NSF National Strategic Framework PDP Personal Development Plan SMDP Sustainable Management Development Program SOP Standard Operating Procedure TAC Technical Advisory Committee ToR Terms of Reference VMSAC Village Multi-Sectoral AIDS Committee

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 608

Background The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Health(MLG&RD) is seeking ways to better equip and support District HIV/AIDS Coordinator’s (DAC) and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV/AIDS epidemic. The Applied Leadership Development Program (ADLP) for District HIV/AIDS Coordination is a skills based program designed to meet the needs for HIV/AIDS coordination.

This guide is designed to support the classroom instruction and to provide you with the guidance for designing, developing and implementing your Field Assignment. The Field Assignment is based on course content discussed during week-one instruction. Training participants are to complete a Field Assignment, with support from the Master Trainers, in the time between week-one training and Week-two training.

Master trainers have the responsibility to work with program participants to support the participant as he/she applies lessons learned from the week-one training to real-life application on the job. Guidance is provided for:  Field Assignment Proposal,  Field Assignment Report, and  Field Assignment Oral Presentation.

The Four Field Assignment Outputs There are four required components for the field practicum: 1. Plan and implement field level activities with on-going documentation as detailed below; 2. Maintain on-going consultation with master trainer on the Field Assignment; 3. Submit a written Field Assignment report and attachments as detailed below; and 4. Give an oral presentation using PowerPoint slides for master trainers, instructors and peers. This will take place in week two of the training.

Master Trainer Roles and Responsibilities Master Trainers have a key role to play supporting participants to successfully develop their ALDP to successfully accomplish their Field Assignment and reports on time. The Ministry of Local Government & Rural Development (MLG&RD) will assign at least one training participant to each trainer, prior to the conclusion of week-one training. Some of the specific activities for Master Trainers are listed below.

1. Meet and support assigned participants during the first week of the ALDP training; 2. Assist the participants to better understand the Field Assignment and to identify their topic, goals, objectives and process to achieve success; 3. Follow the ALDP timeline for submission of reports, evaluation and face-to-face meeting or phone conversations; 4. Review, provide input and approve the Field Assignment Proposal within two weeks of receipt from the participant; 5. As possible and appropriate, provide on-going support to the participant during implementation and writing up the Field Assignment Report; 6. Arrange a monthly phone conversation with the participant to track progress and provide guidance;

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 609

7. Complete and submit monthly checklists to NASTAD and MLG&RD ; 8. Meet in person with the participant at least once during the period between ALDP Week One and Week Two; 9. Complete and submit site visit report to NASTAD and MLG&RD; 10. Participate in bi-monthly check-in calls with NASTAD and MLG&RD; 11. Review the final Field Assignment Report, submitted by participants prior to the start of the second week of ALDP classes, and provide feedback within two weeks of receipt. Report should follow the format identified in the Field Assignment guide provided during Week One training; and 12. Support participants during the second week of the ALDP.

Participant Roles and Responsibilities The participants in the ALDP program have responsibilities to successfully complete the program as well.

1. Actively engage with the Master Trainer during the classroom sessions and during the Field Assignment; 2. Engage in discussions during classroom sessions to further enhance understanding of the topics and issues relating to HIV/AIDS coordination; 3. Complete all assignments, projects, activities and meetings on time; and 4. Meet ALDP program requirements and deadlines.

Training Participant: Due Dates and Activities

Two weeks following week- Field Assignment Proposal (appendix A) to master trainer one training session Between Week-One and Week- Implement Field Assignment Two trainings Four weeks prior to Week- Submit Field Assignment Report (appendix B) to master trainer for Two training review Monthly Telephone or email communication between participant and master trainer to discuss progress in implementing Field Assignment Week-Two Training-Day One Make final presentation to the class and dignitaries Two weeks after the Submit final Field Assignment Report completion of Week-Two training

Choosing a Field Assignment During the ADLP you will complete a Field Assignment that combines the knowledge and skills you learned during the week-one classroom-based course and your understanding of the needs of your district. You may choose a topic that has direct practical application in your work, or a skill-area that you would like to develop. The topic should focus on specific challenges you are facing in your current position.

The Field Assignments undertaken by participants may vary significantly but must demonstrate understanding and use of information and skills covered during the ALDP week-one training modules, including the National Strategic Framework. As a participant in the ALDP you are not expected to complete this Field Assignment alone. You will work with, and be guided by, the master trainer who will work with you throughout your Field Assignment. The master trainer will:

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 610

 Assist participants to identify appropriate Field Assignment topic, goal and objectives etc.;  Review, provide feedback and approve the participants’ Field Assignment proposal that is submitted within two weeks after the completion of week-one of ALDP training;  Provide trainee with on-going feedback and assist the trainee to strengthen ALDP competencies;  Review Field Assignment report and provide feedback within two weeks on the Field Assignment final report; and  Support the trainee to complete the Field Assignment successfully and in a timely manner.

Field Assignment Proposal Your Field Assignment proposal must be submitted to your master trainer for comment within the first two weeks of returning to your district after the ALDP training. To do this you will need to choose the topic for your assignment, finalize your project goal and objectives, identify stakeholders, and develop a work plan and send them to your mentor for approval. The proposal should also indicate which sections of the ALDP training relate to your project activities. Complete the Field Assignment Proposal Worksheet and submit it to your master trainer for review and comment.

Field Assignment Proposal Format 1. Introduction: Describe the situation/document needs and basis for your project. What challenge in your work have you identified? Describe the challenge. Explain why this is a priority issue for your work and what needs to be addressed. Any available assessment data or supportive information should be included here. Describe how this project relates to the ADLP content.

2. Project description: Define how you plan to respond to the situation described above to help meet the challenge identified.

3. Goal and Objectives

Developing SMART Objectives One way to develop well-written objectives is to use the SMART approach. Developing specific, measurable objectives requires time, orderly thinking, and a clear picture of the results expected from program activities. The more specific your objectives are, the easier it will be to demonstrate success.

Using SMART Objectives

Writing SMART objectives also helps you to think about and identify elements of the evaluation plan and measurement, namely indicators and performance measures.

An indicator is what you will measure to obtain observable evidence of accomplishments, changes made, or progress achieved. Indicators describe the type of data you will need to answer your evaluation questions. A SMART objective often tells you what you will measure.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 611

A performance measure is the amount of change or progress achieved toward a specific goal or objective. SMART objectives can serve as your performance measures because they provide the specific information needed to identify expected results. Getting Started

To develop SMART objectives, use the template below and fill in the blanks:

By_____/_____/_____, ______[WHEN—Time bound] [WHO/WHAT—Specific]

from ______to ______[MEASURE (number, rate, percentage of change and baseline)—Measurable]

Overall Goal. State clearly the main goal that you plan to achieve through your intervention.

Example: “The goal is to strengthen the AIDS program in the village of ______by establishing a VMSAC, and advocate for its support through the DMSAC”

a) Objectives (3). These SMART objectives are project based and describe what you plan to accomplish through the intervention

Example 1: Identify and contact three key community leaders by December 1, 2012 to participate in the VMSAC.

Example 2: Introduce the topic of the VMSAC during the January 2013 DMSAC meeting to gain support and suggestions for individuals and entities to invite to participate in the VMSAC.

Example 3: Host first VMSAC meeting in February 2013 with a minimum of 20 community representatives present.

4. Stakeholders: List those key individuals/organizations with whom you will need to engage and who will need to be involved for your project to be successful. These may be within or external to your own organization.

5. Work plan: Develop a work plan that will indicate the project’s planned activities, the sequence and approximate date they will take place so that the activity and report will be completed three weeks prior to the second week of the ALDP classroom training. The work plan is the actual set of tasks that you will complete to achieve your objectives and eventually achieve your goal. Write out all of the activities that you plan to complete during the five month project period. A Job Aid for developing a work plan will be provided. Please update your master trainer as you proceed through the project and review progress with them during field visits with mentors.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 612

Writing Your Field Assignment Report At the end of your Field Assignment you will compile your information and write a summary/final report. A draft Field Assignment report shall be submitted to your ADLP master trainer four (4) weeks prior to the start of the second week of ADLP classes. The final written report and the oral report are the means by which you document your Field Assignment process and outcomes. For hints on the write up, make use of the information provided in the ADLP Communications training module. Submit the final Field Assignment Report within 2 weeks following the completion of the second session.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 613

SMART stands for Specific Measurable Attainable/Achievable Relevant Time bound

Specific—What exactly are we going to do for whom?

The “specific” part of an objective tells us what will change for whom in concrete terms. It identifies the population or setting, and specific actions that will result. In some cases it is appropriate to indicate how the change will be implemented (e.g., through training). Coordinate, partner, support, facilitate, and enhance are not good verbs to use in objectives because they are vague and difficult to measure. On the other hand, verbs such as provide, train, publish, increase, decrease, schedule, or purchase indicate clearly what will be done.

Measurable—Is it quantifiable and can WE measure it? Measurable implies the ability to count or otherwise quantify an activity or its results. It also means that the source of and mechanism for collecting measurement data are identified, and that collection of these data is feasible for your program or partners.

A baseline measurement is required to document change (e.g., to measure percentage increase or decrease). If the baseline is unknown or will be measured as a first activity step, that should be indicated in the objective as “baseline to be determined using XXX database, 20XX.” The data source you are using and the year the baseline was obtained should always be specified in your objective statement. If a specific measurement instrument is used, you might want to incorporate its use into the objective.

Another important consideration is whether change can be measured in a meaningful and interpretable way given the accuracy of the measurement tool and method.

Attainable/Achievable—Can we get it done in the proposed time frame with the resources and support we have available?

The objective must be feasible with the available resources, appropriately limited in scope, and within the program’s control and influence. Sometimes, specifying an expected level of change can be tricky. To help identify a target, talk with an epidemiologist, look at historical trends, read reports or articles published in the scientific or other literature, look at national expectations for change, and look at programs with similar objectives. Consult with partners or stakeholders about their experiences. Often, talking to others who have implemented similar programs or interventions can provide you with information about expected change. In some situations, it is more important to consider the percentage of change as a number of people when discussing impact. Will the effort required to create the amount of change be a good use of your limited resources?

Relevant—Will this objective have an effect on the desired goal or strategy?

Relevant relates to the relationship between the objective and the overall goals of the program or purpose of the intervention. Evidence of relevancy can come from a literature review, best practices, or your theory of change.

Time bound—When will this objective be accomplished?

A specified and reasonable time frame should be incorporated into the objective statement. This should take into consideration the environment in which the change must be achieved, the scope of the change expected, and how it fits into the overall work plan. It could be indicated as “By December 2010, the program will” or “Within 6 months of receiving the grant,...”

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 614

Field Assignment Report Format Use the following guidelines to format and structure your final Field Assignment Report.

o The total page length for your report should not exceed 5 pages (excluding appendix) o Font: Times New Roman size 12 o Spacing: single spacing o Margins: 1” top and bottom, 1” side

Overview / Background: Provide a brief description of the overall project including the goal and objectives. Provide brief information on the needs/priorities/challenges addressed. You may reference any appended materials.

Methods: Describe how you went about developing, initiating and implementing your project. Provide a brief description of the methods and procedures you used to accomplish the project.

Results: Describe the outcomes that resulted from your project activity particularly those related to your stated goal and objectives. What was achieved and what was not achieved. Were there other unexpected outcomes?

Summary: Use this section to discuss the challenging factors that you faced during your activity as well as the things you found successful. If you found no change due to your activity, describe why that might have occurred. If you saw a change, describe why that might have occurred. Based on the experience and results of your project what are some recommendations and what are some lessons learned which you would want to share with your peers?

Appendix:

1. The appendix will include your approved Field Assignment proposal. It does not need to be altered in any way for this purpose

2. Any other written materials or PowerPoint presentations used in implementation of the Field Assignment should be included as appendices

Use the Field Assignment Worksheet found in Attachment C to complete your final report.

Oral Presentation of Field Assignment in Week Two of ALDP Each participant will provide an oral presentation supplemented with a maximum 10 PowerPoint slides during week two of the ADLP. The number and content of slides will have to be carefully considered as presentation time is limited to 20 minutes. The ADLP communications module should be consulted for further hints. Master trainers, instructors and peers will attend, provide feedback, ask questions, and help identify lessons learned that may benefit all participants. This is an exciting opportunity to share your work for the benefit of all trainees. Again, time allotted for presentation and

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 615

discussion will be approximately 20 minutes with 10 minutes for questions/discussion (total approximately 30 minutes).

The format for the oral presentation should mirror the Final Field Report and include the following slides.

Title Slide: Include the name of your project, location and period of study. Add your name and affiliation

Overview / Background: Provide a brief description of the overall project including the goal and objectives. Provide brief information on the needs, priorities, or challenges addressed.

Methods: Describe how you went about developing, initiating and implementing your project. Provide a brief description of the methods and procedures you used to accomplish the project.

Results: Describe the outcomes that resulted from your project activity particularly those related to your stated goal and objectives. What was achieved and what was not achieved. Were there other unexpected outcomes?

Summary: Use this section to discuss the challenging factors that you faced during your activity as well as the things you found successful. If you found no change due to your activity, describe why that might have occurred. If you saw a change, describe why that might have occurred. Based on the experience and results of your project what are some recommendations and what are some lessons learned which you would want to share with your peers?

Acknowledgements: List the names and affiliations of people or organizations that helped you in some way to accomplish this work. It is always a good gesture to recognize others’ contributions to your work.

Questions: Include a slide that asks for questions.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 616

Attachment A: Field Assignment Proposal

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV/AIDS Coordination

Field Assignment Proposal Worksheet

AUTHOR:

DISTRICT:

TOPIC:

REVIEWED BY (MENTOR):

Special Instructions: Submit the Field Assignment Proposal to your master trainer. Please indicate which sections of the ADLP relate to your proposed project. (Check all that apply

Communicating Effectively Implementing National Strategies and Priorities

Facilitating DMSAC Meetings Partnering and Collaboration

Identifying and Mobilizing Re-Prioritizing and Allocating Resources Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 617

Introduction

Describe an issue and/or challenge you face within your district that you would like to address.

Project Description

Describe your plan for addressing the issue or challenge identified.

Goal and Objectives

Overall Goal: State clearly the main goal that you plan to achieve through your project.

Objectives: State clearly the SMART objectives (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic and Time bound) that you plan to accomplish through your project.

Stakeholders

Identify key individuals/organizations (stakeholders) with whom you will need to engage and involve in your project.

Work Plan

Complete this section using the Field Assignment Work Plan Worksheet.

Appendix

Attach all written materials used for completing this document, including the Field Assignment Work Plan.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 618

Attachment B: Field Assignment Report

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV/AIDS Coordination

Field Assignment Report Worksheet

AUTHOR:

DISTRICT:

TOPIC:

REVIEWED BY (MASTER TRAINER):

Special Instructions: Submit the Field Assignment Report to your master trainer. Please indicate which sections of the ADLP relate to your proposed project. (Check all that apply)

Communicating Effectively Implementing National Strategies and Priorities

Facilitating DMSAC Meetings Partnering and Collaboration

Identifying and Mobilizing Re-Prioritizing and Allocating Resources Resources

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 619

Background

Provide a brief overview of the overall project (i.e. goal, objectives, needs, priorities, and challenges addressed).

Methods

Provide a brief description of the methods and procedures used for the project.

Results

Describe the outcomes (i.e. achievements and limitations) that resulted from the project activity, particularly those related to the stated goal and objectives.

Summary

Summarize the project by describing the results and recommendations.

Appendix

Attach all written materials used for implementing the project, including approved project proposal, oral presentation PowerPoint and others (i.e., district plan, meeting agendas, stakeholder profile, cause and effect analysis-fishbone diagram, etc.).

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 620

Attachment C: ADLP Field Assignment Work Plan Worksheet Anticipated Activity Actual Start Date of Start Date Date Completion

Applied Leadership Development Program | Field Assignment Guidance 621

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

Resources

Content

Agenda and Sign-in Sheet Templates ...... 623

Icebreaker and Energizer Suggestions ...... 626

Icebreaker Suggestions ...... 627

Energizer Suggestion: “Deal or No Deal” ...... 628

Energizer Suggestion: “Jeopardy” ...... 629

Pre- and Post- Training Assessments ...... 630

Pre-Training Assessment ...... 631

Post-Training Assessment ...... 633

Follow-Up Assessment...... 636

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 622

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

AGENDA AND SIGN-IN SHEET TEMPLATES

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 623

APPLIED LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM FOR DISTRICT HIV & AIDS COORDINATION

[Insert City] [Insert Date(s) of Training] Agenda

Objectives:  To provide training to District AIDS Coordinators (DACs) that is applicable to their role in addressing HIV and AIDS in Botswana;

 To support DACs and other staff in responding to the dynamic national HIV epidemic; and

 To provide tools and resources that increases the leadership and management capacity of DACs and other staff.

[Insert Day 1 Date]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Day 2 Date]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

[Insert Time] [Insert Activity/Title of Presentation]

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 624

APPLIED LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM FOR DISTRICT HIV & AIDS COORDINATION

[Insert Date] [Insert City]

Sign-in Sheet

Name Title Agency/ Region Phone Email Organization

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 625

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

ICEBREAKER AND ENERGIZER SUGGESTIONS

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 626

Icebreaker Suggestions

Name of Icebreaker Instructions

The Little Known Fact Ask the participants to introduce themselves and to share their position or role, and one little known fact about themselves.

True or False Ask the participants to introduce themselves and to share their position or role. Then ask them to share 3 fun facts about themselves, one of which is false. The rest of the group has to figure out which fun fact was false.

Interviews Divide the group into groups of two. Ask each pair to interview each other for 3-5 minutes. Afterward, each participant introduces the person that they interviewed to the larger group.

Expectations Ask the participants to introduce themselves and to share their position or role, and ask them to share 1-3 learning objectives or expectations for the training.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 627

Energizer Suggestion: “Deal or No Deal”

You may use this interactive PowerPoint as an energizer at any point during the training. The PowerPoint slides are included in a separate folder in the ALDP package.

Instructions:

1. Divide the participants into groups of two

2. Allow them time to come up with a team name

3. Flip a coin to decide who will go first

4. Allow the first person in the team to select a suit case

5. Read the question and give the team member 10 seconds to answer (pay close attention to the dollar amount associated with the question)

6. He or she can consult the team for the answer

7. Click on the answer he/she selected to reveal whether it is a deal (correct) or no deal (incorrect)

8. Click the deal or no deal icon in order to go back to the home page

9. Before moving on to the next team, click on the dollar amount for that question in order for it to disappear

10. Be sure to record the dollar amount for each correct answer for each team

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 628

Energizer Suggestion: “Jeopardy”

You may use this interactive PowerPoint as an energizer at any point during the training. The PowerPoint slides are included in a separate folder in the ALDP package.

Instructions:

1. Divide the participants into groups of two

2. Allow them time to come up with a team name

3. Flip a coin to decide who will go first

4. Allow the first person in the team to select a category and dollar amount

5. Read the question and give the team member 30 seconds to answer (pay close attention to the dollar amount associated with the question)

6. He or she can consult the team for the answer

7. The player must give the answer in the form of a question

8. Click the screen to reveal the correct answer

9. Click the “Jeopardy” icon at the top of the screen to bring you back to the main game board

10. To reveal the “Final Jeopardy” click the icon at the top of the page

a. Both teams should answer the question by writing it down on paper

b. Once the music has stopped ask the teams to reveal their answers

c. Click the screen to reveal the correct answer

11. Be sure to record the dollar amount for each correct answer for each team

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 629

Applied Leadership Development Program for District HIV & AIDS Coordination

PRE-, POST- AND FOLLOW-UP TRAINING ASSESSMENTS

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 630

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV/AIDS Coordination

Pre-Training Assessment

Updated: September 2013

Please complete the following assessment, prior to participating in this ALDP. The assessment intends to understand your level of knowledge and skills on the topics discussed during the training.

Please rate your current level of knowledge around the following topic areas (circle one): Introduction to Public Health Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor HIV in Botswana Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Implementing National Strategies and Policies Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor Communicating Effectively Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Preparing for Implementation Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Building Teams and Managing Employees Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Managing Budgets Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor Data for Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Data Sources and Characteristics Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor Data for Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Analysis and Interpretation Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor Data for Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Program Evaluation Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 631

Please indicate the degree of confidence you have in applying your knowledge around the following topics to your work as a DAC/ADAC: Introduction to Public Health None Low Moderate High Unsure HIV in Botswana None Low Moderate High Unsure

Implementing National Strategies and Policies None Low Moderate High Unsure Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources None Low Moderate High Unsure

Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources None Low Moderate High Unsure Communicating Effectively None Low Moderate High Unsure

Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation None Low Moderate High Unsure

Preparing for Implementation None Low Moderate High Unsure

Building Teams and Managing Employees None Low Moderate High Unsure

Managing Budgets None Low Moderate High Unsure Data for Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Data Sources and Characteristics None Low Moderate High Unsure Data for Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Analysis and Interpretation None Low Moderate High Unsure Data for Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Program Evaluation None Low Moderate High Unsure

What do you see as your three (3) greatest strengths?

1.

2.

3.

List what you see as your greatest areas for improvement:

1.

2.

3.

List three (3) goals for your participation in the ALDP:

1. 2.

3.

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 632

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV/AIDS Coordination

Post-Training Assessment

Updated: September 2013

Below is an overall evaluation for the ALDP. Your answers will allow us to improve future trainings and better align them to your needs.

Strongly Disagree Disagree Neither Agree nor Agree Strongly Agree Disagree 1 2 3 4 5

My skills and knowledge in my job were strengthened by this training 1 2 3 4 5

I will be able to directly apply the skills and knowledge that I learned here to my 1 2 3 4 5 daily work I know where to get assistance for support and issues when I return to my job 1 2 3 4 5

I would recommend this training to other DACs and ADACs 1 2 3 4 5

The training goals were clear 1 2 3 4 5

Overall the training was satisfactory 1 2 3 4 5

General aspects of the workshop Please mark the score that best reflects your experience.

Aspect 1 2 3 4 5 Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent Scheduling of training Scheduling on the agenda Duration of sessions Handouts and other supportive materials

Interactions among participants Administration & logistics Audio/visual Meeting space

Please indicate your level of satisfaction with the following topic areas (circle one): Very Very Introduction to Public Health Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 633

Very Very HIV in Botswana Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Implementing National Strategies and Policies Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Very Very Resources Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Communicating Effectively Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Preparing for Implementation Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Building Teams and Managing Employees Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Very Very Managing Budgets Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Data Very Very Sources and Characteristics Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Very Very Analysis and Interpretation Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Very Very Program Evaluation Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Unsatisfied Unsatisfied

Please indicate the degree of confidence you have in applying your knowledge around the following topics to your work as a DAC/ADAC, as a result of participating in this training: Introduction to Public Health None Low Moderate High Unsure HIV in Botswana None Low Moderate High Unsure Implementing National Strategies and Policies None Low Moderate High Unsure Collaborating and Engaging Partners to Mobilize Resources None Low Moderate High Unsure Reprioritizing and Reallocating Resources None Low Moderate High Unsure Communicating Effectively None Low Moderate High Unsure Effective Meeting Planning and Facilitation None Low Moderate High Unsure Preparing for Implementation None Low Moderate High Unsure Building Teams and Managing Employees None Low Moderate High Unsure Managing Budgets None Low Moderate High Unsure Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Data Sources and Characteristics None Low Moderate High Unsure Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Analysis and Interpretation None Low Moderate High Unsure Monitoring, Evaluation & Decision Making: Program Evaluation None Low Moderate High Unsure

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 634

Please share a few examples of how what you learned in the meeting will help in your work in your district:

What was the most helpful part of the training?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 635

Applied Leadership Development Program (ALDP) for District HIV/AIDS Coordination

Follow-up Assessment Updated: April 2014

Please complete the following assessment. The assessment intends to understand if skills discussed during your ALDP training have been applied, and to identify need for additional or supplemental training.

Please indicate a few professional successes as a leader, since completing ALDP:  Improved partnership  Utilizing performance reviews to development and synergy support and engage staff  Improved facilitation f DMSAC  Timely submission of budget meetings  Increased participation in DMSAC  Timely submission of BHRIMs from community partners forms  Able to articulate a clear vision  Utilizing data for decision- and key priorities for the District making  Other (please indicate)  Other (please indicate)

 Other (please indicate)  Other (please indicate)

Please share a couple of the challenges or barriers you face in developing as a leader, since participating in ALDP: ______

Indicate your supervisor’s level of support regarding your development as a leader:

Very Supportive Neutral Unsupportive Very Supportive Unsupportive

What additional support from MLG&RD do you need to reach your leadership development goals? ______

What additional support from NASTAD do you need to reach your leadership development goals?

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 636

______Knowledge Application

Rate the extent to which you are applying the knowledge you gained around the following topic areas to your work at the health department:

Public Health Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: often HIV in Botswana Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: often Implementing National Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Strategies and Policies often

Programmatic Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Strategic Planning often

Collaborating and Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Engaging Partners to often Mobilize Resources

Reprioritizing and Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Reallocating Resources often

Communicating Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Effectively often Effective Meeting Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Planning and often Facilitation Preparing for Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Implementation often Building Teams and Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Managing Employees often

Managing Budgets Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: often Data Sources and Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Characteristics often Analysis and Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: Interpretation often Program Evaluation Always Very Sometimes Rarely Never Please explain: often

Do you have additional training needs that were not covered during ALDP? (circle all that apply):  Management Systems  Impact Evaluation  Problem Solving  Policy Development  Time Management  Curriculum Development  Marketing  Marketing  Other (please indicate)  Other (please indicate)

 Other (please indicate)  Other (please indicate)

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 637

Have you stayed in touch with your mentor?

Yes Somewhat No

Have you continued to implement your field assignment from ALDP week-one?

Yes Somewhat No

Please explain your answer: ______

Have you been given and/or taken on more leadership responsibilities since participating in the ALDP?

Yes Somewhat No

Please explain your answer: ______

Please rate the degree to which participation in the ALDP has helped you in your work at the district:

Very Helpful Helpful Neutral Unhelpful Very Unhelpful

Please explain and/or provide examples: ______

Thank you for your feedback!

Applied Leadership Development Program | Resources 638